Upload
doannhan
View
217
Download
0
Embed Size (px)
Citation preview
ENZYMATIC DEINKING USING THERMOSTABLE AND ALKALIPHILIC ENDOGLUCANASE OF
INDIGENOUS BACTERIA
Dayang Syabreeny Bt Abang Mustafa
QP 5199
Bacbelor of Science witb Honours (Resource Biotechnology)
E46 2010 0273 2010
Pnat Khldmat Maklomat Akademlllt TNIVERSm MALAVSIA SARAWAllt
ENZYMATIC DEINKING USING THERMOSTABLE AND ALKALIPIDLIC ENDOGLUCANASE OF
INDIGENOUS BACTERIA
Dayang Syahreeny Bt Abang Mustafa (18286)
This report is submitted in partial fulfillment of the requirements for
the degree of Bachelor of Science with Honors in
Resource Biotechnology
Resource Biotechnology Programme
Department of Molecular Biology
Faculty of Resource Science and Technology
Universiti Malaysia Sarawak
ACKNOWLEDGMENTS
Thanks to Mak and Abah for everything
Dr Awang Ahmad Sallehin George Lan Hidayah and Fraser Your guidance and support are much appreciated
Family of Molecular Genetics Laboratory and K7C28G Your presences are my strength
usaf Khldmat Mlkluat AkJdetJIlk UNlVERSm MALAYSIA S WAk
Table of Contents
Page
ACKNOWLEDGEMENT
TABLE OF CONTENT ii
LIST OF TABLES VI
LIST OF FIGURES VB
LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS viii
ABSTRACT IX
ABSTRAK IX
10 INTRODUCTION
20 LITERATURE REVIEW
21 Endoglucanase 3
22 Extremophiles 4
23 Conventional Deinking 6
24 Enzymatic Deinking 7
30 MATERIALS AND METHODS
31 Screening and Isolation ofEndoglucanase Producing Bacteria 9
311 Sampling 9
312 Culturing of the Sample 9
313 Screening and Isolation 9
32 Biochemical and Molecular Identification of Isolates 10
10321 Biochemical Test
3211 Gram Staining 10
ii
3212 Citrate Test 10
3213 Sulfate-Indole-Motility (SIM) Test 11
3214 Triple Sugar Ion (TSI) Test 11
3215 Catalase Test 12
3216 Methyl Red Test 12
3217 Voges Proskauer Test 12
3218 Oxidase Test 12
322 Molecular Identification 13
3221 Total DNA Extraction 13
3222 PCR Amplification 14
3223 Genomic DNA and PCR Product Analysis 14
3224 Genomic DNA Gel DNA Recovery 14
3225 Sequencing 14
3226 Sequence Analysis 14
33 Optimization of Endoglucanase Production 15
331 Enzyme Assay 15
332 Protein Determination 15
333 Fermentation Experimental Design 16
334 Optimization of Endoglucanase Production 16
3341 Time Course of Incubation 16
3342 Temperature 16
173343 pH
3344 Inoculum Percentage 17
iii
t
17335 Acetone Precipitation
17336 Native PAGE
18337 SDS PAGE and Molecular Mass Detennination
1934 Kinetic Studies of Crude Endoglucanase
19341 Effect ofSubtrate Concentration
193411 Detennination of Vmax and Km
3412 Determination of turnover value Kcal 19
2035 Biodeinking Trial on MOW (Mixed Office Waste)
20351 Endoglucanase Enzyme Production
20352 Enzymatic Deinking of MOW
203521 MOW Pulping
203522 Enzymatic Deinking
203523 Washing
203524 Handsheet Preparation
40 RESULTS AND DISCUSSION
2141 Screening and Isolation of Endoglucanase Producing Bacteria
21411 Bacterial Isolation
21412 Screening of Endoglucanase Producer
2442 Biochemical Test and Molecular Identification of Isolates
24421 Biochemical Test Analysis
27422 Molecular Analysis
274221 Genomic DNA Extraction
284222 Polymerase Chain Reaction (PCR)
iv
j
294223 Sequence Analysis
30
35
43 Optimization of Enzyme Endoglucanase Production
44 Native PAGE
45 Sodium Dodecyl Sulfate Polyacrylamide Gel Electrophoresis (SDS 36 PAGE) and Molecular Mass Determination
46 Kinetic Studies of the Crude Endoglucanase 38
47 Biodeinking Trial on MOW (Mixed Office Waste) Analysis 39
4250 CONCLUSION AND RECOMMENDATIONS
44REFERENCES
49APPENDIX A
50APPENDIXB
51APPENDIXC
53APPENDIXD
54APPENDIX E
v
LIST OF TABLES
Table Page
Table 1 Results of different combination colours ofTSI Test indicating 11 different characteristics
Table 2 Numbers of Isolates from Different Location 21
Table 3 Endoglucanase Degrading Potential Index among Biggest Halo 22 Producing Isolates
Table 4 Endoglucanase Activity among Biggest Halo Producing Isolates 23
Table 5 Biochemical Tests Results of Isolate 8 24
vi
LIST OF FIGURES
Figure Page
Figure 1 Congo Red Screening 22
Figure 2 Gram Staining 25
Figure 3 Simmon Citrate Test 25
Figure 4 Triple Sugar Ion (TSI) Test 25
Figure 5 Methyl Red Test 25
Figure 6 Sulfate-Indole-Motility (SIM) Test 25
Figure 7 Total genomic DNA extraction of Isolate 8 27
Figure 8 PCR products of bacterial isolate using PA forward and PH reverse 28 primer
Figure 9 Effects of time course of incubation on endoglucanase production 30
Figure 10 Effects of temperature on endoglucanase production 31
Figure 11 Effects of initial pH on crude endoglucanase production 32
Figure 12 Effects of different percentage of inoculum for endoglucanase 33 production
Figure 13 Native PAGE of crude enzyme of Klebsiella spp 35
Figure 14 Coomasie Brilliant Blue R-250 staining of SDS PAGE gel of crude 36 endoglucanase of Klebsiella spp
Figure 15 Enzyme Concentrations on Initial Velocity 38
Figure 16 Lineweaver-Burk Plot 38
Figure 17 Enzymatic Deinking using 100 enzyme of total volume reaction at 39 11 consistency
Figure 18 Enzymatic Deinking using 50 enzyme of total volume reaction at 39 11 consistency
vii
LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS
16S rONA 16S Ribosomal Deoxyribonucleic Acid
16S rRNA 16S Ribosomal Ribonucleic Acid
BSA Bovine Serum Albumin
CMC Carboxymethylcellulose
DNA Deoxyribonucleic Acid
DNS Dinitrosalicyclic Acid
dNTPs Deoxyribonucleotide triphosphate
LB Luria Bertani
MSM Minimal salt media
MOW Mixed Office Wastepaper
00 Optical Density
PAGE Polyacrylamide Gel Electrophoresis
PCR Polymerase Chain Reaction
SDS Sodium Dodecyl Sulfate
SIM Sulfite-Indole-Motility Test
TEMED Tetramethylethylenediamine
TSI Triple Sugar Ion
vw Volume Weight (concentration)
wv Weight Volume (concentration)
viii
Enzymatic Deinking using Thermostable and Alkaliphilic Endoglucanase of Indigenous Bacteria
Dayang Syahreeny Bt Abang Mustafa
Resource Biotechnology Department of Molecular Biology
Faculty of Resource Science and Technology Universiti Malaysia Sarawak
ABSTRACT
The best endoglucanase producer has been successfully isolated and identified from Paku Hot Springs based on halo fonnation during Congo red screening on minimal salt media containing 1 (wv) of carboxymethyIceIlulose Molecular approach targeting the conserved region of 16S rRNA bacterial strain performed was unable to further confinn initial morphological and biochemical tests results of the isolate which was identified as Klebsiella spp An optimal condition for endoglucanase secretion by Klebsiella spp was determined successful at pH 72 and 37degC after 9 hours of incubation using 5 of inoculums The crude endogucanase activity was determined using ONS method and prolein content was determined via Bradford method Native PAGE and SOS PAGE were performed to detennine crude endoglucanase enzymatic activity and molecular weight of crude endoglucanase respectively Km
VNX Kbullbull values of crude endoglucanase were 07765 mgml 06242 unitslml and 16 SmiddotI respectively Enzymatic deinking of Mi xed Ofiice Wastepaper (MOW) using 50 enzyme of total reaction volume shows enhancement in brightness but deinking ability was not determined
Key words Thermophilic CMC endoglucanase deinking mixed office wastepaper (MOW)
ABSTRAK
Satu bakleria terbaik yang menghasilkan enzim endoglukanase dari Kolam Air Panas Paku telah berjaya dipencilkan dan dikenalpasti berdasarkan pembentukan halo kelika penyaringan Congo red di alas agar Minimal Salt Media (MSM) Pendekalan molekul mensasarkan kawasan jujukan 16s rRNA yang dipulihara tidak berjaya untuk megesahkon kepulusan ujikaji biokimia sebelumnya yang lelah dikenalpasti sebagai Klebsiella spp Keadaan optimum untuk penghasilan enzim endoglukanase telah dicirikan pada pH 72 dan 31C selepas 9 jam fermenlasi dengan menggunakan 5 inokulum Aktivii enzim menlah ditentukan melalui kaedah DNS dan kandungan protein ditentukan melailli kaedah Bradford Native PAGE dan SDS PAGE dilakukan unluk menentukan aktiviti enzimatik dan berat molekul bagi endoglukanasementah Nilai Km dan VmaT bagi endoglukanase mentah adalah 07765 mgml dan 06242 unitsm manakala nilai Keal adalah 16 SmiddotI Penghilangan dakwat ke alas kerlas campuran pejabat menggunakan 50 enzim daripada jumlah keseluruhan isipadu untuk tindakbalas menunjukkan peningkalan dari segi kecerahan manakalan kebolehan menghilangkan dakwat tidak ditentukan
Kata kunci Termofilik CMC endoglukanase penghilangan dakwat kertas eampuran pejabat
ix
CHAPTER 1
INTRODUCTION
High grade recycled paper consists mainly of magazine waste (OMG) mixed office waste
(MOW) and old newspaper (ONP) (Soni el aI 2008) Recycling of paper requires deinking
stage which is the removal of the printing ink from used paper to obtain brighter pulp
(Mohandass amp Raghukumar 2005) Two types of printing methods are usually carried out
impact and non-impact ink Impact ink is easier to be removed or dispersed during deinking as it
does not fuse into paper On the contrary photocopying inkjet and laser printing used nonshy
impact ink which results in fused ink into the paper making it non-dispersible which render
deinking process (Mohandass amp Raghukumar 2005) Mix office waste (MOW) is favored to
produce newsprint and as well as high grade paper because it has longer and brighter fibers when
compared to old newspaper (ONP) Thennoplastic copolymer inks that present in MOW (Soni
el aI 2008) caused conventional chemical deinking process expensive as it barely remove by
dewatering di persian additional floatation and washing process (Vyas amp Lachke 2003) On
the other hand conventional deinking requires large amount of chemicals such as sodium
hydroxide hydrogen peroxide chelating agents sodium silicates and other collector chemicals
which are easi ly available and cheap which have high potential for environmental damage (Soni
el al 2008) Enzymatic deinking is proposed as alternative method of various harsh chemicals
used during disintegration which favors ink detachment from fibers without discharge of
pollutants thus contributing to environmental compatibility (Soni el al 2008)
1
Cellulose is embedded in a network of hemicelluloses and lignin requiring an alkaline
pretreatment to become accessible to enzyme action Most celluloses alkaline pretreatment is
perfonned at high temperatures hyperthermophilic cellulases should be the best candidate
catalysts for cellulose degradation (Vieille amp Zeikus 2001) Therefore alkaline and thermostable
enzyme should replace the conventional process which takes places in high pH and high
temperature Indigenous thermophilic microorganisms can be obtained from local hot springs
around Malaysia They can survive harsh environment (Schiraldi amp Rosa 2002) such as high
temperature of hot spring area Thus there is high potential that thermophilic bacterial strain
producing thermostable endoglucanase enzymes is present and can be characterized In this
research a thermophilic endoglucanase with medium enzymatic activity was successfully
isolated from Paku Hot Springs Lundu Sarawak
The objectives of this research were to isolate indigenous thermostable and alkaliphile
bacteria with cellulolytic capability and investigate biodeinking of mixed office paper potential
by using the endoglucanase produced by the bacteria isolates which consequently can lead to
mass production for the application in paper recycling industry or other industries In order to
achieve this aim the specific objectives of this project are as follows
I To isolate and identify thermophilic bacterial strains that produces extracellular
endoglunacase to be used in enzymatic deinking on mixed office paper
II To characterize endoglucanase enzyme from the isolates this suits the optimal
temperature and pH of the deinking process
IJ To perfOlm trial enzymatic deinking using endoglucanase of indigenous bacteria isolates
2
CHAPTER 2
LITERATURE REVIEW
21 Endoglucanase
Endoglucanases often classified as endo-acting cellulases which cleave P-1 A-glycosidic bonds
internally only and appear to have cleft-shaped open active sites (Maki el aI 2009) However
there is suggestion that some cellulases display both modes of action endo- and exo- which
changed the classification cellobiohydrolases (exoglucanases) are active on the crystalline
regions of cellulose whereas endoglucanases are active on soluble amorphous region of the
cellulose crystal (Maki et al 2009) On the other hand Turner et al (2007) suggested that
endoglucanases ([Ee 3214] are classified under 12 different glycosyl hydrolase families with
both inverting and retaining reaction mechanisms and with different folds which catalyse
random cleavage of internal bonds in the cellulose chain while cellobiohydrolases
(exoglucanases) (EC 321 91 G H 5 7 [retaining] and 6 9 [inverting]) attack the chain ends
releasing cellobiose Glucosidases (EC 32121 GH 1 3 [retaining] and 9 [inverting]) are only
active on cello-oligosaccharides and cellobiose releasing glucose
A high degree of synergy between exoglucanases and endoglucanases required for the
efficient hydrolysis of cellulose crystals (Ogel 2001) Endoglucanase can be either cell-bound or
extracellular and only a few endoglucanase producers produces significant quantities of free
enzyme that abl to completely hydrolyze crystalline cellulose even though large number of
microbes were reported capable to degrade cellulose (Koomnok 2005) Bacterial cellulase
system lack FPase activity (Ariffin el aI 2008) and the main activity is p-glucanase (endo-1 A-Pshy
glucanase EC 3214) which randomly hydrolyses internal l4-p-bonds in cellulose and does not
cl e crystalline cellulose (Liu el ai 2008) Besides bacterial cellulases are often more
3
effective catalyst and may also be less inhibited by feedback inhibition which is the presence of
material that has already been hydrolyzed (Ariffin et al 2008) Different effects on fibers
properties are obtained too when cellulases with different cellobiohydrolases and endoglucanases
activities were used Individual endoglucanase treatment is considered necessary for
modification of the pulp fiber as it does not result in the decrease of average fiber length or
coarseness Endoglucanase and cellobiohydrolase synergetic effect could lead to cross breakage
which causes decreasing in paper strength In addition Vyas and Lachke (2003) found that pure
endoglucanase were responsible in most of success deinking after treating laser-printed waste
paper individually and combination of purified endoglucanase from Gloeophyllum sepiarium and
Gloeophyllum trabeum
22 Extremophiles
Extremophiles are microbes that can live and reproduce in extreme environments (Schiraldi amp
Rosa 2002) High and low temperatures defined as thennophiles and psychrophiles
respectively high and low pH values defined as alkaliphiles and acidophiles respectively high
salt concentrations defined as halophiles and high pressure defined as barophiles are the
common four parameters used to classify extremophiles There has been a great deal of interest
in the biotechnological potential of their extremozymes
Thennophilics cellulases brought advantages In industrial applications as higher
processing temperature can be employed for offering accelerated reaction rates Increase
solubility and reduced contamination (Ng et al 2009) Thennostable ability also gives a longer
h If-life to the enzyme (Ibrahim amp El-diwany 2007) Thennophilic can be classified into
m philes (50-60degC) extreme thennophiles (60-80degC) and hyperthennophiles (80- [ lOOC)
4
PoSit Khidmat MlkJum t Akademfk UNlVERSm MALAYSIA SAMWAK
Thermophilic microorganisms are widely distributed among genera Bacillus Clostridium
Thermoanaerobacter Thennus Thennotoga and Aquifex (Ng et al 2009) while
hyperthermophilic species are dominated by the Archaea (Turner et aI 2007)
Themostability is inherented by their cell components such as membranes and enzymes
Principal among tlUs are the ether linked lipids from archaeal cell membranes (Hoist et aI
1997) Adaptation is apparently genetically encoded and as revealed by biophysical and
structural studies it includes sequence modification addition of salt bridges increased
hydrophobic interactions additional ion pairing and hydrogen bonding improved core packing
and shortening of loops (Eichler 2001) This confers higher thennal stability rigidity and
resistance to chemical denaturation (Eichler 2001)
Meanwhile alkaliphiles are the organisms that have optimal growth around pH 10
Alkaliphiles diver ely occur from aerobic and anaerobic archaea and prokaryotes as well as
eukaryotic fungi (Jones et aI 1994) widening their industrial application According to
Krulwich (2006) facultative alkaliphile is applied to species and strains that able to grow at both
pH 65 - 75 and above 95 whereas that grow only at pH 95 is termed as obligate a lka~iphiles
Soda lakes desert soils and alkaline springs are alkaline environments where pH can be
consistently about pH 10 (Magan 2007) Jones et al (1998) reviewed that alkaline hot springs is
interesting alkaliphiles source but are ihsufficiently buffered to support extraordinary high pH
value which contra)t to naturally occurring soda lakes which are widely distributed and stable
alkaline environments (Krulwich 2006) The possession of flagella modifications of cell walls
and membranes and biochemical activity including respiration and oxidative phosphorylation
enable the adaptation and growth of alkaliphiles in alkaline environment (Magan 2007)
5
23 Conventional Deinking
reviewed by Pelach e al (2003) a conventional deinking process starts with disintegration
of recycled paper and followed by the addition of chemicals in a strong alkaline medium in order
to promote de-fibering and ink particle detachment Finally mild alkaline of washing or flotation
technologies allow ink removal from the suspension
Sodium hydroxide hydrogen peroxide chelating agents and sodium silicates are among the
chemicals used during conventional deinking Sodium hydroxide adjusts the pulp pH as
alkalinity resulted in soften ing the paper fibers by saponification or hydrolysis while hydrogen
peroxide acts as bleaching agent in the fiber treatment process and counterbalance darkening due
to alkalinity above pH 102 Unfortunately hydrogen peroxide is very sensitive to pUlping
environment due to existence of heavy metals ions found in inks These require other chemicals
to stabilize the environment in which hydrogen peroxide works chelating agent and sodium
silicate
Sodium silicate is favored as it is less harmful than chelating agent such as
ethylenediaminetetracetic acid (EDTA) However former problems of stability coating of fibers
and harshness of paper due to silicates formation lead to the use of latter which can cause heavyshy
metal poisoning in rivers streams and severely affect aquatic life when disposed off Various
chemical usages of conventional deinking impose environmental problem and health risks and to
overcome this highly cost waste water treatment needed to be applied (Lee et al 2006)
6
24 Enzymatic Deinking
Deinking is a removal ink process According to Biermann (1993) deinkinkin can be
divided into 4 steps repulping with the associated ink removal from the fiber cleaning to
remove the ink from the stock separation of residual ink contaminants from the fiber stock and
bleaching Enzymatic deinking is the alternative for chemical deinking which exploit
microorganisms enzyme for deinking process and it was suggested that the enzyme hydrolyzed
the fiber-ink regions directly which splitting the cellulose fiber and ink particles apart According
to Soni el al (2008) microbial enzyme such as cellulase xylanase esterases and lipase play
important role in biological deinking Enzymes rarely require toxic metal ions for functionality
which can be advantageous as industrial catalysts hence creating the possibility to use more
environmentally friendly processing (Turner et al 2007) Removal of small fibers from the
surface of ink particles is resulted by the action of cellulase binding and altering the fiber
surface This alters the relative hydrophobicity of the toner particles and reduces hydrodynamic
drag that facilitates toners removal during floatation step (Soni et al 2008)
It was found that laccase treatment reduced the kappa number and increases the
brightness of waste photocopy paper but treatments with laccase alone or as the mediator is
unsuitable for deinking of aged prints or for bleaching of deinked pulp unprinted recycling
paper and groundwood (Widsten amp Kandelbauer 2008) Zhang et al (2008) reported that three
commercial ceJlulases enzymes were able to detach a significant amount of ink from the old
recycled newsprint or magazine but cellulase deinking was less efficient than alkaline deinking
chemistry CeJlulases tested were unable to deink aged ONPOMG and a poor deinkability was
also observed by using either sulphite or alkaline chemistry However combining enzymes with
suI te chemistry significa ntly enhanced sulphite deinking and provided a potential strategy to
achieve effective deinking of aged newsprint at neutral pH In 2009 a combination of cellulase
hemicellulase and laccase-violuric acid system was developed and higher brightness higher
tearing index better physical properties of deinked pulp was produced However enzymatic
deinking has not clearly defined but most researchers agree that a combination of mechanical
action and synergistic deinking effect of surfactant is vital for process viability (Sykes et al
1996) In addition they have been proven to be cost effective and more efficient than
con entional deinking Thus alternate option for replacing some of the deinking chemicals by
enzymatic deinking is sui table and being considered (Soni et al 2008)
8
CHAPTER 3
MATERIALS AND METHODS
1 Screening and Isolation of Endoglucanase Producing Bacteria
11 Sampling
Samples ofwater and ediments were collected from Matangs drains and Paku Hot Springs The
pH was checked using pH paper and the samples were brought back to the laboratory for further
analysis
312 Culturing of the Sample
The samples pH was checked and pH adjustment to pH75 was done using 1 M NaOH The
amount of water sediments and shredded Mixed Office Wastepaper (MOW) were 150 mL 50
mL and 10 gram respectively The samples were cultured in 250 mL flask for 1-2 weeks at
55degC at 120 rpm
313 Screening and Isolation
The cultures were filtered using filter paper under sterile condition and each filtrate were
subjected to standard serial dilution prior plated onto Luria Broth (LB) agar containing 1 (wv)
carboxymethylcellulose (CMC) and incubated at 55degC for an overnight Each colony identified
was streaked two times to obtain single colony Endoglucanase producers were identified by
Congo red test using (MSM) + 1 CMC agar plates which grown 3 days for endoglucanase
secretion The plates was flooded with 02 Congo red solution and left for 1 hour Congo red
lution was poured off and washed with 10 M NaCl for 15 minutes Yellow halos indicated
co ies that hydrolyzed CMC where Congo red was absent
9
Then
Biochemical and Molecular Identification of Isolates
Biochemical Test
11 Gram Staining
drop of distilled water was placed on microscope slide and a suspension of test culture was
placed onto the distilled water The slide was dry fixed by passing the slide repeatedly on flame
lide was allowed to cool The slide was flooded with crystal violet for 60 seconds and
ashed with distilled water Iodine was applied for 60 seconds and washed with distilled water
1 the slide was rinsed with 70 ethanol until there was no purple wash out Safranin was
flooded onto the slide for 60 seconds and rinse with distilled water The slide was allowed to dry
and viewed under microscope using oil immersion at 100x magnification A Gram-negative
bacterium was identified in pink colour and Gram-positive organisms remained purple colour
3212 Citrate Test
colony of Isolate 8 was streaked onto Simmon Citrates medium and incubated at 37degC for 48
hours The growth was accompanied by pH change of the medium which was indicated by the
medium color initial green colour to deep blue indicating positive result
10
fate-Indole-Motility (SIM) Test
culture of Isolate 8 was stabbed into SIM media that prepared in screw-capped test tube
culture was incubated for 24 hours at 37degC Motility was indicated by diffuse turbidity of
ulture surrounding the puncture line while immotility took place only along puncture line
Hydrogen sulfide (H2S) formation was shown by blackening of mjcrobial growth areas Indole
was performed by covering a layer of KOYACS Indole Reagent Indole production caused
reagent layer becoming purple-pink in colour
214 Triple Sugar Ion (TSI) Test
Pure culture of Isolate 8 was streaked on the surface and stabbed into TSI media The culture was
incubated up to 48 hours at 37degC Degradation of sugar accompanied by acid production are
detect by the pH indicator phenol red which changed from red-orange to yellow while
alkalinization shown by deep red Thiosulfate was reduced to hydrogen sulfide with an iron salt
to give black iron sulfide
Table 1 Resul ts of different combination colours of TSI Test indicating di fferent characteristics
Butt Colour Slant Colour Results Yellow Red Glucose fermented Yellow Yellow Glucose fermented also lactose and or sucrose Red Red No action on glucose lactose and sucrose Black precipitation along puncture Hydrogen sulfide production
11
~talllle t t was performed to detect the presence of catalase in the colonies of Isolate 8
erial colonies were taken on glass slides and one drop of H202 (3) was added Appearance
(gas bubbles indicated the presence of catalase (MacFaddin 1980)
116 Methyl Red Test
o tubes containing MR-VP was inoculated with pure culture of Isolate 8 and incubated for 48
hours at 3rc Then five drops of methyl red indicator was added into the first tube Positive
IeSUlt as red indicating pH below 6 and negative was yellow indicating no acid production
bull217 Voges Proskauer Test
Three milimeter of BARRITs solution and 1 ml 40 potassium hydroxide solution was added
1010 S ond tube described in Section 3216 Positive reaction was indicated by pink colour
(after frequent shaking) approximately 20 minutes beginning at the surface and become more
intense within 2 hours
rap of oxidase reagent containing 1 of tetramethyl-para-phenylenediamine dihydrochloride
as spotted on a piece of filter paper in a Petri dish Sterile wooden stick was used to rub a
colon of Isolate 8 onto the spot of spotted oxidase reagent Positive test was indicated by rapid
appearance of a purple color and negative result indicated by no colour changes
12
olecular Identification
__11ar identification was done to futher identify the bacteria up to genera level
as incubated in 5 ml Luria Bertani (LB) media an overnight prior genomic DNA
lion Approximately 15 ml of bacterial culture was transferred into Eppendorf tube and
1 maximum for 30 seconds Supernatant was removed and cell pellet was resuspended in
JLI TE buffer and mixed well by vortexing Then 30 III of 10 (wv ) SDS 5 III 20 mglml
inase K and 100 III of 5 M aCI solution was added and mixed well 80 III of CTABlNaCI
mixed into the mixture and incubated for 60 minutes at 65degC Next an equal volume of
oroformllsoamyl alcohol (24 1) was added vortexed gently and centrifuged for 5 minutes to
t the phases Clear supernatant was transferred into new Eppendorf tube and re-extracted
ng PhenolChlorofonnilsoamyl alcohol by 5 minutes centrifugation Clear supernatant was
ferred into new Eppendorf tube and 06 volume of isopropanol was added The mixture was
Iy mixed by vortexing it up and down until white DNA precipitate appeared Then DNA
pelleted by 30 seconds centrifugation Supernatant was removed and DNA pellet was
ith 200 fll 70 ethanol and centrifuged for 30 seconds at maximum speed 15000 rpm
8U1penllBtant was removed and DNA pellet was air dried Lastly air-dried DNA pellet was
dissol ed in 100 fll ofTE buffer and stored at -20degC for further analysis
13
Pnat Khldmat Maklomat Akademlllt TNIVERSm MALAVSIA SARAWAllt
ENZYMATIC DEINKING USING THERMOSTABLE AND ALKALIPIDLIC ENDOGLUCANASE OF
INDIGENOUS BACTERIA
Dayang Syahreeny Bt Abang Mustafa (18286)
This report is submitted in partial fulfillment of the requirements for
the degree of Bachelor of Science with Honors in
Resource Biotechnology
Resource Biotechnology Programme
Department of Molecular Biology
Faculty of Resource Science and Technology
Universiti Malaysia Sarawak
ACKNOWLEDGMENTS
Thanks to Mak and Abah for everything
Dr Awang Ahmad Sallehin George Lan Hidayah and Fraser Your guidance and support are much appreciated
Family of Molecular Genetics Laboratory and K7C28G Your presences are my strength
usaf Khldmat Mlkluat AkJdetJIlk UNlVERSm MALAYSIA S WAk
Table of Contents
Page
ACKNOWLEDGEMENT
TABLE OF CONTENT ii
LIST OF TABLES VI
LIST OF FIGURES VB
LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS viii
ABSTRACT IX
ABSTRAK IX
10 INTRODUCTION
20 LITERATURE REVIEW
21 Endoglucanase 3
22 Extremophiles 4
23 Conventional Deinking 6
24 Enzymatic Deinking 7
30 MATERIALS AND METHODS
31 Screening and Isolation ofEndoglucanase Producing Bacteria 9
311 Sampling 9
312 Culturing of the Sample 9
313 Screening and Isolation 9
32 Biochemical and Molecular Identification of Isolates 10
10321 Biochemical Test
3211 Gram Staining 10
ii
3212 Citrate Test 10
3213 Sulfate-Indole-Motility (SIM) Test 11
3214 Triple Sugar Ion (TSI) Test 11
3215 Catalase Test 12
3216 Methyl Red Test 12
3217 Voges Proskauer Test 12
3218 Oxidase Test 12
322 Molecular Identification 13
3221 Total DNA Extraction 13
3222 PCR Amplification 14
3223 Genomic DNA and PCR Product Analysis 14
3224 Genomic DNA Gel DNA Recovery 14
3225 Sequencing 14
3226 Sequence Analysis 14
33 Optimization of Endoglucanase Production 15
331 Enzyme Assay 15
332 Protein Determination 15
333 Fermentation Experimental Design 16
334 Optimization of Endoglucanase Production 16
3341 Time Course of Incubation 16
3342 Temperature 16
173343 pH
3344 Inoculum Percentage 17
iii
t
17335 Acetone Precipitation
17336 Native PAGE
18337 SDS PAGE and Molecular Mass Detennination
1934 Kinetic Studies of Crude Endoglucanase
19341 Effect ofSubtrate Concentration
193411 Detennination of Vmax and Km
3412 Determination of turnover value Kcal 19
2035 Biodeinking Trial on MOW (Mixed Office Waste)
20351 Endoglucanase Enzyme Production
20352 Enzymatic Deinking of MOW
203521 MOW Pulping
203522 Enzymatic Deinking
203523 Washing
203524 Handsheet Preparation
40 RESULTS AND DISCUSSION
2141 Screening and Isolation of Endoglucanase Producing Bacteria
21411 Bacterial Isolation
21412 Screening of Endoglucanase Producer
2442 Biochemical Test and Molecular Identification of Isolates
24421 Biochemical Test Analysis
27422 Molecular Analysis
274221 Genomic DNA Extraction
284222 Polymerase Chain Reaction (PCR)
iv
j
294223 Sequence Analysis
30
35
43 Optimization of Enzyme Endoglucanase Production
44 Native PAGE
45 Sodium Dodecyl Sulfate Polyacrylamide Gel Electrophoresis (SDS 36 PAGE) and Molecular Mass Determination
46 Kinetic Studies of the Crude Endoglucanase 38
47 Biodeinking Trial on MOW (Mixed Office Waste) Analysis 39
4250 CONCLUSION AND RECOMMENDATIONS
44REFERENCES
49APPENDIX A
50APPENDIXB
51APPENDIXC
53APPENDIXD
54APPENDIX E
v
LIST OF TABLES
Table Page
Table 1 Results of different combination colours ofTSI Test indicating 11 different characteristics
Table 2 Numbers of Isolates from Different Location 21
Table 3 Endoglucanase Degrading Potential Index among Biggest Halo 22 Producing Isolates
Table 4 Endoglucanase Activity among Biggest Halo Producing Isolates 23
Table 5 Biochemical Tests Results of Isolate 8 24
vi
LIST OF FIGURES
Figure Page
Figure 1 Congo Red Screening 22
Figure 2 Gram Staining 25
Figure 3 Simmon Citrate Test 25
Figure 4 Triple Sugar Ion (TSI) Test 25
Figure 5 Methyl Red Test 25
Figure 6 Sulfate-Indole-Motility (SIM) Test 25
Figure 7 Total genomic DNA extraction of Isolate 8 27
Figure 8 PCR products of bacterial isolate using PA forward and PH reverse 28 primer
Figure 9 Effects of time course of incubation on endoglucanase production 30
Figure 10 Effects of temperature on endoglucanase production 31
Figure 11 Effects of initial pH on crude endoglucanase production 32
Figure 12 Effects of different percentage of inoculum for endoglucanase 33 production
Figure 13 Native PAGE of crude enzyme of Klebsiella spp 35
Figure 14 Coomasie Brilliant Blue R-250 staining of SDS PAGE gel of crude 36 endoglucanase of Klebsiella spp
Figure 15 Enzyme Concentrations on Initial Velocity 38
Figure 16 Lineweaver-Burk Plot 38
Figure 17 Enzymatic Deinking using 100 enzyme of total volume reaction at 39 11 consistency
Figure 18 Enzymatic Deinking using 50 enzyme of total volume reaction at 39 11 consistency
vii
LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS
16S rONA 16S Ribosomal Deoxyribonucleic Acid
16S rRNA 16S Ribosomal Ribonucleic Acid
BSA Bovine Serum Albumin
CMC Carboxymethylcellulose
DNA Deoxyribonucleic Acid
DNS Dinitrosalicyclic Acid
dNTPs Deoxyribonucleotide triphosphate
LB Luria Bertani
MSM Minimal salt media
MOW Mixed Office Wastepaper
00 Optical Density
PAGE Polyacrylamide Gel Electrophoresis
PCR Polymerase Chain Reaction
SDS Sodium Dodecyl Sulfate
SIM Sulfite-Indole-Motility Test
TEMED Tetramethylethylenediamine
TSI Triple Sugar Ion
vw Volume Weight (concentration)
wv Weight Volume (concentration)
viii
Enzymatic Deinking using Thermostable and Alkaliphilic Endoglucanase of Indigenous Bacteria
Dayang Syahreeny Bt Abang Mustafa
Resource Biotechnology Department of Molecular Biology
Faculty of Resource Science and Technology Universiti Malaysia Sarawak
ABSTRACT
The best endoglucanase producer has been successfully isolated and identified from Paku Hot Springs based on halo fonnation during Congo red screening on minimal salt media containing 1 (wv) of carboxymethyIceIlulose Molecular approach targeting the conserved region of 16S rRNA bacterial strain performed was unable to further confinn initial morphological and biochemical tests results of the isolate which was identified as Klebsiella spp An optimal condition for endoglucanase secretion by Klebsiella spp was determined successful at pH 72 and 37degC after 9 hours of incubation using 5 of inoculums The crude endogucanase activity was determined using ONS method and prolein content was determined via Bradford method Native PAGE and SOS PAGE were performed to detennine crude endoglucanase enzymatic activity and molecular weight of crude endoglucanase respectively Km
VNX Kbullbull values of crude endoglucanase were 07765 mgml 06242 unitslml and 16 SmiddotI respectively Enzymatic deinking of Mi xed Ofiice Wastepaper (MOW) using 50 enzyme of total reaction volume shows enhancement in brightness but deinking ability was not determined
Key words Thermophilic CMC endoglucanase deinking mixed office wastepaper (MOW)
ABSTRAK
Satu bakleria terbaik yang menghasilkan enzim endoglukanase dari Kolam Air Panas Paku telah berjaya dipencilkan dan dikenalpasti berdasarkan pembentukan halo kelika penyaringan Congo red di alas agar Minimal Salt Media (MSM) Pendekalan molekul mensasarkan kawasan jujukan 16s rRNA yang dipulihara tidak berjaya untuk megesahkon kepulusan ujikaji biokimia sebelumnya yang lelah dikenalpasti sebagai Klebsiella spp Keadaan optimum untuk penghasilan enzim endoglukanase telah dicirikan pada pH 72 dan 31C selepas 9 jam fermenlasi dengan menggunakan 5 inokulum Aktivii enzim menlah ditentukan melalui kaedah DNS dan kandungan protein ditentukan melailli kaedah Bradford Native PAGE dan SDS PAGE dilakukan unluk menentukan aktiviti enzimatik dan berat molekul bagi endoglukanasementah Nilai Km dan VmaT bagi endoglukanase mentah adalah 07765 mgml dan 06242 unitsm manakala nilai Keal adalah 16 SmiddotI Penghilangan dakwat ke alas kerlas campuran pejabat menggunakan 50 enzim daripada jumlah keseluruhan isipadu untuk tindakbalas menunjukkan peningkalan dari segi kecerahan manakalan kebolehan menghilangkan dakwat tidak ditentukan
Kata kunci Termofilik CMC endoglukanase penghilangan dakwat kertas eampuran pejabat
ix
CHAPTER 1
INTRODUCTION
High grade recycled paper consists mainly of magazine waste (OMG) mixed office waste
(MOW) and old newspaper (ONP) (Soni el aI 2008) Recycling of paper requires deinking
stage which is the removal of the printing ink from used paper to obtain brighter pulp
(Mohandass amp Raghukumar 2005) Two types of printing methods are usually carried out
impact and non-impact ink Impact ink is easier to be removed or dispersed during deinking as it
does not fuse into paper On the contrary photocopying inkjet and laser printing used nonshy
impact ink which results in fused ink into the paper making it non-dispersible which render
deinking process (Mohandass amp Raghukumar 2005) Mix office waste (MOW) is favored to
produce newsprint and as well as high grade paper because it has longer and brighter fibers when
compared to old newspaper (ONP) Thennoplastic copolymer inks that present in MOW (Soni
el aI 2008) caused conventional chemical deinking process expensive as it barely remove by
dewatering di persian additional floatation and washing process (Vyas amp Lachke 2003) On
the other hand conventional deinking requires large amount of chemicals such as sodium
hydroxide hydrogen peroxide chelating agents sodium silicates and other collector chemicals
which are easi ly available and cheap which have high potential for environmental damage (Soni
el al 2008) Enzymatic deinking is proposed as alternative method of various harsh chemicals
used during disintegration which favors ink detachment from fibers without discharge of
pollutants thus contributing to environmental compatibility (Soni el al 2008)
1
Cellulose is embedded in a network of hemicelluloses and lignin requiring an alkaline
pretreatment to become accessible to enzyme action Most celluloses alkaline pretreatment is
perfonned at high temperatures hyperthermophilic cellulases should be the best candidate
catalysts for cellulose degradation (Vieille amp Zeikus 2001) Therefore alkaline and thermostable
enzyme should replace the conventional process which takes places in high pH and high
temperature Indigenous thermophilic microorganisms can be obtained from local hot springs
around Malaysia They can survive harsh environment (Schiraldi amp Rosa 2002) such as high
temperature of hot spring area Thus there is high potential that thermophilic bacterial strain
producing thermostable endoglucanase enzymes is present and can be characterized In this
research a thermophilic endoglucanase with medium enzymatic activity was successfully
isolated from Paku Hot Springs Lundu Sarawak
The objectives of this research were to isolate indigenous thermostable and alkaliphile
bacteria with cellulolytic capability and investigate biodeinking of mixed office paper potential
by using the endoglucanase produced by the bacteria isolates which consequently can lead to
mass production for the application in paper recycling industry or other industries In order to
achieve this aim the specific objectives of this project are as follows
I To isolate and identify thermophilic bacterial strains that produces extracellular
endoglunacase to be used in enzymatic deinking on mixed office paper
II To characterize endoglucanase enzyme from the isolates this suits the optimal
temperature and pH of the deinking process
IJ To perfOlm trial enzymatic deinking using endoglucanase of indigenous bacteria isolates
2
CHAPTER 2
LITERATURE REVIEW
21 Endoglucanase
Endoglucanases often classified as endo-acting cellulases which cleave P-1 A-glycosidic bonds
internally only and appear to have cleft-shaped open active sites (Maki el aI 2009) However
there is suggestion that some cellulases display both modes of action endo- and exo- which
changed the classification cellobiohydrolases (exoglucanases) are active on the crystalline
regions of cellulose whereas endoglucanases are active on soluble amorphous region of the
cellulose crystal (Maki et al 2009) On the other hand Turner et al (2007) suggested that
endoglucanases ([Ee 3214] are classified under 12 different glycosyl hydrolase families with
both inverting and retaining reaction mechanisms and with different folds which catalyse
random cleavage of internal bonds in the cellulose chain while cellobiohydrolases
(exoglucanases) (EC 321 91 G H 5 7 [retaining] and 6 9 [inverting]) attack the chain ends
releasing cellobiose Glucosidases (EC 32121 GH 1 3 [retaining] and 9 [inverting]) are only
active on cello-oligosaccharides and cellobiose releasing glucose
A high degree of synergy between exoglucanases and endoglucanases required for the
efficient hydrolysis of cellulose crystals (Ogel 2001) Endoglucanase can be either cell-bound or
extracellular and only a few endoglucanase producers produces significant quantities of free
enzyme that abl to completely hydrolyze crystalline cellulose even though large number of
microbes were reported capable to degrade cellulose (Koomnok 2005) Bacterial cellulase
system lack FPase activity (Ariffin el aI 2008) and the main activity is p-glucanase (endo-1 A-Pshy
glucanase EC 3214) which randomly hydrolyses internal l4-p-bonds in cellulose and does not
cl e crystalline cellulose (Liu el ai 2008) Besides bacterial cellulases are often more
3
effective catalyst and may also be less inhibited by feedback inhibition which is the presence of
material that has already been hydrolyzed (Ariffin et al 2008) Different effects on fibers
properties are obtained too when cellulases with different cellobiohydrolases and endoglucanases
activities were used Individual endoglucanase treatment is considered necessary for
modification of the pulp fiber as it does not result in the decrease of average fiber length or
coarseness Endoglucanase and cellobiohydrolase synergetic effect could lead to cross breakage
which causes decreasing in paper strength In addition Vyas and Lachke (2003) found that pure
endoglucanase were responsible in most of success deinking after treating laser-printed waste
paper individually and combination of purified endoglucanase from Gloeophyllum sepiarium and
Gloeophyllum trabeum
22 Extremophiles
Extremophiles are microbes that can live and reproduce in extreme environments (Schiraldi amp
Rosa 2002) High and low temperatures defined as thennophiles and psychrophiles
respectively high and low pH values defined as alkaliphiles and acidophiles respectively high
salt concentrations defined as halophiles and high pressure defined as barophiles are the
common four parameters used to classify extremophiles There has been a great deal of interest
in the biotechnological potential of their extremozymes
Thennophilics cellulases brought advantages In industrial applications as higher
processing temperature can be employed for offering accelerated reaction rates Increase
solubility and reduced contamination (Ng et al 2009) Thennostable ability also gives a longer
h If-life to the enzyme (Ibrahim amp El-diwany 2007) Thennophilic can be classified into
m philes (50-60degC) extreme thennophiles (60-80degC) and hyperthennophiles (80- [ lOOC)
4
PoSit Khidmat MlkJum t Akademfk UNlVERSm MALAYSIA SAMWAK
Thermophilic microorganisms are widely distributed among genera Bacillus Clostridium
Thermoanaerobacter Thennus Thennotoga and Aquifex (Ng et al 2009) while
hyperthermophilic species are dominated by the Archaea (Turner et aI 2007)
Themostability is inherented by their cell components such as membranes and enzymes
Principal among tlUs are the ether linked lipids from archaeal cell membranes (Hoist et aI
1997) Adaptation is apparently genetically encoded and as revealed by biophysical and
structural studies it includes sequence modification addition of salt bridges increased
hydrophobic interactions additional ion pairing and hydrogen bonding improved core packing
and shortening of loops (Eichler 2001) This confers higher thennal stability rigidity and
resistance to chemical denaturation (Eichler 2001)
Meanwhile alkaliphiles are the organisms that have optimal growth around pH 10
Alkaliphiles diver ely occur from aerobic and anaerobic archaea and prokaryotes as well as
eukaryotic fungi (Jones et aI 1994) widening their industrial application According to
Krulwich (2006) facultative alkaliphile is applied to species and strains that able to grow at both
pH 65 - 75 and above 95 whereas that grow only at pH 95 is termed as obligate a lka~iphiles
Soda lakes desert soils and alkaline springs are alkaline environments where pH can be
consistently about pH 10 (Magan 2007) Jones et al (1998) reviewed that alkaline hot springs is
interesting alkaliphiles source but are ihsufficiently buffered to support extraordinary high pH
value which contra)t to naturally occurring soda lakes which are widely distributed and stable
alkaline environments (Krulwich 2006) The possession of flagella modifications of cell walls
and membranes and biochemical activity including respiration and oxidative phosphorylation
enable the adaptation and growth of alkaliphiles in alkaline environment (Magan 2007)
5
23 Conventional Deinking
reviewed by Pelach e al (2003) a conventional deinking process starts with disintegration
of recycled paper and followed by the addition of chemicals in a strong alkaline medium in order
to promote de-fibering and ink particle detachment Finally mild alkaline of washing or flotation
technologies allow ink removal from the suspension
Sodium hydroxide hydrogen peroxide chelating agents and sodium silicates are among the
chemicals used during conventional deinking Sodium hydroxide adjusts the pulp pH as
alkalinity resulted in soften ing the paper fibers by saponification or hydrolysis while hydrogen
peroxide acts as bleaching agent in the fiber treatment process and counterbalance darkening due
to alkalinity above pH 102 Unfortunately hydrogen peroxide is very sensitive to pUlping
environment due to existence of heavy metals ions found in inks These require other chemicals
to stabilize the environment in which hydrogen peroxide works chelating agent and sodium
silicate
Sodium silicate is favored as it is less harmful than chelating agent such as
ethylenediaminetetracetic acid (EDTA) However former problems of stability coating of fibers
and harshness of paper due to silicates formation lead to the use of latter which can cause heavyshy
metal poisoning in rivers streams and severely affect aquatic life when disposed off Various
chemical usages of conventional deinking impose environmental problem and health risks and to
overcome this highly cost waste water treatment needed to be applied (Lee et al 2006)
6
24 Enzymatic Deinking
Deinking is a removal ink process According to Biermann (1993) deinkinkin can be
divided into 4 steps repulping with the associated ink removal from the fiber cleaning to
remove the ink from the stock separation of residual ink contaminants from the fiber stock and
bleaching Enzymatic deinking is the alternative for chemical deinking which exploit
microorganisms enzyme for deinking process and it was suggested that the enzyme hydrolyzed
the fiber-ink regions directly which splitting the cellulose fiber and ink particles apart According
to Soni el al (2008) microbial enzyme such as cellulase xylanase esterases and lipase play
important role in biological deinking Enzymes rarely require toxic metal ions for functionality
which can be advantageous as industrial catalysts hence creating the possibility to use more
environmentally friendly processing (Turner et al 2007) Removal of small fibers from the
surface of ink particles is resulted by the action of cellulase binding and altering the fiber
surface This alters the relative hydrophobicity of the toner particles and reduces hydrodynamic
drag that facilitates toners removal during floatation step (Soni et al 2008)
It was found that laccase treatment reduced the kappa number and increases the
brightness of waste photocopy paper but treatments with laccase alone or as the mediator is
unsuitable for deinking of aged prints or for bleaching of deinked pulp unprinted recycling
paper and groundwood (Widsten amp Kandelbauer 2008) Zhang et al (2008) reported that three
commercial ceJlulases enzymes were able to detach a significant amount of ink from the old
recycled newsprint or magazine but cellulase deinking was less efficient than alkaline deinking
chemistry CeJlulases tested were unable to deink aged ONPOMG and a poor deinkability was
also observed by using either sulphite or alkaline chemistry However combining enzymes with
suI te chemistry significa ntly enhanced sulphite deinking and provided a potential strategy to
achieve effective deinking of aged newsprint at neutral pH In 2009 a combination of cellulase
hemicellulase and laccase-violuric acid system was developed and higher brightness higher
tearing index better physical properties of deinked pulp was produced However enzymatic
deinking has not clearly defined but most researchers agree that a combination of mechanical
action and synergistic deinking effect of surfactant is vital for process viability (Sykes et al
1996) In addition they have been proven to be cost effective and more efficient than
con entional deinking Thus alternate option for replacing some of the deinking chemicals by
enzymatic deinking is sui table and being considered (Soni et al 2008)
8
CHAPTER 3
MATERIALS AND METHODS
1 Screening and Isolation of Endoglucanase Producing Bacteria
11 Sampling
Samples ofwater and ediments were collected from Matangs drains and Paku Hot Springs The
pH was checked using pH paper and the samples were brought back to the laboratory for further
analysis
312 Culturing of the Sample
The samples pH was checked and pH adjustment to pH75 was done using 1 M NaOH The
amount of water sediments and shredded Mixed Office Wastepaper (MOW) were 150 mL 50
mL and 10 gram respectively The samples were cultured in 250 mL flask for 1-2 weeks at
55degC at 120 rpm
313 Screening and Isolation
The cultures were filtered using filter paper under sterile condition and each filtrate were
subjected to standard serial dilution prior plated onto Luria Broth (LB) agar containing 1 (wv)
carboxymethylcellulose (CMC) and incubated at 55degC for an overnight Each colony identified
was streaked two times to obtain single colony Endoglucanase producers were identified by
Congo red test using (MSM) + 1 CMC agar plates which grown 3 days for endoglucanase
secretion The plates was flooded with 02 Congo red solution and left for 1 hour Congo red
lution was poured off and washed with 10 M NaCl for 15 minutes Yellow halos indicated
co ies that hydrolyzed CMC where Congo red was absent
9
Then
Biochemical and Molecular Identification of Isolates
Biochemical Test
11 Gram Staining
drop of distilled water was placed on microscope slide and a suspension of test culture was
placed onto the distilled water The slide was dry fixed by passing the slide repeatedly on flame
lide was allowed to cool The slide was flooded with crystal violet for 60 seconds and
ashed with distilled water Iodine was applied for 60 seconds and washed with distilled water
1 the slide was rinsed with 70 ethanol until there was no purple wash out Safranin was
flooded onto the slide for 60 seconds and rinse with distilled water The slide was allowed to dry
and viewed under microscope using oil immersion at 100x magnification A Gram-negative
bacterium was identified in pink colour and Gram-positive organisms remained purple colour
3212 Citrate Test
colony of Isolate 8 was streaked onto Simmon Citrates medium and incubated at 37degC for 48
hours The growth was accompanied by pH change of the medium which was indicated by the
medium color initial green colour to deep blue indicating positive result
10
fate-Indole-Motility (SIM) Test
culture of Isolate 8 was stabbed into SIM media that prepared in screw-capped test tube
culture was incubated for 24 hours at 37degC Motility was indicated by diffuse turbidity of
ulture surrounding the puncture line while immotility took place only along puncture line
Hydrogen sulfide (H2S) formation was shown by blackening of mjcrobial growth areas Indole
was performed by covering a layer of KOYACS Indole Reagent Indole production caused
reagent layer becoming purple-pink in colour
214 Triple Sugar Ion (TSI) Test
Pure culture of Isolate 8 was streaked on the surface and stabbed into TSI media The culture was
incubated up to 48 hours at 37degC Degradation of sugar accompanied by acid production are
detect by the pH indicator phenol red which changed from red-orange to yellow while
alkalinization shown by deep red Thiosulfate was reduced to hydrogen sulfide with an iron salt
to give black iron sulfide
Table 1 Resul ts of different combination colours of TSI Test indicating di fferent characteristics
Butt Colour Slant Colour Results Yellow Red Glucose fermented Yellow Yellow Glucose fermented also lactose and or sucrose Red Red No action on glucose lactose and sucrose Black precipitation along puncture Hydrogen sulfide production
11
~talllle t t was performed to detect the presence of catalase in the colonies of Isolate 8
erial colonies were taken on glass slides and one drop of H202 (3) was added Appearance
(gas bubbles indicated the presence of catalase (MacFaddin 1980)
116 Methyl Red Test
o tubes containing MR-VP was inoculated with pure culture of Isolate 8 and incubated for 48
hours at 3rc Then five drops of methyl red indicator was added into the first tube Positive
IeSUlt as red indicating pH below 6 and negative was yellow indicating no acid production
bull217 Voges Proskauer Test
Three milimeter of BARRITs solution and 1 ml 40 potassium hydroxide solution was added
1010 S ond tube described in Section 3216 Positive reaction was indicated by pink colour
(after frequent shaking) approximately 20 minutes beginning at the surface and become more
intense within 2 hours
rap of oxidase reagent containing 1 of tetramethyl-para-phenylenediamine dihydrochloride
as spotted on a piece of filter paper in a Petri dish Sterile wooden stick was used to rub a
colon of Isolate 8 onto the spot of spotted oxidase reagent Positive test was indicated by rapid
appearance of a purple color and negative result indicated by no colour changes
12
olecular Identification
__11ar identification was done to futher identify the bacteria up to genera level
as incubated in 5 ml Luria Bertani (LB) media an overnight prior genomic DNA
lion Approximately 15 ml of bacterial culture was transferred into Eppendorf tube and
1 maximum for 30 seconds Supernatant was removed and cell pellet was resuspended in
JLI TE buffer and mixed well by vortexing Then 30 III of 10 (wv ) SDS 5 III 20 mglml
inase K and 100 III of 5 M aCI solution was added and mixed well 80 III of CTABlNaCI
mixed into the mixture and incubated for 60 minutes at 65degC Next an equal volume of
oroformllsoamyl alcohol (24 1) was added vortexed gently and centrifuged for 5 minutes to
t the phases Clear supernatant was transferred into new Eppendorf tube and re-extracted
ng PhenolChlorofonnilsoamyl alcohol by 5 minutes centrifugation Clear supernatant was
ferred into new Eppendorf tube and 06 volume of isopropanol was added The mixture was
Iy mixed by vortexing it up and down until white DNA precipitate appeared Then DNA
pelleted by 30 seconds centrifugation Supernatant was removed and DNA pellet was
ith 200 fll 70 ethanol and centrifuged for 30 seconds at maximum speed 15000 rpm
8U1penllBtant was removed and DNA pellet was air dried Lastly air-dried DNA pellet was
dissol ed in 100 fll ofTE buffer and stored at -20degC for further analysis
13
ACKNOWLEDGMENTS
Thanks to Mak and Abah for everything
Dr Awang Ahmad Sallehin George Lan Hidayah and Fraser Your guidance and support are much appreciated
Family of Molecular Genetics Laboratory and K7C28G Your presences are my strength
usaf Khldmat Mlkluat AkJdetJIlk UNlVERSm MALAYSIA S WAk
Table of Contents
Page
ACKNOWLEDGEMENT
TABLE OF CONTENT ii
LIST OF TABLES VI
LIST OF FIGURES VB
LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS viii
ABSTRACT IX
ABSTRAK IX
10 INTRODUCTION
20 LITERATURE REVIEW
21 Endoglucanase 3
22 Extremophiles 4
23 Conventional Deinking 6
24 Enzymatic Deinking 7
30 MATERIALS AND METHODS
31 Screening and Isolation ofEndoglucanase Producing Bacteria 9
311 Sampling 9
312 Culturing of the Sample 9
313 Screening and Isolation 9
32 Biochemical and Molecular Identification of Isolates 10
10321 Biochemical Test
3211 Gram Staining 10
ii
3212 Citrate Test 10
3213 Sulfate-Indole-Motility (SIM) Test 11
3214 Triple Sugar Ion (TSI) Test 11
3215 Catalase Test 12
3216 Methyl Red Test 12
3217 Voges Proskauer Test 12
3218 Oxidase Test 12
322 Molecular Identification 13
3221 Total DNA Extraction 13
3222 PCR Amplification 14
3223 Genomic DNA and PCR Product Analysis 14
3224 Genomic DNA Gel DNA Recovery 14
3225 Sequencing 14
3226 Sequence Analysis 14
33 Optimization of Endoglucanase Production 15
331 Enzyme Assay 15
332 Protein Determination 15
333 Fermentation Experimental Design 16
334 Optimization of Endoglucanase Production 16
3341 Time Course of Incubation 16
3342 Temperature 16
173343 pH
3344 Inoculum Percentage 17
iii
t
17335 Acetone Precipitation
17336 Native PAGE
18337 SDS PAGE and Molecular Mass Detennination
1934 Kinetic Studies of Crude Endoglucanase
19341 Effect ofSubtrate Concentration
193411 Detennination of Vmax and Km
3412 Determination of turnover value Kcal 19
2035 Biodeinking Trial on MOW (Mixed Office Waste)
20351 Endoglucanase Enzyme Production
20352 Enzymatic Deinking of MOW
203521 MOW Pulping
203522 Enzymatic Deinking
203523 Washing
203524 Handsheet Preparation
40 RESULTS AND DISCUSSION
2141 Screening and Isolation of Endoglucanase Producing Bacteria
21411 Bacterial Isolation
21412 Screening of Endoglucanase Producer
2442 Biochemical Test and Molecular Identification of Isolates
24421 Biochemical Test Analysis
27422 Molecular Analysis
274221 Genomic DNA Extraction
284222 Polymerase Chain Reaction (PCR)
iv
j
294223 Sequence Analysis
30
35
43 Optimization of Enzyme Endoglucanase Production
44 Native PAGE
45 Sodium Dodecyl Sulfate Polyacrylamide Gel Electrophoresis (SDS 36 PAGE) and Molecular Mass Determination
46 Kinetic Studies of the Crude Endoglucanase 38
47 Biodeinking Trial on MOW (Mixed Office Waste) Analysis 39
4250 CONCLUSION AND RECOMMENDATIONS
44REFERENCES
49APPENDIX A
50APPENDIXB
51APPENDIXC
53APPENDIXD
54APPENDIX E
v
LIST OF TABLES
Table Page
Table 1 Results of different combination colours ofTSI Test indicating 11 different characteristics
Table 2 Numbers of Isolates from Different Location 21
Table 3 Endoglucanase Degrading Potential Index among Biggest Halo 22 Producing Isolates
Table 4 Endoglucanase Activity among Biggest Halo Producing Isolates 23
Table 5 Biochemical Tests Results of Isolate 8 24
vi
LIST OF FIGURES
Figure Page
Figure 1 Congo Red Screening 22
Figure 2 Gram Staining 25
Figure 3 Simmon Citrate Test 25
Figure 4 Triple Sugar Ion (TSI) Test 25
Figure 5 Methyl Red Test 25
Figure 6 Sulfate-Indole-Motility (SIM) Test 25
Figure 7 Total genomic DNA extraction of Isolate 8 27
Figure 8 PCR products of bacterial isolate using PA forward and PH reverse 28 primer
Figure 9 Effects of time course of incubation on endoglucanase production 30
Figure 10 Effects of temperature on endoglucanase production 31
Figure 11 Effects of initial pH on crude endoglucanase production 32
Figure 12 Effects of different percentage of inoculum for endoglucanase 33 production
Figure 13 Native PAGE of crude enzyme of Klebsiella spp 35
Figure 14 Coomasie Brilliant Blue R-250 staining of SDS PAGE gel of crude 36 endoglucanase of Klebsiella spp
Figure 15 Enzyme Concentrations on Initial Velocity 38
Figure 16 Lineweaver-Burk Plot 38
Figure 17 Enzymatic Deinking using 100 enzyme of total volume reaction at 39 11 consistency
Figure 18 Enzymatic Deinking using 50 enzyme of total volume reaction at 39 11 consistency
vii
LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS
16S rONA 16S Ribosomal Deoxyribonucleic Acid
16S rRNA 16S Ribosomal Ribonucleic Acid
BSA Bovine Serum Albumin
CMC Carboxymethylcellulose
DNA Deoxyribonucleic Acid
DNS Dinitrosalicyclic Acid
dNTPs Deoxyribonucleotide triphosphate
LB Luria Bertani
MSM Minimal salt media
MOW Mixed Office Wastepaper
00 Optical Density
PAGE Polyacrylamide Gel Electrophoresis
PCR Polymerase Chain Reaction
SDS Sodium Dodecyl Sulfate
SIM Sulfite-Indole-Motility Test
TEMED Tetramethylethylenediamine
TSI Triple Sugar Ion
vw Volume Weight (concentration)
wv Weight Volume (concentration)
viii
Enzymatic Deinking using Thermostable and Alkaliphilic Endoglucanase of Indigenous Bacteria
Dayang Syahreeny Bt Abang Mustafa
Resource Biotechnology Department of Molecular Biology
Faculty of Resource Science and Technology Universiti Malaysia Sarawak
ABSTRACT
The best endoglucanase producer has been successfully isolated and identified from Paku Hot Springs based on halo fonnation during Congo red screening on minimal salt media containing 1 (wv) of carboxymethyIceIlulose Molecular approach targeting the conserved region of 16S rRNA bacterial strain performed was unable to further confinn initial morphological and biochemical tests results of the isolate which was identified as Klebsiella spp An optimal condition for endoglucanase secretion by Klebsiella spp was determined successful at pH 72 and 37degC after 9 hours of incubation using 5 of inoculums The crude endogucanase activity was determined using ONS method and prolein content was determined via Bradford method Native PAGE and SOS PAGE were performed to detennine crude endoglucanase enzymatic activity and molecular weight of crude endoglucanase respectively Km
VNX Kbullbull values of crude endoglucanase were 07765 mgml 06242 unitslml and 16 SmiddotI respectively Enzymatic deinking of Mi xed Ofiice Wastepaper (MOW) using 50 enzyme of total reaction volume shows enhancement in brightness but deinking ability was not determined
Key words Thermophilic CMC endoglucanase deinking mixed office wastepaper (MOW)
ABSTRAK
Satu bakleria terbaik yang menghasilkan enzim endoglukanase dari Kolam Air Panas Paku telah berjaya dipencilkan dan dikenalpasti berdasarkan pembentukan halo kelika penyaringan Congo red di alas agar Minimal Salt Media (MSM) Pendekalan molekul mensasarkan kawasan jujukan 16s rRNA yang dipulihara tidak berjaya untuk megesahkon kepulusan ujikaji biokimia sebelumnya yang lelah dikenalpasti sebagai Klebsiella spp Keadaan optimum untuk penghasilan enzim endoglukanase telah dicirikan pada pH 72 dan 31C selepas 9 jam fermenlasi dengan menggunakan 5 inokulum Aktivii enzim menlah ditentukan melalui kaedah DNS dan kandungan protein ditentukan melailli kaedah Bradford Native PAGE dan SDS PAGE dilakukan unluk menentukan aktiviti enzimatik dan berat molekul bagi endoglukanasementah Nilai Km dan VmaT bagi endoglukanase mentah adalah 07765 mgml dan 06242 unitsm manakala nilai Keal adalah 16 SmiddotI Penghilangan dakwat ke alas kerlas campuran pejabat menggunakan 50 enzim daripada jumlah keseluruhan isipadu untuk tindakbalas menunjukkan peningkalan dari segi kecerahan manakalan kebolehan menghilangkan dakwat tidak ditentukan
Kata kunci Termofilik CMC endoglukanase penghilangan dakwat kertas eampuran pejabat
ix
CHAPTER 1
INTRODUCTION
High grade recycled paper consists mainly of magazine waste (OMG) mixed office waste
(MOW) and old newspaper (ONP) (Soni el aI 2008) Recycling of paper requires deinking
stage which is the removal of the printing ink from used paper to obtain brighter pulp
(Mohandass amp Raghukumar 2005) Two types of printing methods are usually carried out
impact and non-impact ink Impact ink is easier to be removed or dispersed during deinking as it
does not fuse into paper On the contrary photocopying inkjet and laser printing used nonshy
impact ink which results in fused ink into the paper making it non-dispersible which render
deinking process (Mohandass amp Raghukumar 2005) Mix office waste (MOW) is favored to
produce newsprint and as well as high grade paper because it has longer and brighter fibers when
compared to old newspaper (ONP) Thennoplastic copolymer inks that present in MOW (Soni
el aI 2008) caused conventional chemical deinking process expensive as it barely remove by
dewatering di persian additional floatation and washing process (Vyas amp Lachke 2003) On
the other hand conventional deinking requires large amount of chemicals such as sodium
hydroxide hydrogen peroxide chelating agents sodium silicates and other collector chemicals
which are easi ly available and cheap which have high potential for environmental damage (Soni
el al 2008) Enzymatic deinking is proposed as alternative method of various harsh chemicals
used during disintegration which favors ink detachment from fibers without discharge of
pollutants thus contributing to environmental compatibility (Soni el al 2008)
1
Cellulose is embedded in a network of hemicelluloses and lignin requiring an alkaline
pretreatment to become accessible to enzyme action Most celluloses alkaline pretreatment is
perfonned at high temperatures hyperthermophilic cellulases should be the best candidate
catalysts for cellulose degradation (Vieille amp Zeikus 2001) Therefore alkaline and thermostable
enzyme should replace the conventional process which takes places in high pH and high
temperature Indigenous thermophilic microorganisms can be obtained from local hot springs
around Malaysia They can survive harsh environment (Schiraldi amp Rosa 2002) such as high
temperature of hot spring area Thus there is high potential that thermophilic bacterial strain
producing thermostable endoglucanase enzymes is present and can be characterized In this
research a thermophilic endoglucanase with medium enzymatic activity was successfully
isolated from Paku Hot Springs Lundu Sarawak
The objectives of this research were to isolate indigenous thermostable and alkaliphile
bacteria with cellulolytic capability and investigate biodeinking of mixed office paper potential
by using the endoglucanase produced by the bacteria isolates which consequently can lead to
mass production for the application in paper recycling industry or other industries In order to
achieve this aim the specific objectives of this project are as follows
I To isolate and identify thermophilic bacterial strains that produces extracellular
endoglunacase to be used in enzymatic deinking on mixed office paper
II To characterize endoglucanase enzyme from the isolates this suits the optimal
temperature and pH of the deinking process
IJ To perfOlm trial enzymatic deinking using endoglucanase of indigenous bacteria isolates
2
CHAPTER 2
LITERATURE REVIEW
21 Endoglucanase
Endoglucanases often classified as endo-acting cellulases which cleave P-1 A-glycosidic bonds
internally only and appear to have cleft-shaped open active sites (Maki el aI 2009) However
there is suggestion that some cellulases display both modes of action endo- and exo- which
changed the classification cellobiohydrolases (exoglucanases) are active on the crystalline
regions of cellulose whereas endoglucanases are active on soluble amorphous region of the
cellulose crystal (Maki et al 2009) On the other hand Turner et al (2007) suggested that
endoglucanases ([Ee 3214] are classified under 12 different glycosyl hydrolase families with
both inverting and retaining reaction mechanisms and with different folds which catalyse
random cleavage of internal bonds in the cellulose chain while cellobiohydrolases
(exoglucanases) (EC 321 91 G H 5 7 [retaining] and 6 9 [inverting]) attack the chain ends
releasing cellobiose Glucosidases (EC 32121 GH 1 3 [retaining] and 9 [inverting]) are only
active on cello-oligosaccharides and cellobiose releasing glucose
A high degree of synergy between exoglucanases and endoglucanases required for the
efficient hydrolysis of cellulose crystals (Ogel 2001) Endoglucanase can be either cell-bound or
extracellular and only a few endoglucanase producers produces significant quantities of free
enzyme that abl to completely hydrolyze crystalline cellulose even though large number of
microbes were reported capable to degrade cellulose (Koomnok 2005) Bacterial cellulase
system lack FPase activity (Ariffin el aI 2008) and the main activity is p-glucanase (endo-1 A-Pshy
glucanase EC 3214) which randomly hydrolyses internal l4-p-bonds in cellulose and does not
cl e crystalline cellulose (Liu el ai 2008) Besides bacterial cellulases are often more
3
effective catalyst and may also be less inhibited by feedback inhibition which is the presence of
material that has already been hydrolyzed (Ariffin et al 2008) Different effects on fibers
properties are obtained too when cellulases with different cellobiohydrolases and endoglucanases
activities were used Individual endoglucanase treatment is considered necessary for
modification of the pulp fiber as it does not result in the decrease of average fiber length or
coarseness Endoglucanase and cellobiohydrolase synergetic effect could lead to cross breakage
which causes decreasing in paper strength In addition Vyas and Lachke (2003) found that pure
endoglucanase were responsible in most of success deinking after treating laser-printed waste
paper individually and combination of purified endoglucanase from Gloeophyllum sepiarium and
Gloeophyllum trabeum
22 Extremophiles
Extremophiles are microbes that can live and reproduce in extreme environments (Schiraldi amp
Rosa 2002) High and low temperatures defined as thennophiles and psychrophiles
respectively high and low pH values defined as alkaliphiles and acidophiles respectively high
salt concentrations defined as halophiles and high pressure defined as barophiles are the
common four parameters used to classify extremophiles There has been a great deal of interest
in the biotechnological potential of their extremozymes
Thennophilics cellulases brought advantages In industrial applications as higher
processing temperature can be employed for offering accelerated reaction rates Increase
solubility and reduced contamination (Ng et al 2009) Thennostable ability also gives a longer
h If-life to the enzyme (Ibrahim amp El-diwany 2007) Thennophilic can be classified into
m philes (50-60degC) extreme thennophiles (60-80degC) and hyperthennophiles (80- [ lOOC)
4
PoSit Khidmat MlkJum t Akademfk UNlVERSm MALAYSIA SAMWAK
Thermophilic microorganisms are widely distributed among genera Bacillus Clostridium
Thermoanaerobacter Thennus Thennotoga and Aquifex (Ng et al 2009) while
hyperthermophilic species are dominated by the Archaea (Turner et aI 2007)
Themostability is inherented by their cell components such as membranes and enzymes
Principal among tlUs are the ether linked lipids from archaeal cell membranes (Hoist et aI
1997) Adaptation is apparently genetically encoded and as revealed by biophysical and
structural studies it includes sequence modification addition of salt bridges increased
hydrophobic interactions additional ion pairing and hydrogen bonding improved core packing
and shortening of loops (Eichler 2001) This confers higher thennal stability rigidity and
resistance to chemical denaturation (Eichler 2001)
Meanwhile alkaliphiles are the organisms that have optimal growth around pH 10
Alkaliphiles diver ely occur from aerobic and anaerobic archaea and prokaryotes as well as
eukaryotic fungi (Jones et aI 1994) widening their industrial application According to
Krulwich (2006) facultative alkaliphile is applied to species and strains that able to grow at both
pH 65 - 75 and above 95 whereas that grow only at pH 95 is termed as obligate a lka~iphiles
Soda lakes desert soils and alkaline springs are alkaline environments where pH can be
consistently about pH 10 (Magan 2007) Jones et al (1998) reviewed that alkaline hot springs is
interesting alkaliphiles source but are ihsufficiently buffered to support extraordinary high pH
value which contra)t to naturally occurring soda lakes which are widely distributed and stable
alkaline environments (Krulwich 2006) The possession of flagella modifications of cell walls
and membranes and biochemical activity including respiration and oxidative phosphorylation
enable the adaptation and growth of alkaliphiles in alkaline environment (Magan 2007)
5
23 Conventional Deinking
reviewed by Pelach e al (2003) a conventional deinking process starts with disintegration
of recycled paper and followed by the addition of chemicals in a strong alkaline medium in order
to promote de-fibering and ink particle detachment Finally mild alkaline of washing or flotation
technologies allow ink removal from the suspension
Sodium hydroxide hydrogen peroxide chelating agents and sodium silicates are among the
chemicals used during conventional deinking Sodium hydroxide adjusts the pulp pH as
alkalinity resulted in soften ing the paper fibers by saponification or hydrolysis while hydrogen
peroxide acts as bleaching agent in the fiber treatment process and counterbalance darkening due
to alkalinity above pH 102 Unfortunately hydrogen peroxide is very sensitive to pUlping
environment due to existence of heavy metals ions found in inks These require other chemicals
to stabilize the environment in which hydrogen peroxide works chelating agent and sodium
silicate
Sodium silicate is favored as it is less harmful than chelating agent such as
ethylenediaminetetracetic acid (EDTA) However former problems of stability coating of fibers
and harshness of paper due to silicates formation lead to the use of latter which can cause heavyshy
metal poisoning in rivers streams and severely affect aquatic life when disposed off Various
chemical usages of conventional deinking impose environmental problem and health risks and to
overcome this highly cost waste water treatment needed to be applied (Lee et al 2006)
6
24 Enzymatic Deinking
Deinking is a removal ink process According to Biermann (1993) deinkinkin can be
divided into 4 steps repulping with the associated ink removal from the fiber cleaning to
remove the ink from the stock separation of residual ink contaminants from the fiber stock and
bleaching Enzymatic deinking is the alternative for chemical deinking which exploit
microorganisms enzyme for deinking process and it was suggested that the enzyme hydrolyzed
the fiber-ink regions directly which splitting the cellulose fiber and ink particles apart According
to Soni el al (2008) microbial enzyme such as cellulase xylanase esterases and lipase play
important role in biological deinking Enzymes rarely require toxic metal ions for functionality
which can be advantageous as industrial catalysts hence creating the possibility to use more
environmentally friendly processing (Turner et al 2007) Removal of small fibers from the
surface of ink particles is resulted by the action of cellulase binding and altering the fiber
surface This alters the relative hydrophobicity of the toner particles and reduces hydrodynamic
drag that facilitates toners removal during floatation step (Soni et al 2008)
It was found that laccase treatment reduced the kappa number and increases the
brightness of waste photocopy paper but treatments with laccase alone or as the mediator is
unsuitable for deinking of aged prints or for bleaching of deinked pulp unprinted recycling
paper and groundwood (Widsten amp Kandelbauer 2008) Zhang et al (2008) reported that three
commercial ceJlulases enzymes were able to detach a significant amount of ink from the old
recycled newsprint or magazine but cellulase deinking was less efficient than alkaline deinking
chemistry CeJlulases tested were unable to deink aged ONPOMG and a poor deinkability was
also observed by using either sulphite or alkaline chemistry However combining enzymes with
suI te chemistry significa ntly enhanced sulphite deinking and provided a potential strategy to
achieve effective deinking of aged newsprint at neutral pH In 2009 a combination of cellulase
hemicellulase and laccase-violuric acid system was developed and higher brightness higher
tearing index better physical properties of deinked pulp was produced However enzymatic
deinking has not clearly defined but most researchers agree that a combination of mechanical
action and synergistic deinking effect of surfactant is vital for process viability (Sykes et al
1996) In addition they have been proven to be cost effective and more efficient than
con entional deinking Thus alternate option for replacing some of the deinking chemicals by
enzymatic deinking is sui table and being considered (Soni et al 2008)
8
CHAPTER 3
MATERIALS AND METHODS
1 Screening and Isolation of Endoglucanase Producing Bacteria
11 Sampling
Samples ofwater and ediments were collected from Matangs drains and Paku Hot Springs The
pH was checked using pH paper and the samples were brought back to the laboratory for further
analysis
312 Culturing of the Sample
The samples pH was checked and pH adjustment to pH75 was done using 1 M NaOH The
amount of water sediments and shredded Mixed Office Wastepaper (MOW) were 150 mL 50
mL and 10 gram respectively The samples were cultured in 250 mL flask for 1-2 weeks at
55degC at 120 rpm
313 Screening and Isolation
The cultures were filtered using filter paper under sterile condition and each filtrate were
subjected to standard serial dilution prior plated onto Luria Broth (LB) agar containing 1 (wv)
carboxymethylcellulose (CMC) and incubated at 55degC for an overnight Each colony identified
was streaked two times to obtain single colony Endoglucanase producers were identified by
Congo red test using (MSM) + 1 CMC agar plates which grown 3 days for endoglucanase
secretion The plates was flooded with 02 Congo red solution and left for 1 hour Congo red
lution was poured off and washed with 10 M NaCl for 15 minutes Yellow halos indicated
co ies that hydrolyzed CMC where Congo red was absent
9
Then
Biochemical and Molecular Identification of Isolates
Biochemical Test
11 Gram Staining
drop of distilled water was placed on microscope slide and a suspension of test culture was
placed onto the distilled water The slide was dry fixed by passing the slide repeatedly on flame
lide was allowed to cool The slide was flooded with crystal violet for 60 seconds and
ashed with distilled water Iodine was applied for 60 seconds and washed with distilled water
1 the slide was rinsed with 70 ethanol until there was no purple wash out Safranin was
flooded onto the slide for 60 seconds and rinse with distilled water The slide was allowed to dry
and viewed under microscope using oil immersion at 100x magnification A Gram-negative
bacterium was identified in pink colour and Gram-positive organisms remained purple colour
3212 Citrate Test
colony of Isolate 8 was streaked onto Simmon Citrates medium and incubated at 37degC for 48
hours The growth was accompanied by pH change of the medium which was indicated by the
medium color initial green colour to deep blue indicating positive result
10
fate-Indole-Motility (SIM) Test
culture of Isolate 8 was stabbed into SIM media that prepared in screw-capped test tube
culture was incubated for 24 hours at 37degC Motility was indicated by diffuse turbidity of
ulture surrounding the puncture line while immotility took place only along puncture line
Hydrogen sulfide (H2S) formation was shown by blackening of mjcrobial growth areas Indole
was performed by covering a layer of KOYACS Indole Reagent Indole production caused
reagent layer becoming purple-pink in colour
214 Triple Sugar Ion (TSI) Test
Pure culture of Isolate 8 was streaked on the surface and stabbed into TSI media The culture was
incubated up to 48 hours at 37degC Degradation of sugar accompanied by acid production are
detect by the pH indicator phenol red which changed from red-orange to yellow while
alkalinization shown by deep red Thiosulfate was reduced to hydrogen sulfide with an iron salt
to give black iron sulfide
Table 1 Resul ts of different combination colours of TSI Test indicating di fferent characteristics
Butt Colour Slant Colour Results Yellow Red Glucose fermented Yellow Yellow Glucose fermented also lactose and or sucrose Red Red No action on glucose lactose and sucrose Black precipitation along puncture Hydrogen sulfide production
11
~talllle t t was performed to detect the presence of catalase in the colonies of Isolate 8
erial colonies were taken on glass slides and one drop of H202 (3) was added Appearance
(gas bubbles indicated the presence of catalase (MacFaddin 1980)
116 Methyl Red Test
o tubes containing MR-VP was inoculated with pure culture of Isolate 8 and incubated for 48
hours at 3rc Then five drops of methyl red indicator was added into the first tube Positive
IeSUlt as red indicating pH below 6 and negative was yellow indicating no acid production
bull217 Voges Proskauer Test
Three milimeter of BARRITs solution and 1 ml 40 potassium hydroxide solution was added
1010 S ond tube described in Section 3216 Positive reaction was indicated by pink colour
(after frequent shaking) approximately 20 minutes beginning at the surface and become more
intense within 2 hours
rap of oxidase reagent containing 1 of tetramethyl-para-phenylenediamine dihydrochloride
as spotted on a piece of filter paper in a Petri dish Sterile wooden stick was used to rub a
colon of Isolate 8 onto the spot of spotted oxidase reagent Positive test was indicated by rapid
appearance of a purple color and negative result indicated by no colour changes
12
olecular Identification
__11ar identification was done to futher identify the bacteria up to genera level
as incubated in 5 ml Luria Bertani (LB) media an overnight prior genomic DNA
lion Approximately 15 ml of bacterial culture was transferred into Eppendorf tube and
1 maximum for 30 seconds Supernatant was removed and cell pellet was resuspended in
JLI TE buffer and mixed well by vortexing Then 30 III of 10 (wv ) SDS 5 III 20 mglml
inase K and 100 III of 5 M aCI solution was added and mixed well 80 III of CTABlNaCI
mixed into the mixture and incubated for 60 minutes at 65degC Next an equal volume of
oroformllsoamyl alcohol (24 1) was added vortexed gently and centrifuged for 5 minutes to
t the phases Clear supernatant was transferred into new Eppendorf tube and re-extracted
ng PhenolChlorofonnilsoamyl alcohol by 5 minutes centrifugation Clear supernatant was
ferred into new Eppendorf tube and 06 volume of isopropanol was added The mixture was
Iy mixed by vortexing it up and down until white DNA precipitate appeared Then DNA
pelleted by 30 seconds centrifugation Supernatant was removed and DNA pellet was
ith 200 fll 70 ethanol and centrifuged for 30 seconds at maximum speed 15000 rpm
8U1penllBtant was removed and DNA pellet was air dried Lastly air-dried DNA pellet was
dissol ed in 100 fll ofTE buffer and stored at -20degC for further analysis
13
usaf Khldmat Mlkluat AkJdetJIlk UNlVERSm MALAYSIA S WAk
Table of Contents
Page
ACKNOWLEDGEMENT
TABLE OF CONTENT ii
LIST OF TABLES VI
LIST OF FIGURES VB
LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS viii
ABSTRACT IX
ABSTRAK IX
10 INTRODUCTION
20 LITERATURE REVIEW
21 Endoglucanase 3
22 Extremophiles 4
23 Conventional Deinking 6
24 Enzymatic Deinking 7
30 MATERIALS AND METHODS
31 Screening and Isolation ofEndoglucanase Producing Bacteria 9
311 Sampling 9
312 Culturing of the Sample 9
313 Screening and Isolation 9
32 Biochemical and Molecular Identification of Isolates 10
10321 Biochemical Test
3211 Gram Staining 10
ii
3212 Citrate Test 10
3213 Sulfate-Indole-Motility (SIM) Test 11
3214 Triple Sugar Ion (TSI) Test 11
3215 Catalase Test 12
3216 Methyl Red Test 12
3217 Voges Proskauer Test 12
3218 Oxidase Test 12
322 Molecular Identification 13
3221 Total DNA Extraction 13
3222 PCR Amplification 14
3223 Genomic DNA and PCR Product Analysis 14
3224 Genomic DNA Gel DNA Recovery 14
3225 Sequencing 14
3226 Sequence Analysis 14
33 Optimization of Endoglucanase Production 15
331 Enzyme Assay 15
332 Protein Determination 15
333 Fermentation Experimental Design 16
334 Optimization of Endoglucanase Production 16
3341 Time Course of Incubation 16
3342 Temperature 16
173343 pH
3344 Inoculum Percentage 17
iii
t
17335 Acetone Precipitation
17336 Native PAGE
18337 SDS PAGE and Molecular Mass Detennination
1934 Kinetic Studies of Crude Endoglucanase
19341 Effect ofSubtrate Concentration
193411 Detennination of Vmax and Km
3412 Determination of turnover value Kcal 19
2035 Biodeinking Trial on MOW (Mixed Office Waste)
20351 Endoglucanase Enzyme Production
20352 Enzymatic Deinking of MOW
203521 MOW Pulping
203522 Enzymatic Deinking
203523 Washing
203524 Handsheet Preparation
40 RESULTS AND DISCUSSION
2141 Screening and Isolation of Endoglucanase Producing Bacteria
21411 Bacterial Isolation
21412 Screening of Endoglucanase Producer
2442 Biochemical Test and Molecular Identification of Isolates
24421 Biochemical Test Analysis
27422 Molecular Analysis
274221 Genomic DNA Extraction
284222 Polymerase Chain Reaction (PCR)
iv
j
294223 Sequence Analysis
30
35
43 Optimization of Enzyme Endoglucanase Production
44 Native PAGE
45 Sodium Dodecyl Sulfate Polyacrylamide Gel Electrophoresis (SDS 36 PAGE) and Molecular Mass Determination
46 Kinetic Studies of the Crude Endoglucanase 38
47 Biodeinking Trial on MOW (Mixed Office Waste) Analysis 39
4250 CONCLUSION AND RECOMMENDATIONS
44REFERENCES
49APPENDIX A
50APPENDIXB
51APPENDIXC
53APPENDIXD
54APPENDIX E
v
LIST OF TABLES
Table Page
Table 1 Results of different combination colours ofTSI Test indicating 11 different characteristics
Table 2 Numbers of Isolates from Different Location 21
Table 3 Endoglucanase Degrading Potential Index among Biggest Halo 22 Producing Isolates
Table 4 Endoglucanase Activity among Biggest Halo Producing Isolates 23
Table 5 Biochemical Tests Results of Isolate 8 24
vi
LIST OF FIGURES
Figure Page
Figure 1 Congo Red Screening 22
Figure 2 Gram Staining 25
Figure 3 Simmon Citrate Test 25
Figure 4 Triple Sugar Ion (TSI) Test 25
Figure 5 Methyl Red Test 25
Figure 6 Sulfate-Indole-Motility (SIM) Test 25
Figure 7 Total genomic DNA extraction of Isolate 8 27
Figure 8 PCR products of bacterial isolate using PA forward and PH reverse 28 primer
Figure 9 Effects of time course of incubation on endoglucanase production 30
Figure 10 Effects of temperature on endoglucanase production 31
Figure 11 Effects of initial pH on crude endoglucanase production 32
Figure 12 Effects of different percentage of inoculum for endoglucanase 33 production
Figure 13 Native PAGE of crude enzyme of Klebsiella spp 35
Figure 14 Coomasie Brilliant Blue R-250 staining of SDS PAGE gel of crude 36 endoglucanase of Klebsiella spp
Figure 15 Enzyme Concentrations on Initial Velocity 38
Figure 16 Lineweaver-Burk Plot 38
Figure 17 Enzymatic Deinking using 100 enzyme of total volume reaction at 39 11 consistency
Figure 18 Enzymatic Deinking using 50 enzyme of total volume reaction at 39 11 consistency
vii
LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS
16S rONA 16S Ribosomal Deoxyribonucleic Acid
16S rRNA 16S Ribosomal Ribonucleic Acid
BSA Bovine Serum Albumin
CMC Carboxymethylcellulose
DNA Deoxyribonucleic Acid
DNS Dinitrosalicyclic Acid
dNTPs Deoxyribonucleotide triphosphate
LB Luria Bertani
MSM Minimal salt media
MOW Mixed Office Wastepaper
00 Optical Density
PAGE Polyacrylamide Gel Electrophoresis
PCR Polymerase Chain Reaction
SDS Sodium Dodecyl Sulfate
SIM Sulfite-Indole-Motility Test
TEMED Tetramethylethylenediamine
TSI Triple Sugar Ion
vw Volume Weight (concentration)
wv Weight Volume (concentration)
viii
Enzymatic Deinking using Thermostable and Alkaliphilic Endoglucanase of Indigenous Bacteria
Dayang Syahreeny Bt Abang Mustafa
Resource Biotechnology Department of Molecular Biology
Faculty of Resource Science and Technology Universiti Malaysia Sarawak
ABSTRACT
The best endoglucanase producer has been successfully isolated and identified from Paku Hot Springs based on halo fonnation during Congo red screening on minimal salt media containing 1 (wv) of carboxymethyIceIlulose Molecular approach targeting the conserved region of 16S rRNA bacterial strain performed was unable to further confinn initial morphological and biochemical tests results of the isolate which was identified as Klebsiella spp An optimal condition for endoglucanase secretion by Klebsiella spp was determined successful at pH 72 and 37degC after 9 hours of incubation using 5 of inoculums The crude endogucanase activity was determined using ONS method and prolein content was determined via Bradford method Native PAGE and SOS PAGE were performed to detennine crude endoglucanase enzymatic activity and molecular weight of crude endoglucanase respectively Km
VNX Kbullbull values of crude endoglucanase were 07765 mgml 06242 unitslml and 16 SmiddotI respectively Enzymatic deinking of Mi xed Ofiice Wastepaper (MOW) using 50 enzyme of total reaction volume shows enhancement in brightness but deinking ability was not determined
Key words Thermophilic CMC endoglucanase deinking mixed office wastepaper (MOW)
ABSTRAK
Satu bakleria terbaik yang menghasilkan enzim endoglukanase dari Kolam Air Panas Paku telah berjaya dipencilkan dan dikenalpasti berdasarkan pembentukan halo kelika penyaringan Congo red di alas agar Minimal Salt Media (MSM) Pendekalan molekul mensasarkan kawasan jujukan 16s rRNA yang dipulihara tidak berjaya untuk megesahkon kepulusan ujikaji biokimia sebelumnya yang lelah dikenalpasti sebagai Klebsiella spp Keadaan optimum untuk penghasilan enzim endoglukanase telah dicirikan pada pH 72 dan 31C selepas 9 jam fermenlasi dengan menggunakan 5 inokulum Aktivii enzim menlah ditentukan melalui kaedah DNS dan kandungan protein ditentukan melailli kaedah Bradford Native PAGE dan SDS PAGE dilakukan unluk menentukan aktiviti enzimatik dan berat molekul bagi endoglukanasementah Nilai Km dan VmaT bagi endoglukanase mentah adalah 07765 mgml dan 06242 unitsm manakala nilai Keal adalah 16 SmiddotI Penghilangan dakwat ke alas kerlas campuran pejabat menggunakan 50 enzim daripada jumlah keseluruhan isipadu untuk tindakbalas menunjukkan peningkalan dari segi kecerahan manakalan kebolehan menghilangkan dakwat tidak ditentukan
Kata kunci Termofilik CMC endoglukanase penghilangan dakwat kertas eampuran pejabat
ix
CHAPTER 1
INTRODUCTION
High grade recycled paper consists mainly of magazine waste (OMG) mixed office waste
(MOW) and old newspaper (ONP) (Soni el aI 2008) Recycling of paper requires deinking
stage which is the removal of the printing ink from used paper to obtain brighter pulp
(Mohandass amp Raghukumar 2005) Two types of printing methods are usually carried out
impact and non-impact ink Impact ink is easier to be removed or dispersed during deinking as it
does not fuse into paper On the contrary photocopying inkjet and laser printing used nonshy
impact ink which results in fused ink into the paper making it non-dispersible which render
deinking process (Mohandass amp Raghukumar 2005) Mix office waste (MOW) is favored to
produce newsprint and as well as high grade paper because it has longer and brighter fibers when
compared to old newspaper (ONP) Thennoplastic copolymer inks that present in MOW (Soni
el aI 2008) caused conventional chemical deinking process expensive as it barely remove by
dewatering di persian additional floatation and washing process (Vyas amp Lachke 2003) On
the other hand conventional deinking requires large amount of chemicals such as sodium
hydroxide hydrogen peroxide chelating agents sodium silicates and other collector chemicals
which are easi ly available and cheap which have high potential for environmental damage (Soni
el al 2008) Enzymatic deinking is proposed as alternative method of various harsh chemicals
used during disintegration which favors ink detachment from fibers without discharge of
pollutants thus contributing to environmental compatibility (Soni el al 2008)
1
Cellulose is embedded in a network of hemicelluloses and lignin requiring an alkaline
pretreatment to become accessible to enzyme action Most celluloses alkaline pretreatment is
perfonned at high temperatures hyperthermophilic cellulases should be the best candidate
catalysts for cellulose degradation (Vieille amp Zeikus 2001) Therefore alkaline and thermostable
enzyme should replace the conventional process which takes places in high pH and high
temperature Indigenous thermophilic microorganisms can be obtained from local hot springs
around Malaysia They can survive harsh environment (Schiraldi amp Rosa 2002) such as high
temperature of hot spring area Thus there is high potential that thermophilic bacterial strain
producing thermostable endoglucanase enzymes is present and can be characterized In this
research a thermophilic endoglucanase with medium enzymatic activity was successfully
isolated from Paku Hot Springs Lundu Sarawak
The objectives of this research were to isolate indigenous thermostable and alkaliphile
bacteria with cellulolytic capability and investigate biodeinking of mixed office paper potential
by using the endoglucanase produced by the bacteria isolates which consequently can lead to
mass production for the application in paper recycling industry or other industries In order to
achieve this aim the specific objectives of this project are as follows
I To isolate and identify thermophilic bacterial strains that produces extracellular
endoglunacase to be used in enzymatic deinking on mixed office paper
II To characterize endoglucanase enzyme from the isolates this suits the optimal
temperature and pH of the deinking process
IJ To perfOlm trial enzymatic deinking using endoglucanase of indigenous bacteria isolates
2
CHAPTER 2
LITERATURE REVIEW
21 Endoglucanase
Endoglucanases often classified as endo-acting cellulases which cleave P-1 A-glycosidic bonds
internally only and appear to have cleft-shaped open active sites (Maki el aI 2009) However
there is suggestion that some cellulases display both modes of action endo- and exo- which
changed the classification cellobiohydrolases (exoglucanases) are active on the crystalline
regions of cellulose whereas endoglucanases are active on soluble amorphous region of the
cellulose crystal (Maki et al 2009) On the other hand Turner et al (2007) suggested that
endoglucanases ([Ee 3214] are classified under 12 different glycosyl hydrolase families with
both inverting and retaining reaction mechanisms and with different folds which catalyse
random cleavage of internal bonds in the cellulose chain while cellobiohydrolases
(exoglucanases) (EC 321 91 G H 5 7 [retaining] and 6 9 [inverting]) attack the chain ends
releasing cellobiose Glucosidases (EC 32121 GH 1 3 [retaining] and 9 [inverting]) are only
active on cello-oligosaccharides and cellobiose releasing glucose
A high degree of synergy between exoglucanases and endoglucanases required for the
efficient hydrolysis of cellulose crystals (Ogel 2001) Endoglucanase can be either cell-bound or
extracellular and only a few endoglucanase producers produces significant quantities of free
enzyme that abl to completely hydrolyze crystalline cellulose even though large number of
microbes were reported capable to degrade cellulose (Koomnok 2005) Bacterial cellulase
system lack FPase activity (Ariffin el aI 2008) and the main activity is p-glucanase (endo-1 A-Pshy
glucanase EC 3214) which randomly hydrolyses internal l4-p-bonds in cellulose and does not
cl e crystalline cellulose (Liu el ai 2008) Besides bacterial cellulases are often more
3
effective catalyst and may also be less inhibited by feedback inhibition which is the presence of
material that has already been hydrolyzed (Ariffin et al 2008) Different effects on fibers
properties are obtained too when cellulases with different cellobiohydrolases and endoglucanases
activities were used Individual endoglucanase treatment is considered necessary for
modification of the pulp fiber as it does not result in the decrease of average fiber length or
coarseness Endoglucanase and cellobiohydrolase synergetic effect could lead to cross breakage
which causes decreasing in paper strength In addition Vyas and Lachke (2003) found that pure
endoglucanase were responsible in most of success deinking after treating laser-printed waste
paper individually and combination of purified endoglucanase from Gloeophyllum sepiarium and
Gloeophyllum trabeum
22 Extremophiles
Extremophiles are microbes that can live and reproduce in extreme environments (Schiraldi amp
Rosa 2002) High and low temperatures defined as thennophiles and psychrophiles
respectively high and low pH values defined as alkaliphiles and acidophiles respectively high
salt concentrations defined as halophiles and high pressure defined as barophiles are the
common four parameters used to classify extremophiles There has been a great deal of interest
in the biotechnological potential of their extremozymes
Thennophilics cellulases brought advantages In industrial applications as higher
processing temperature can be employed for offering accelerated reaction rates Increase
solubility and reduced contamination (Ng et al 2009) Thennostable ability also gives a longer
h If-life to the enzyme (Ibrahim amp El-diwany 2007) Thennophilic can be classified into
m philes (50-60degC) extreme thennophiles (60-80degC) and hyperthennophiles (80- [ lOOC)
4
PoSit Khidmat MlkJum t Akademfk UNlVERSm MALAYSIA SAMWAK
Thermophilic microorganisms are widely distributed among genera Bacillus Clostridium
Thermoanaerobacter Thennus Thennotoga and Aquifex (Ng et al 2009) while
hyperthermophilic species are dominated by the Archaea (Turner et aI 2007)
Themostability is inherented by their cell components such as membranes and enzymes
Principal among tlUs are the ether linked lipids from archaeal cell membranes (Hoist et aI
1997) Adaptation is apparently genetically encoded and as revealed by biophysical and
structural studies it includes sequence modification addition of salt bridges increased
hydrophobic interactions additional ion pairing and hydrogen bonding improved core packing
and shortening of loops (Eichler 2001) This confers higher thennal stability rigidity and
resistance to chemical denaturation (Eichler 2001)
Meanwhile alkaliphiles are the organisms that have optimal growth around pH 10
Alkaliphiles diver ely occur from aerobic and anaerobic archaea and prokaryotes as well as
eukaryotic fungi (Jones et aI 1994) widening their industrial application According to
Krulwich (2006) facultative alkaliphile is applied to species and strains that able to grow at both
pH 65 - 75 and above 95 whereas that grow only at pH 95 is termed as obligate a lka~iphiles
Soda lakes desert soils and alkaline springs are alkaline environments where pH can be
consistently about pH 10 (Magan 2007) Jones et al (1998) reviewed that alkaline hot springs is
interesting alkaliphiles source but are ihsufficiently buffered to support extraordinary high pH
value which contra)t to naturally occurring soda lakes which are widely distributed and stable
alkaline environments (Krulwich 2006) The possession of flagella modifications of cell walls
and membranes and biochemical activity including respiration and oxidative phosphorylation
enable the adaptation and growth of alkaliphiles in alkaline environment (Magan 2007)
5
23 Conventional Deinking
reviewed by Pelach e al (2003) a conventional deinking process starts with disintegration
of recycled paper and followed by the addition of chemicals in a strong alkaline medium in order
to promote de-fibering and ink particle detachment Finally mild alkaline of washing or flotation
technologies allow ink removal from the suspension
Sodium hydroxide hydrogen peroxide chelating agents and sodium silicates are among the
chemicals used during conventional deinking Sodium hydroxide adjusts the pulp pH as
alkalinity resulted in soften ing the paper fibers by saponification or hydrolysis while hydrogen
peroxide acts as bleaching agent in the fiber treatment process and counterbalance darkening due
to alkalinity above pH 102 Unfortunately hydrogen peroxide is very sensitive to pUlping
environment due to existence of heavy metals ions found in inks These require other chemicals
to stabilize the environment in which hydrogen peroxide works chelating agent and sodium
silicate
Sodium silicate is favored as it is less harmful than chelating agent such as
ethylenediaminetetracetic acid (EDTA) However former problems of stability coating of fibers
and harshness of paper due to silicates formation lead to the use of latter which can cause heavyshy
metal poisoning in rivers streams and severely affect aquatic life when disposed off Various
chemical usages of conventional deinking impose environmental problem and health risks and to
overcome this highly cost waste water treatment needed to be applied (Lee et al 2006)
6
24 Enzymatic Deinking
Deinking is a removal ink process According to Biermann (1993) deinkinkin can be
divided into 4 steps repulping with the associated ink removal from the fiber cleaning to
remove the ink from the stock separation of residual ink contaminants from the fiber stock and
bleaching Enzymatic deinking is the alternative for chemical deinking which exploit
microorganisms enzyme for deinking process and it was suggested that the enzyme hydrolyzed
the fiber-ink regions directly which splitting the cellulose fiber and ink particles apart According
to Soni el al (2008) microbial enzyme such as cellulase xylanase esterases and lipase play
important role in biological deinking Enzymes rarely require toxic metal ions for functionality
which can be advantageous as industrial catalysts hence creating the possibility to use more
environmentally friendly processing (Turner et al 2007) Removal of small fibers from the
surface of ink particles is resulted by the action of cellulase binding and altering the fiber
surface This alters the relative hydrophobicity of the toner particles and reduces hydrodynamic
drag that facilitates toners removal during floatation step (Soni et al 2008)
It was found that laccase treatment reduced the kappa number and increases the
brightness of waste photocopy paper but treatments with laccase alone or as the mediator is
unsuitable for deinking of aged prints or for bleaching of deinked pulp unprinted recycling
paper and groundwood (Widsten amp Kandelbauer 2008) Zhang et al (2008) reported that three
commercial ceJlulases enzymes were able to detach a significant amount of ink from the old
recycled newsprint or magazine but cellulase deinking was less efficient than alkaline deinking
chemistry CeJlulases tested were unable to deink aged ONPOMG and a poor deinkability was
also observed by using either sulphite or alkaline chemistry However combining enzymes with
suI te chemistry significa ntly enhanced sulphite deinking and provided a potential strategy to
achieve effective deinking of aged newsprint at neutral pH In 2009 a combination of cellulase
hemicellulase and laccase-violuric acid system was developed and higher brightness higher
tearing index better physical properties of deinked pulp was produced However enzymatic
deinking has not clearly defined but most researchers agree that a combination of mechanical
action and synergistic deinking effect of surfactant is vital for process viability (Sykes et al
1996) In addition they have been proven to be cost effective and more efficient than
con entional deinking Thus alternate option for replacing some of the deinking chemicals by
enzymatic deinking is sui table and being considered (Soni et al 2008)
8
CHAPTER 3
MATERIALS AND METHODS
1 Screening and Isolation of Endoglucanase Producing Bacteria
11 Sampling
Samples ofwater and ediments were collected from Matangs drains and Paku Hot Springs The
pH was checked using pH paper and the samples were brought back to the laboratory for further
analysis
312 Culturing of the Sample
The samples pH was checked and pH adjustment to pH75 was done using 1 M NaOH The
amount of water sediments and shredded Mixed Office Wastepaper (MOW) were 150 mL 50
mL and 10 gram respectively The samples were cultured in 250 mL flask for 1-2 weeks at
55degC at 120 rpm
313 Screening and Isolation
The cultures were filtered using filter paper under sterile condition and each filtrate were
subjected to standard serial dilution prior plated onto Luria Broth (LB) agar containing 1 (wv)
carboxymethylcellulose (CMC) and incubated at 55degC for an overnight Each colony identified
was streaked two times to obtain single colony Endoglucanase producers were identified by
Congo red test using (MSM) + 1 CMC agar plates which grown 3 days for endoglucanase
secretion The plates was flooded with 02 Congo red solution and left for 1 hour Congo red
lution was poured off and washed with 10 M NaCl for 15 minutes Yellow halos indicated
co ies that hydrolyzed CMC where Congo red was absent
9
Then
Biochemical and Molecular Identification of Isolates
Biochemical Test
11 Gram Staining
drop of distilled water was placed on microscope slide and a suspension of test culture was
placed onto the distilled water The slide was dry fixed by passing the slide repeatedly on flame
lide was allowed to cool The slide was flooded with crystal violet for 60 seconds and
ashed with distilled water Iodine was applied for 60 seconds and washed with distilled water
1 the slide was rinsed with 70 ethanol until there was no purple wash out Safranin was
flooded onto the slide for 60 seconds and rinse with distilled water The slide was allowed to dry
and viewed under microscope using oil immersion at 100x magnification A Gram-negative
bacterium was identified in pink colour and Gram-positive organisms remained purple colour
3212 Citrate Test
colony of Isolate 8 was streaked onto Simmon Citrates medium and incubated at 37degC for 48
hours The growth was accompanied by pH change of the medium which was indicated by the
medium color initial green colour to deep blue indicating positive result
10
fate-Indole-Motility (SIM) Test
culture of Isolate 8 was stabbed into SIM media that prepared in screw-capped test tube
culture was incubated for 24 hours at 37degC Motility was indicated by diffuse turbidity of
ulture surrounding the puncture line while immotility took place only along puncture line
Hydrogen sulfide (H2S) formation was shown by blackening of mjcrobial growth areas Indole
was performed by covering a layer of KOYACS Indole Reagent Indole production caused
reagent layer becoming purple-pink in colour
214 Triple Sugar Ion (TSI) Test
Pure culture of Isolate 8 was streaked on the surface and stabbed into TSI media The culture was
incubated up to 48 hours at 37degC Degradation of sugar accompanied by acid production are
detect by the pH indicator phenol red which changed from red-orange to yellow while
alkalinization shown by deep red Thiosulfate was reduced to hydrogen sulfide with an iron salt
to give black iron sulfide
Table 1 Resul ts of different combination colours of TSI Test indicating di fferent characteristics
Butt Colour Slant Colour Results Yellow Red Glucose fermented Yellow Yellow Glucose fermented also lactose and or sucrose Red Red No action on glucose lactose and sucrose Black precipitation along puncture Hydrogen sulfide production
11
~talllle t t was performed to detect the presence of catalase in the colonies of Isolate 8
erial colonies were taken on glass slides and one drop of H202 (3) was added Appearance
(gas bubbles indicated the presence of catalase (MacFaddin 1980)
116 Methyl Red Test
o tubes containing MR-VP was inoculated with pure culture of Isolate 8 and incubated for 48
hours at 3rc Then five drops of methyl red indicator was added into the first tube Positive
IeSUlt as red indicating pH below 6 and negative was yellow indicating no acid production
bull217 Voges Proskauer Test
Three milimeter of BARRITs solution and 1 ml 40 potassium hydroxide solution was added
1010 S ond tube described in Section 3216 Positive reaction was indicated by pink colour
(after frequent shaking) approximately 20 minutes beginning at the surface and become more
intense within 2 hours
rap of oxidase reagent containing 1 of tetramethyl-para-phenylenediamine dihydrochloride
as spotted on a piece of filter paper in a Petri dish Sterile wooden stick was used to rub a
colon of Isolate 8 onto the spot of spotted oxidase reagent Positive test was indicated by rapid
appearance of a purple color and negative result indicated by no colour changes
12
olecular Identification
__11ar identification was done to futher identify the bacteria up to genera level
as incubated in 5 ml Luria Bertani (LB) media an overnight prior genomic DNA
lion Approximately 15 ml of bacterial culture was transferred into Eppendorf tube and
1 maximum for 30 seconds Supernatant was removed and cell pellet was resuspended in
JLI TE buffer and mixed well by vortexing Then 30 III of 10 (wv ) SDS 5 III 20 mglml
inase K and 100 III of 5 M aCI solution was added and mixed well 80 III of CTABlNaCI
mixed into the mixture and incubated for 60 minutes at 65degC Next an equal volume of
oroformllsoamyl alcohol (24 1) was added vortexed gently and centrifuged for 5 minutes to
t the phases Clear supernatant was transferred into new Eppendorf tube and re-extracted
ng PhenolChlorofonnilsoamyl alcohol by 5 minutes centrifugation Clear supernatant was
ferred into new Eppendorf tube and 06 volume of isopropanol was added The mixture was
Iy mixed by vortexing it up and down until white DNA precipitate appeared Then DNA
pelleted by 30 seconds centrifugation Supernatant was removed and DNA pellet was
ith 200 fll 70 ethanol and centrifuged for 30 seconds at maximum speed 15000 rpm
8U1penllBtant was removed and DNA pellet was air dried Lastly air-dried DNA pellet was
dissol ed in 100 fll ofTE buffer and stored at -20degC for further analysis
13
3212 Citrate Test 10
3213 Sulfate-Indole-Motility (SIM) Test 11
3214 Triple Sugar Ion (TSI) Test 11
3215 Catalase Test 12
3216 Methyl Red Test 12
3217 Voges Proskauer Test 12
3218 Oxidase Test 12
322 Molecular Identification 13
3221 Total DNA Extraction 13
3222 PCR Amplification 14
3223 Genomic DNA and PCR Product Analysis 14
3224 Genomic DNA Gel DNA Recovery 14
3225 Sequencing 14
3226 Sequence Analysis 14
33 Optimization of Endoglucanase Production 15
331 Enzyme Assay 15
332 Protein Determination 15
333 Fermentation Experimental Design 16
334 Optimization of Endoglucanase Production 16
3341 Time Course of Incubation 16
3342 Temperature 16
173343 pH
3344 Inoculum Percentage 17
iii
t
17335 Acetone Precipitation
17336 Native PAGE
18337 SDS PAGE and Molecular Mass Detennination
1934 Kinetic Studies of Crude Endoglucanase
19341 Effect ofSubtrate Concentration
193411 Detennination of Vmax and Km
3412 Determination of turnover value Kcal 19
2035 Biodeinking Trial on MOW (Mixed Office Waste)
20351 Endoglucanase Enzyme Production
20352 Enzymatic Deinking of MOW
203521 MOW Pulping
203522 Enzymatic Deinking
203523 Washing
203524 Handsheet Preparation
40 RESULTS AND DISCUSSION
2141 Screening and Isolation of Endoglucanase Producing Bacteria
21411 Bacterial Isolation
21412 Screening of Endoglucanase Producer
2442 Biochemical Test and Molecular Identification of Isolates
24421 Biochemical Test Analysis
27422 Molecular Analysis
274221 Genomic DNA Extraction
284222 Polymerase Chain Reaction (PCR)
iv
j
294223 Sequence Analysis
30
35
43 Optimization of Enzyme Endoglucanase Production
44 Native PAGE
45 Sodium Dodecyl Sulfate Polyacrylamide Gel Electrophoresis (SDS 36 PAGE) and Molecular Mass Determination
46 Kinetic Studies of the Crude Endoglucanase 38
47 Biodeinking Trial on MOW (Mixed Office Waste) Analysis 39
4250 CONCLUSION AND RECOMMENDATIONS
44REFERENCES
49APPENDIX A
50APPENDIXB
51APPENDIXC
53APPENDIXD
54APPENDIX E
v
LIST OF TABLES
Table Page
Table 1 Results of different combination colours ofTSI Test indicating 11 different characteristics
Table 2 Numbers of Isolates from Different Location 21
Table 3 Endoglucanase Degrading Potential Index among Biggest Halo 22 Producing Isolates
Table 4 Endoglucanase Activity among Biggest Halo Producing Isolates 23
Table 5 Biochemical Tests Results of Isolate 8 24
vi
LIST OF FIGURES
Figure Page
Figure 1 Congo Red Screening 22
Figure 2 Gram Staining 25
Figure 3 Simmon Citrate Test 25
Figure 4 Triple Sugar Ion (TSI) Test 25
Figure 5 Methyl Red Test 25
Figure 6 Sulfate-Indole-Motility (SIM) Test 25
Figure 7 Total genomic DNA extraction of Isolate 8 27
Figure 8 PCR products of bacterial isolate using PA forward and PH reverse 28 primer
Figure 9 Effects of time course of incubation on endoglucanase production 30
Figure 10 Effects of temperature on endoglucanase production 31
Figure 11 Effects of initial pH on crude endoglucanase production 32
Figure 12 Effects of different percentage of inoculum for endoglucanase 33 production
Figure 13 Native PAGE of crude enzyme of Klebsiella spp 35
Figure 14 Coomasie Brilliant Blue R-250 staining of SDS PAGE gel of crude 36 endoglucanase of Klebsiella spp
Figure 15 Enzyme Concentrations on Initial Velocity 38
Figure 16 Lineweaver-Burk Plot 38
Figure 17 Enzymatic Deinking using 100 enzyme of total volume reaction at 39 11 consistency
Figure 18 Enzymatic Deinking using 50 enzyme of total volume reaction at 39 11 consistency
vii
LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS
16S rONA 16S Ribosomal Deoxyribonucleic Acid
16S rRNA 16S Ribosomal Ribonucleic Acid
BSA Bovine Serum Albumin
CMC Carboxymethylcellulose
DNA Deoxyribonucleic Acid
DNS Dinitrosalicyclic Acid
dNTPs Deoxyribonucleotide triphosphate
LB Luria Bertani
MSM Minimal salt media
MOW Mixed Office Wastepaper
00 Optical Density
PAGE Polyacrylamide Gel Electrophoresis
PCR Polymerase Chain Reaction
SDS Sodium Dodecyl Sulfate
SIM Sulfite-Indole-Motility Test
TEMED Tetramethylethylenediamine
TSI Triple Sugar Ion
vw Volume Weight (concentration)
wv Weight Volume (concentration)
viii
Enzymatic Deinking using Thermostable and Alkaliphilic Endoglucanase of Indigenous Bacteria
Dayang Syahreeny Bt Abang Mustafa
Resource Biotechnology Department of Molecular Biology
Faculty of Resource Science and Technology Universiti Malaysia Sarawak
ABSTRACT
The best endoglucanase producer has been successfully isolated and identified from Paku Hot Springs based on halo fonnation during Congo red screening on minimal salt media containing 1 (wv) of carboxymethyIceIlulose Molecular approach targeting the conserved region of 16S rRNA bacterial strain performed was unable to further confinn initial morphological and biochemical tests results of the isolate which was identified as Klebsiella spp An optimal condition for endoglucanase secretion by Klebsiella spp was determined successful at pH 72 and 37degC after 9 hours of incubation using 5 of inoculums The crude endogucanase activity was determined using ONS method and prolein content was determined via Bradford method Native PAGE and SOS PAGE were performed to detennine crude endoglucanase enzymatic activity and molecular weight of crude endoglucanase respectively Km
VNX Kbullbull values of crude endoglucanase were 07765 mgml 06242 unitslml and 16 SmiddotI respectively Enzymatic deinking of Mi xed Ofiice Wastepaper (MOW) using 50 enzyme of total reaction volume shows enhancement in brightness but deinking ability was not determined
Key words Thermophilic CMC endoglucanase deinking mixed office wastepaper (MOW)
ABSTRAK
Satu bakleria terbaik yang menghasilkan enzim endoglukanase dari Kolam Air Panas Paku telah berjaya dipencilkan dan dikenalpasti berdasarkan pembentukan halo kelika penyaringan Congo red di alas agar Minimal Salt Media (MSM) Pendekalan molekul mensasarkan kawasan jujukan 16s rRNA yang dipulihara tidak berjaya untuk megesahkon kepulusan ujikaji biokimia sebelumnya yang lelah dikenalpasti sebagai Klebsiella spp Keadaan optimum untuk penghasilan enzim endoglukanase telah dicirikan pada pH 72 dan 31C selepas 9 jam fermenlasi dengan menggunakan 5 inokulum Aktivii enzim menlah ditentukan melalui kaedah DNS dan kandungan protein ditentukan melailli kaedah Bradford Native PAGE dan SDS PAGE dilakukan unluk menentukan aktiviti enzimatik dan berat molekul bagi endoglukanasementah Nilai Km dan VmaT bagi endoglukanase mentah adalah 07765 mgml dan 06242 unitsm manakala nilai Keal adalah 16 SmiddotI Penghilangan dakwat ke alas kerlas campuran pejabat menggunakan 50 enzim daripada jumlah keseluruhan isipadu untuk tindakbalas menunjukkan peningkalan dari segi kecerahan manakalan kebolehan menghilangkan dakwat tidak ditentukan
Kata kunci Termofilik CMC endoglukanase penghilangan dakwat kertas eampuran pejabat
ix
CHAPTER 1
INTRODUCTION
High grade recycled paper consists mainly of magazine waste (OMG) mixed office waste
(MOW) and old newspaper (ONP) (Soni el aI 2008) Recycling of paper requires deinking
stage which is the removal of the printing ink from used paper to obtain brighter pulp
(Mohandass amp Raghukumar 2005) Two types of printing methods are usually carried out
impact and non-impact ink Impact ink is easier to be removed or dispersed during deinking as it
does not fuse into paper On the contrary photocopying inkjet and laser printing used nonshy
impact ink which results in fused ink into the paper making it non-dispersible which render
deinking process (Mohandass amp Raghukumar 2005) Mix office waste (MOW) is favored to
produce newsprint and as well as high grade paper because it has longer and brighter fibers when
compared to old newspaper (ONP) Thennoplastic copolymer inks that present in MOW (Soni
el aI 2008) caused conventional chemical deinking process expensive as it barely remove by
dewatering di persian additional floatation and washing process (Vyas amp Lachke 2003) On
the other hand conventional deinking requires large amount of chemicals such as sodium
hydroxide hydrogen peroxide chelating agents sodium silicates and other collector chemicals
which are easi ly available and cheap which have high potential for environmental damage (Soni
el al 2008) Enzymatic deinking is proposed as alternative method of various harsh chemicals
used during disintegration which favors ink detachment from fibers without discharge of
pollutants thus contributing to environmental compatibility (Soni el al 2008)
1
Cellulose is embedded in a network of hemicelluloses and lignin requiring an alkaline
pretreatment to become accessible to enzyme action Most celluloses alkaline pretreatment is
perfonned at high temperatures hyperthermophilic cellulases should be the best candidate
catalysts for cellulose degradation (Vieille amp Zeikus 2001) Therefore alkaline and thermostable
enzyme should replace the conventional process which takes places in high pH and high
temperature Indigenous thermophilic microorganisms can be obtained from local hot springs
around Malaysia They can survive harsh environment (Schiraldi amp Rosa 2002) such as high
temperature of hot spring area Thus there is high potential that thermophilic bacterial strain
producing thermostable endoglucanase enzymes is present and can be characterized In this
research a thermophilic endoglucanase with medium enzymatic activity was successfully
isolated from Paku Hot Springs Lundu Sarawak
The objectives of this research were to isolate indigenous thermostable and alkaliphile
bacteria with cellulolytic capability and investigate biodeinking of mixed office paper potential
by using the endoglucanase produced by the bacteria isolates which consequently can lead to
mass production for the application in paper recycling industry or other industries In order to
achieve this aim the specific objectives of this project are as follows
I To isolate and identify thermophilic bacterial strains that produces extracellular
endoglunacase to be used in enzymatic deinking on mixed office paper
II To characterize endoglucanase enzyme from the isolates this suits the optimal
temperature and pH of the deinking process
IJ To perfOlm trial enzymatic deinking using endoglucanase of indigenous bacteria isolates
2
CHAPTER 2
LITERATURE REVIEW
21 Endoglucanase
Endoglucanases often classified as endo-acting cellulases which cleave P-1 A-glycosidic bonds
internally only and appear to have cleft-shaped open active sites (Maki el aI 2009) However
there is suggestion that some cellulases display both modes of action endo- and exo- which
changed the classification cellobiohydrolases (exoglucanases) are active on the crystalline
regions of cellulose whereas endoglucanases are active on soluble amorphous region of the
cellulose crystal (Maki et al 2009) On the other hand Turner et al (2007) suggested that
endoglucanases ([Ee 3214] are classified under 12 different glycosyl hydrolase families with
both inverting and retaining reaction mechanisms and with different folds which catalyse
random cleavage of internal bonds in the cellulose chain while cellobiohydrolases
(exoglucanases) (EC 321 91 G H 5 7 [retaining] and 6 9 [inverting]) attack the chain ends
releasing cellobiose Glucosidases (EC 32121 GH 1 3 [retaining] and 9 [inverting]) are only
active on cello-oligosaccharides and cellobiose releasing glucose
A high degree of synergy between exoglucanases and endoglucanases required for the
efficient hydrolysis of cellulose crystals (Ogel 2001) Endoglucanase can be either cell-bound or
extracellular and only a few endoglucanase producers produces significant quantities of free
enzyme that abl to completely hydrolyze crystalline cellulose even though large number of
microbes were reported capable to degrade cellulose (Koomnok 2005) Bacterial cellulase
system lack FPase activity (Ariffin el aI 2008) and the main activity is p-glucanase (endo-1 A-Pshy
glucanase EC 3214) which randomly hydrolyses internal l4-p-bonds in cellulose and does not
cl e crystalline cellulose (Liu el ai 2008) Besides bacterial cellulases are often more
3
effective catalyst and may also be less inhibited by feedback inhibition which is the presence of
material that has already been hydrolyzed (Ariffin et al 2008) Different effects on fibers
properties are obtained too when cellulases with different cellobiohydrolases and endoglucanases
activities were used Individual endoglucanase treatment is considered necessary for
modification of the pulp fiber as it does not result in the decrease of average fiber length or
coarseness Endoglucanase and cellobiohydrolase synergetic effect could lead to cross breakage
which causes decreasing in paper strength In addition Vyas and Lachke (2003) found that pure
endoglucanase were responsible in most of success deinking after treating laser-printed waste
paper individually and combination of purified endoglucanase from Gloeophyllum sepiarium and
Gloeophyllum trabeum
22 Extremophiles
Extremophiles are microbes that can live and reproduce in extreme environments (Schiraldi amp
Rosa 2002) High and low temperatures defined as thennophiles and psychrophiles
respectively high and low pH values defined as alkaliphiles and acidophiles respectively high
salt concentrations defined as halophiles and high pressure defined as barophiles are the
common four parameters used to classify extremophiles There has been a great deal of interest
in the biotechnological potential of their extremozymes
Thennophilics cellulases brought advantages In industrial applications as higher
processing temperature can be employed for offering accelerated reaction rates Increase
solubility and reduced contamination (Ng et al 2009) Thennostable ability also gives a longer
h If-life to the enzyme (Ibrahim amp El-diwany 2007) Thennophilic can be classified into
m philes (50-60degC) extreme thennophiles (60-80degC) and hyperthennophiles (80- [ lOOC)
4
PoSit Khidmat MlkJum t Akademfk UNlVERSm MALAYSIA SAMWAK
Thermophilic microorganisms are widely distributed among genera Bacillus Clostridium
Thermoanaerobacter Thennus Thennotoga and Aquifex (Ng et al 2009) while
hyperthermophilic species are dominated by the Archaea (Turner et aI 2007)
Themostability is inherented by their cell components such as membranes and enzymes
Principal among tlUs are the ether linked lipids from archaeal cell membranes (Hoist et aI
1997) Adaptation is apparently genetically encoded and as revealed by biophysical and
structural studies it includes sequence modification addition of salt bridges increased
hydrophobic interactions additional ion pairing and hydrogen bonding improved core packing
and shortening of loops (Eichler 2001) This confers higher thennal stability rigidity and
resistance to chemical denaturation (Eichler 2001)
Meanwhile alkaliphiles are the organisms that have optimal growth around pH 10
Alkaliphiles diver ely occur from aerobic and anaerobic archaea and prokaryotes as well as
eukaryotic fungi (Jones et aI 1994) widening their industrial application According to
Krulwich (2006) facultative alkaliphile is applied to species and strains that able to grow at both
pH 65 - 75 and above 95 whereas that grow only at pH 95 is termed as obligate a lka~iphiles
Soda lakes desert soils and alkaline springs are alkaline environments where pH can be
consistently about pH 10 (Magan 2007) Jones et al (1998) reviewed that alkaline hot springs is
interesting alkaliphiles source but are ihsufficiently buffered to support extraordinary high pH
value which contra)t to naturally occurring soda lakes which are widely distributed and stable
alkaline environments (Krulwich 2006) The possession of flagella modifications of cell walls
and membranes and biochemical activity including respiration and oxidative phosphorylation
enable the adaptation and growth of alkaliphiles in alkaline environment (Magan 2007)
5
23 Conventional Deinking
reviewed by Pelach e al (2003) a conventional deinking process starts with disintegration
of recycled paper and followed by the addition of chemicals in a strong alkaline medium in order
to promote de-fibering and ink particle detachment Finally mild alkaline of washing or flotation
technologies allow ink removal from the suspension
Sodium hydroxide hydrogen peroxide chelating agents and sodium silicates are among the
chemicals used during conventional deinking Sodium hydroxide adjusts the pulp pH as
alkalinity resulted in soften ing the paper fibers by saponification or hydrolysis while hydrogen
peroxide acts as bleaching agent in the fiber treatment process and counterbalance darkening due
to alkalinity above pH 102 Unfortunately hydrogen peroxide is very sensitive to pUlping
environment due to existence of heavy metals ions found in inks These require other chemicals
to stabilize the environment in which hydrogen peroxide works chelating agent and sodium
silicate
Sodium silicate is favored as it is less harmful than chelating agent such as
ethylenediaminetetracetic acid (EDTA) However former problems of stability coating of fibers
and harshness of paper due to silicates formation lead to the use of latter which can cause heavyshy
metal poisoning in rivers streams and severely affect aquatic life when disposed off Various
chemical usages of conventional deinking impose environmental problem and health risks and to
overcome this highly cost waste water treatment needed to be applied (Lee et al 2006)
6
24 Enzymatic Deinking
Deinking is a removal ink process According to Biermann (1993) deinkinkin can be
divided into 4 steps repulping with the associated ink removal from the fiber cleaning to
remove the ink from the stock separation of residual ink contaminants from the fiber stock and
bleaching Enzymatic deinking is the alternative for chemical deinking which exploit
microorganisms enzyme for deinking process and it was suggested that the enzyme hydrolyzed
the fiber-ink regions directly which splitting the cellulose fiber and ink particles apart According
to Soni el al (2008) microbial enzyme such as cellulase xylanase esterases and lipase play
important role in biological deinking Enzymes rarely require toxic metal ions for functionality
which can be advantageous as industrial catalysts hence creating the possibility to use more
environmentally friendly processing (Turner et al 2007) Removal of small fibers from the
surface of ink particles is resulted by the action of cellulase binding and altering the fiber
surface This alters the relative hydrophobicity of the toner particles and reduces hydrodynamic
drag that facilitates toners removal during floatation step (Soni et al 2008)
It was found that laccase treatment reduced the kappa number and increases the
brightness of waste photocopy paper but treatments with laccase alone or as the mediator is
unsuitable for deinking of aged prints or for bleaching of deinked pulp unprinted recycling
paper and groundwood (Widsten amp Kandelbauer 2008) Zhang et al (2008) reported that three
commercial ceJlulases enzymes were able to detach a significant amount of ink from the old
recycled newsprint or magazine but cellulase deinking was less efficient than alkaline deinking
chemistry CeJlulases tested were unable to deink aged ONPOMG and a poor deinkability was
also observed by using either sulphite or alkaline chemistry However combining enzymes with
suI te chemistry significa ntly enhanced sulphite deinking and provided a potential strategy to
achieve effective deinking of aged newsprint at neutral pH In 2009 a combination of cellulase
hemicellulase and laccase-violuric acid system was developed and higher brightness higher
tearing index better physical properties of deinked pulp was produced However enzymatic
deinking has not clearly defined but most researchers agree that a combination of mechanical
action and synergistic deinking effect of surfactant is vital for process viability (Sykes et al
1996) In addition they have been proven to be cost effective and more efficient than
con entional deinking Thus alternate option for replacing some of the deinking chemicals by
enzymatic deinking is sui table and being considered (Soni et al 2008)
8
CHAPTER 3
MATERIALS AND METHODS
1 Screening and Isolation of Endoglucanase Producing Bacteria
11 Sampling
Samples ofwater and ediments were collected from Matangs drains and Paku Hot Springs The
pH was checked using pH paper and the samples were brought back to the laboratory for further
analysis
312 Culturing of the Sample
The samples pH was checked and pH adjustment to pH75 was done using 1 M NaOH The
amount of water sediments and shredded Mixed Office Wastepaper (MOW) were 150 mL 50
mL and 10 gram respectively The samples were cultured in 250 mL flask for 1-2 weeks at
55degC at 120 rpm
313 Screening and Isolation
The cultures were filtered using filter paper under sterile condition and each filtrate were
subjected to standard serial dilution prior plated onto Luria Broth (LB) agar containing 1 (wv)
carboxymethylcellulose (CMC) and incubated at 55degC for an overnight Each colony identified
was streaked two times to obtain single colony Endoglucanase producers were identified by
Congo red test using (MSM) + 1 CMC agar plates which grown 3 days for endoglucanase
secretion The plates was flooded with 02 Congo red solution and left for 1 hour Congo red
lution was poured off and washed with 10 M NaCl for 15 minutes Yellow halos indicated
co ies that hydrolyzed CMC where Congo red was absent
9
Then
Biochemical and Molecular Identification of Isolates
Biochemical Test
11 Gram Staining
drop of distilled water was placed on microscope slide and a suspension of test culture was
placed onto the distilled water The slide was dry fixed by passing the slide repeatedly on flame
lide was allowed to cool The slide was flooded with crystal violet for 60 seconds and
ashed with distilled water Iodine was applied for 60 seconds and washed with distilled water
1 the slide was rinsed with 70 ethanol until there was no purple wash out Safranin was
flooded onto the slide for 60 seconds and rinse with distilled water The slide was allowed to dry
and viewed under microscope using oil immersion at 100x magnification A Gram-negative
bacterium was identified in pink colour and Gram-positive organisms remained purple colour
3212 Citrate Test
colony of Isolate 8 was streaked onto Simmon Citrates medium and incubated at 37degC for 48
hours The growth was accompanied by pH change of the medium which was indicated by the
medium color initial green colour to deep blue indicating positive result
10
fate-Indole-Motility (SIM) Test
culture of Isolate 8 was stabbed into SIM media that prepared in screw-capped test tube
culture was incubated for 24 hours at 37degC Motility was indicated by diffuse turbidity of
ulture surrounding the puncture line while immotility took place only along puncture line
Hydrogen sulfide (H2S) formation was shown by blackening of mjcrobial growth areas Indole
was performed by covering a layer of KOYACS Indole Reagent Indole production caused
reagent layer becoming purple-pink in colour
214 Triple Sugar Ion (TSI) Test
Pure culture of Isolate 8 was streaked on the surface and stabbed into TSI media The culture was
incubated up to 48 hours at 37degC Degradation of sugar accompanied by acid production are
detect by the pH indicator phenol red which changed from red-orange to yellow while
alkalinization shown by deep red Thiosulfate was reduced to hydrogen sulfide with an iron salt
to give black iron sulfide
Table 1 Resul ts of different combination colours of TSI Test indicating di fferent characteristics
Butt Colour Slant Colour Results Yellow Red Glucose fermented Yellow Yellow Glucose fermented also lactose and or sucrose Red Red No action on glucose lactose and sucrose Black precipitation along puncture Hydrogen sulfide production
11
~talllle t t was performed to detect the presence of catalase in the colonies of Isolate 8
erial colonies were taken on glass slides and one drop of H202 (3) was added Appearance
(gas bubbles indicated the presence of catalase (MacFaddin 1980)
116 Methyl Red Test
o tubes containing MR-VP was inoculated with pure culture of Isolate 8 and incubated for 48
hours at 3rc Then five drops of methyl red indicator was added into the first tube Positive
IeSUlt as red indicating pH below 6 and negative was yellow indicating no acid production
bull217 Voges Proskauer Test
Three milimeter of BARRITs solution and 1 ml 40 potassium hydroxide solution was added
1010 S ond tube described in Section 3216 Positive reaction was indicated by pink colour
(after frequent shaking) approximately 20 minutes beginning at the surface and become more
intense within 2 hours
rap of oxidase reagent containing 1 of tetramethyl-para-phenylenediamine dihydrochloride
as spotted on a piece of filter paper in a Petri dish Sterile wooden stick was used to rub a
colon of Isolate 8 onto the spot of spotted oxidase reagent Positive test was indicated by rapid
appearance of a purple color and negative result indicated by no colour changes
12
olecular Identification
__11ar identification was done to futher identify the bacteria up to genera level
as incubated in 5 ml Luria Bertani (LB) media an overnight prior genomic DNA
lion Approximately 15 ml of bacterial culture was transferred into Eppendorf tube and
1 maximum for 30 seconds Supernatant was removed and cell pellet was resuspended in
JLI TE buffer and mixed well by vortexing Then 30 III of 10 (wv ) SDS 5 III 20 mglml
inase K and 100 III of 5 M aCI solution was added and mixed well 80 III of CTABlNaCI
mixed into the mixture and incubated for 60 minutes at 65degC Next an equal volume of
oroformllsoamyl alcohol (24 1) was added vortexed gently and centrifuged for 5 minutes to
t the phases Clear supernatant was transferred into new Eppendorf tube and re-extracted
ng PhenolChlorofonnilsoamyl alcohol by 5 minutes centrifugation Clear supernatant was
ferred into new Eppendorf tube and 06 volume of isopropanol was added The mixture was
Iy mixed by vortexing it up and down until white DNA precipitate appeared Then DNA
pelleted by 30 seconds centrifugation Supernatant was removed and DNA pellet was
ith 200 fll 70 ethanol and centrifuged for 30 seconds at maximum speed 15000 rpm
8U1penllBtant was removed and DNA pellet was air dried Lastly air-dried DNA pellet was
dissol ed in 100 fll ofTE buffer and stored at -20degC for further analysis
13
t
17335 Acetone Precipitation
17336 Native PAGE
18337 SDS PAGE and Molecular Mass Detennination
1934 Kinetic Studies of Crude Endoglucanase
19341 Effect ofSubtrate Concentration
193411 Detennination of Vmax and Km
3412 Determination of turnover value Kcal 19
2035 Biodeinking Trial on MOW (Mixed Office Waste)
20351 Endoglucanase Enzyme Production
20352 Enzymatic Deinking of MOW
203521 MOW Pulping
203522 Enzymatic Deinking
203523 Washing
203524 Handsheet Preparation
40 RESULTS AND DISCUSSION
2141 Screening and Isolation of Endoglucanase Producing Bacteria
21411 Bacterial Isolation
21412 Screening of Endoglucanase Producer
2442 Biochemical Test and Molecular Identification of Isolates
24421 Biochemical Test Analysis
27422 Molecular Analysis
274221 Genomic DNA Extraction
284222 Polymerase Chain Reaction (PCR)
iv
j
294223 Sequence Analysis
30
35
43 Optimization of Enzyme Endoglucanase Production
44 Native PAGE
45 Sodium Dodecyl Sulfate Polyacrylamide Gel Electrophoresis (SDS 36 PAGE) and Molecular Mass Determination
46 Kinetic Studies of the Crude Endoglucanase 38
47 Biodeinking Trial on MOW (Mixed Office Waste) Analysis 39
4250 CONCLUSION AND RECOMMENDATIONS
44REFERENCES
49APPENDIX A
50APPENDIXB
51APPENDIXC
53APPENDIXD
54APPENDIX E
v
LIST OF TABLES
Table Page
Table 1 Results of different combination colours ofTSI Test indicating 11 different characteristics
Table 2 Numbers of Isolates from Different Location 21
Table 3 Endoglucanase Degrading Potential Index among Biggest Halo 22 Producing Isolates
Table 4 Endoglucanase Activity among Biggest Halo Producing Isolates 23
Table 5 Biochemical Tests Results of Isolate 8 24
vi
LIST OF FIGURES
Figure Page
Figure 1 Congo Red Screening 22
Figure 2 Gram Staining 25
Figure 3 Simmon Citrate Test 25
Figure 4 Triple Sugar Ion (TSI) Test 25
Figure 5 Methyl Red Test 25
Figure 6 Sulfate-Indole-Motility (SIM) Test 25
Figure 7 Total genomic DNA extraction of Isolate 8 27
Figure 8 PCR products of bacterial isolate using PA forward and PH reverse 28 primer
Figure 9 Effects of time course of incubation on endoglucanase production 30
Figure 10 Effects of temperature on endoglucanase production 31
Figure 11 Effects of initial pH on crude endoglucanase production 32
Figure 12 Effects of different percentage of inoculum for endoglucanase 33 production
Figure 13 Native PAGE of crude enzyme of Klebsiella spp 35
Figure 14 Coomasie Brilliant Blue R-250 staining of SDS PAGE gel of crude 36 endoglucanase of Klebsiella spp
Figure 15 Enzyme Concentrations on Initial Velocity 38
Figure 16 Lineweaver-Burk Plot 38
Figure 17 Enzymatic Deinking using 100 enzyme of total volume reaction at 39 11 consistency
Figure 18 Enzymatic Deinking using 50 enzyme of total volume reaction at 39 11 consistency
vii
LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS
16S rONA 16S Ribosomal Deoxyribonucleic Acid
16S rRNA 16S Ribosomal Ribonucleic Acid
BSA Bovine Serum Albumin
CMC Carboxymethylcellulose
DNA Deoxyribonucleic Acid
DNS Dinitrosalicyclic Acid
dNTPs Deoxyribonucleotide triphosphate
LB Luria Bertani
MSM Minimal salt media
MOW Mixed Office Wastepaper
00 Optical Density
PAGE Polyacrylamide Gel Electrophoresis
PCR Polymerase Chain Reaction
SDS Sodium Dodecyl Sulfate
SIM Sulfite-Indole-Motility Test
TEMED Tetramethylethylenediamine
TSI Triple Sugar Ion
vw Volume Weight (concentration)
wv Weight Volume (concentration)
viii
Enzymatic Deinking using Thermostable and Alkaliphilic Endoglucanase of Indigenous Bacteria
Dayang Syahreeny Bt Abang Mustafa
Resource Biotechnology Department of Molecular Biology
Faculty of Resource Science and Technology Universiti Malaysia Sarawak
ABSTRACT
The best endoglucanase producer has been successfully isolated and identified from Paku Hot Springs based on halo fonnation during Congo red screening on minimal salt media containing 1 (wv) of carboxymethyIceIlulose Molecular approach targeting the conserved region of 16S rRNA bacterial strain performed was unable to further confinn initial morphological and biochemical tests results of the isolate which was identified as Klebsiella spp An optimal condition for endoglucanase secretion by Klebsiella spp was determined successful at pH 72 and 37degC after 9 hours of incubation using 5 of inoculums The crude endogucanase activity was determined using ONS method and prolein content was determined via Bradford method Native PAGE and SOS PAGE were performed to detennine crude endoglucanase enzymatic activity and molecular weight of crude endoglucanase respectively Km
VNX Kbullbull values of crude endoglucanase were 07765 mgml 06242 unitslml and 16 SmiddotI respectively Enzymatic deinking of Mi xed Ofiice Wastepaper (MOW) using 50 enzyme of total reaction volume shows enhancement in brightness but deinking ability was not determined
Key words Thermophilic CMC endoglucanase deinking mixed office wastepaper (MOW)
ABSTRAK
Satu bakleria terbaik yang menghasilkan enzim endoglukanase dari Kolam Air Panas Paku telah berjaya dipencilkan dan dikenalpasti berdasarkan pembentukan halo kelika penyaringan Congo red di alas agar Minimal Salt Media (MSM) Pendekalan molekul mensasarkan kawasan jujukan 16s rRNA yang dipulihara tidak berjaya untuk megesahkon kepulusan ujikaji biokimia sebelumnya yang lelah dikenalpasti sebagai Klebsiella spp Keadaan optimum untuk penghasilan enzim endoglukanase telah dicirikan pada pH 72 dan 31C selepas 9 jam fermenlasi dengan menggunakan 5 inokulum Aktivii enzim menlah ditentukan melalui kaedah DNS dan kandungan protein ditentukan melailli kaedah Bradford Native PAGE dan SDS PAGE dilakukan unluk menentukan aktiviti enzimatik dan berat molekul bagi endoglukanasementah Nilai Km dan VmaT bagi endoglukanase mentah adalah 07765 mgml dan 06242 unitsm manakala nilai Keal adalah 16 SmiddotI Penghilangan dakwat ke alas kerlas campuran pejabat menggunakan 50 enzim daripada jumlah keseluruhan isipadu untuk tindakbalas menunjukkan peningkalan dari segi kecerahan manakalan kebolehan menghilangkan dakwat tidak ditentukan
Kata kunci Termofilik CMC endoglukanase penghilangan dakwat kertas eampuran pejabat
ix
CHAPTER 1
INTRODUCTION
High grade recycled paper consists mainly of magazine waste (OMG) mixed office waste
(MOW) and old newspaper (ONP) (Soni el aI 2008) Recycling of paper requires deinking
stage which is the removal of the printing ink from used paper to obtain brighter pulp
(Mohandass amp Raghukumar 2005) Two types of printing methods are usually carried out
impact and non-impact ink Impact ink is easier to be removed or dispersed during deinking as it
does not fuse into paper On the contrary photocopying inkjet and laser printing used nonshy
impact ink which results in fused ink into the paper making it non-dispersible which render
deinking process (Mohandass amp Raghukumar 2005) Mix office waste (MOW) is favored to
produce newsprint and as well as high grade paper because it has longer and brighter fibers when
compared to old newspaper (ONP) Thennoplastic copolymer inks that present in MOW (Soni
el aI 2008) caused conventional chemical deinking process expensive as it barely remove by
dewatering di persian additional floatation and washing process (Vyas amp Lachke 2003) On
the other hand conventional deinking requires large amount of chemicals such as sodium
hydroxide hydrogen peroxide chelating agents sodium silicates and other collector chemicals
which are easi ly available and cheap which have high potential for environmental damage (Soni
el al 2008) Enzymatic deinking is proposed as alternative method of various harsh chemicals
used during disintegration which favors ink detachment from fibers without discharge of
pollutants thus contributing to environmental compatibility (Soni el al 2008)
1
Cellulose is embedded in a network of hemicelluloses and lignin requiring an alkaline
pretreatment to become accessible to enzyme action Most celluloses alkaline pretreatment is
perfonned at high temperatures hyperthermophilic cellulases should be the best candidate
catalysts for cellulose degradation (Vieille amp Zeikus 2001) Therefore alkaline and thermostable
enzyme should replace the conventional process which takes places in high pH and high
temperature Indigenous thermophilic microorganisms can be obtained from local hot springs
around Malaysia They can survive harsh environment (Schiraldi amp Rosa 2002) such as high
temperature of hot spring area Thus there is high potential that thermophilic bacterial strain
producing thermostable endoglucanase enzymes is present and can be characterized In this
research a thermophilic endoglucanase with medium enzymatic activity was successfully
isolated from Paku Hot Springs Lundu Sarawak
The objectives of this research were to isolate indigenous thermostable and alkaliphile
bacteria with cellulolytic capability and investigate biodeinking of mixed office paper potential
by using the endoglucanase produced by the bacteria isolates which consequently can lead to
mass production for the application in paper recycling industry or other industries In order to
achieve this aim the specific objectives of this project are as follows
I To isolate and identify thermophilic bacterial strains that produces extracellular
endoglunacase to be used in enzymatic deinking on mixed office paper
II To characterize endoglucanase enzyme from the isolates this suits the optimal
temperature and pH of the deinking process
IJ To perfOlm trial enzymatic deinking using endoglucanase of indigenous bacteria isolates
2
CHAPTER 2
LITERATURE REVIEW
21 Endoglucanase
Endoglucanases often classified as endo-acting cellulases which cleave P-1 A-glycosidic bonds
internally only and appear to have cleft-shaped open active sites (Maki el aI 2009) However
there is suggestion that some cellulases display both modes of action endo- and exo- which
changed the classification cellobiohydrolases (exoglucanases) are active on the crystalline
regions of cellulose whereas endoglucanases are active on soluble amorphous region of the
cellulose crystal (Maki et al 2009) On the other hand Turner et al (2007) suggested that
endoglucanases ([Ee 3214] are classified under 12 different glycosyl hydrolase families with
both inverting and retaining reaction mechanisms and with different folds which catalyse
random cleavage of internal bonds in the cellulose chain while cellobiohydrolases
(exoglucanases) (EC 321 91 G H 5 7 [retaining] and 6 9 [inverting]) attack the chain ends
releasing cellobiose Glucosidases (EC 32121 GH 1 3 [retaining] and 9 [inverting]) are only
active on cello-oligosaccharides and cellobiose releasing glucose
A high degree of synergy between exoglucanases and endoglucanases required for the
efficient hydrolysis of cellulose crystals (Ogel 2001) Endoglucanase can be either cell-bound or
extracellular and only a few endoglucanase producers produces significant quantities of free
enzyme that abl to completely hydrolyze crystalline cellulose even though large number of
microbes were reported capable to degrade cellulose (Koomnok 2005) Bacterial cellulase
system lack FPase activity (Ariffin el aI 2008) and the main activity is p-glucanase (endo-1 A-Pshy
glucanase EC 3214) which randomly hydrolyses internal l4-p-bonds in cellulose and does not
cl e crystalline cellulose (Liu el ai 2008) Besides bacterial cellulases are often more
3
effective catalyst and may also be less inhibited by feedback inhibition which is the presence of
material that has already been hydrolyzed (Ariffin et al 2008) Different effects on fibers
properties are obtained too when cellulases with different cellobiohydrolases and endoglucanases
activities were used Individual endoglucanase treatment is considered necessary for
modification of the pulp fiber as it does not result in the decrease of average fiber length or
coarseness Endoglucanase and cellobiohydrolase synergetic effect could lead to cross breakage
which causes decreasing in paper strength In addition Vyas and Lachke (2003) found that pure
endoglucanase were responsible in most of success deinking after treating laser-printed waste
paper individually and combination of purified endoglucanase from Gloeophyllum sepiarium and
Gloeophyllum trabeum
22 Extremophiles
Extremophiles are microbes that can live and reproduce in extreme environments (Schiraldi amp
Rosa 2002) High and low temperatures defined as thennophiles and psychrophiles
respectively high and low pH values defined as alkaliphiles and acidophiles respectively high
salt concentrations defined as halophiles and high pressure defined as barophiles are the
common four parameters used to classify extremophiles There has been a great deal of interest
in the biotechnological potential of their extremozymes
Thennophilics cellulases brought advantages In industrial applications as higher
processing temperature can be employed for offering accelerated reaction rates Increase
solubility and reduced contamination (Ng et al 2009) Thennostable ability also gives a longer
h If-life to the enzyme (Ibrahim amp El-diwany 2007) Thennophilic can be classified into
m philes (50-60degC) extreme thennophiles (60-80degC) and hyperthennophiles (80- [ lOOC)
4
PoSit Khidmat MlkJum t Akademfk UNlVERSm MALAYSIA SAMWAK
Thermophilic microorganisms are widely distributed among genera Bacillus Clostridium
Thermoanaerobacter Thennus Thennotoga and Aquifex (Ng et al 2009) while
hyperthermophilic species are dominated by the Archaea (Turner et aI 2007)
Themostability is inherented by their cell components such as membranes and enzymes
Principal among tlUs are the ether linked lipids from archaeal cell membranes (Hoist et aI
1997) Adaptation is apparently genetically encoded and as revealed by biophysical and
structural studies it includes sequence modification addition of salt bridges increased
hydrophobic interactions additional ion pairing and hydrogen bonding improved core packing
and shortening of loops (Eichler 2001) This confers higher thennal stability rigidity and
resistance to chemical denaturation (Eichler 2001)
Meanwhile alkaliphiles are the organisms that have optimal growth around pH 10
Alkaliphiles diver ely occur from aerobic and anaerobic archaea and prokaryotes as well as
eukaryotic fungi (Jones et aI 1994) widening their industrial application According to
Krulwich (2006) facultative alkaliphile is applied to species and strains that able to grow at both
pH 65 - 75 and above 95 whereas that grow only at pH 95 is termed as obligate a lka~iphiles
Soda lakes desert soils and alkaline springs are alkaline environments where pH can be
consistently about pH 10 (Magan 2007) Jones et al (1998) reviewed that alkaline hot springs is
interesting alkaliphiles source but are ihsufficiently buffered to support extraordinary high pH
value which contra)t to naturally occurring soda lakes which are widely distributed and stable
alkaline environments (Krulwich 2006) The possession of flagella modifications of cell walls
and membranes and biochemical activity including respiration and oxidative phosphorylation
enable the adaptation and growth of alkaliphiles in alkaline environment (Magan 2007)
5
23 Conventional Deinking
reviewed by Pelach e al (2003) a conventional deinking process starts with disintegration
of recycled paper and followed by the addition of chemicals in a strong alkaline medium in order
to promote de-fibering and ink particle detachment Finally mild alkaline of washing or flotation
technologies allow ink removal from the suspension
Sodium hydroxide hydrogen peroxide chelating agents and sodium silicates are among the
chemicals used during conventional deinking Sodium hydroxide adjusts the pulp pH as
alkalinity resulted in soften ing the paper fibers by saponification or hydrolysis while hydrogen
peroxide acts as bleaching agent in the fiber treatment process and counterbalance darkening due
to alkalinity above pH 102 Unfortunately hydrogen peroxide is very sensitive to pUlping
environment due to existence of heavy metals ions found in inks These require other chemicals
to stabilize the environment in which hydrogen peroxide works chelating agent and sodium
silicate
Sodium silicate is favored as it is less harmful than chelating agent such as
ethylenediaminetetracetic acid (EDTA) However former problems of stability coating of fibers
and harshness of paper due to silicates formation lead to the use of latter which can cause heavyshy
metal poisoning in rivers streams and severely affect aquatic life when disposed off Various
chemical usages of conventional deinking impose environmental problem and health risks and to
overcome this highly cost waste water treatment needed to be applied (Lee et al 2006)
6
24 Enzymatic Deinking
Deinking is a removal ink process According to Biermann (1993) deinkinkin can be
divided into 4 steps repulping with the associated ink removal from the fiber cleaning to
remove the ink from the stock separation of residual ink contaminants from the fiber stock and
bleaching Enzymatic deinking is the alternative for chemical deinking which exploit
microorganisms enzyme for deinking process and it was suggested that the enzyme hydrolyzed
the fiber-ink regions directly which splitting the cellulose fiber and ink particles apart According
to Soni el al (2008) microbial enzyme such as cellulase xylanase esterases and lipase play
important role in biological deinking Enzymes rarely require toxic metal ions for functionality
which can be advantageous as industrial catalysts hence creating the possibility to use more
environmentally friendly processing (Turner et al 2007) Removal of small fibers from the
surface of ink particles is resulted by the action of cellulase binding and altering the fiber
surface This alters the relative hydrophobicity of the toner particles and reduces hydrodynamic
drag that facilitates toners removal during floatation step (Soni et al 2008)
It was found that laccase treatment reduced the kappa number and increases the
brightness of waste photocopy paper but treatments with laccase alone or as the mediator is
unsuitable for deinking of aged prints or for bleaching of deinked pulp unprinted recycling
paper and groundwood (Widsten amp Kandelbauer 2008) Zhang et al (2008) reported that three
commercial ceJlulases enzymes were able to detach a significant amount of ink from the old
recycled newsprint or magazine but cellulase deinking was less efficient than alkaline deinking
chemistry CeJlulases tested were unable to deink aged ONPOMG and a poor deinkability was
also observed by using either sulphite or alkaline chemistry However combining enzymes with
suI te chemistry significa ntly enhanced sulphite deinking and provided a potential strategy to
achieve effective deinking of aged newsprint at neutral pH In 2009 a combination of cellulase
hemicellulase and laccase-violuric acid system was developed and higher brightness higher
tearing index better physical properties of deinked pulp was produced However enzymatic
deinking has not clearly defined but most researchers agree that a combination of mechanical
action and synergistic deinking effect of surfactant is vital for process viability (Sykes et al
1996) In addition they have been proven to be cost effective and more efficient than
con entional deinking Thus alternate option for replacing some of the deinking chemicals by
enzymatic deinking is sui table and being considered (Soni et al 2008)
8
CHAPTER 3
MATERIALS AND METHODS
1 Screening and Isolation of Endoglucanase Producing Bacteria
11 Sampling
Samples ofwater and ediments were collected from Matangs drains and Paku Hot Springs The
pH was checked using pH paper and the samples were brought back to the laboratory for further
analysis
312 Culturing of the Sample
The samples pH was checked and pH adjustment to pH75 was done using 1 M NaOH The
amount of water sediments and shredded Mixed Office Wastepaper (MOW) were 150 mL 50
mL and 10 gram respectively The samples were cultured in 250 mL flask for 1-2 weeks at
55degC at 120 rpm
313 Screening and Isolation
The cultures were filtered using filter paper under sterile condition and each filtrate were
subjected to standard serial dilution prior plated onto Luria Broth (LB) agar containing 1 (wv)
carboxymethylcellulose (CMC) and incubated at 55degC for an overnight Each colony identified
was streaked two times to obtain single colony Endoglucanase producers were identified by
Congo red test using (MSM) + 1 CMC agar plates which grown 3 days for endoglucanase
secretion The plates was flooded with 02 Congo red solution and left for 1 hour Congo red
lution was poured off and washed with 10 M NaCl for 15 minutes Yellow halos indicated
co ies that hydrolyzed CMC where Congo red was absent
9
Then
Biochemical and Molecular Identification of Isolates
Biochemical Test
11 Gram Staining
drop of distilled water was placed on microscope slide and a suspension of test culture was
placed onto the distilled water The slide was dry fixed by passing the slide repeatedly on flame
lide was allowed to cool The slide was flooded with crystal violet for 60 seconds and
ashed with distilled water Iodine was applied for 60 seconds and washed with distilled water
1 the slide was rinsed with 70 ethanol until there was no purple wash out Safranin was
flooded onto the slide for 60 seconds and rinse with distilled water The slide was allowed to dry
and viewed under microscope using oil immersion at 100x magnification A Gram-negative
bacterium was identified in pink colour and Gram-positive organisms remained purple colour
3212 Citrate Test
colony of Isolate 8 was streaked onto Simmon Citrates medium and incubated at 37degC for 48
hours The growth was accompanied by pH change of the medium which was indicated by the
medium color initial green colour to deep blue indicating positive result
10
fate-Indole-Motility (SIM) Test
culture of Isolate 8 was stabbed into SIM media that prepared in screw-capped test tube
culture was incubated for 24 hours at 37degC Motility was indicated by diffuse turbidity of
ulture surrounding the puncture line while immotility took place only along puncture line
Hydrogen sulfide (H2S) formation was shown by blackening of mjcrobial growth areas Indole
was performed by covering a layer of KOYACS Indole Reagent Indole production caused
reagent layer becoming purple-pink in colour
214 Triple Sugar Ion (TSI) Test
Pure culture of Isolate 8 was streaked on the surface and stabbed into TSI media The culture was
incubated up to 48 hours at 37degC Degradation of sugar accompanied by acid production are
detect by the pH indicator phenol red which changed from red-orange to yellow while
alkalinization shown by deep red Thiosulfate was reduced to hydrogen sulfide with an iron salt
to give black iron sulfide
Table 1 Resul ts of different combination colours of TSI Test indicating di fferent characteristics
Butt Colour Slant Colour Results Yellow Red Glucose fermented Yellow Yellow Glucose fermented also lactose and or sucrose Red Red No action on glucose lactose and sucrose Black precipitation along puncture Hydrogen sulfide production
11
~talllle t t was performed to detect the presence of catalase in the colonies of Isolate 8
erial colonies were taken on glass slides and one drop of H202 (3) was added Appearance
(gas bubbles indicated the presence of catalase (MacFaddin 1980)
116 Methyl Red Test
o tubes containing MR-VP was inoculated with pure culture of Isolate 8 and incubated for 48
hours at 3rc Then five drops of methyl red indicator was added into the first tube Positive
IeSUlt as red indicating pH below 6 and negative was yellow indicating no acid production
bull217 Voges Proskauer Test
Three milimeter of BARRITs solution and 1 ml 40 potassium hydroxide solution was added
1010 S ond tube described in Section 3216 Positive reaction was indicated by pink colour
(after frequent shaking) approximately 20 minutes beginning at the surface and become more
intense within 2 hours
rap of oxidase reagent containing 1 of tetramethyl-para-phenylenediamine dihydrochloride
as spotted on a piece of filter paper in a Petri dish Sterile wooden stick was used to rub a
colon of Isolate 8 onto the spot of spotted oxidase reagent Positive test was indicated by rapid
appearance of a purple color and negative result indicated by no colour changes
12
olecular Identification
__11ar identification was done to futher identify the bacteria up to genera level
as incubated in 5 ml Luria Bertani (LB) media an overnight prior genomic DNA
lion Approximately 15 ml of bacterial culture was transferred into Eppendorf tube and
1 maximum for 30 seconds Supernatant was removed and cell pellet was resuspended in
JLI TE buffer and mixed well by vortexing Then 30 III of 10 (wv ) SDS 5 III 20 mglml
inase K and 100 III of 5 M aCI solution was added and mixed well 80 III of CTABlNaCI
mixed into the mixture and incubated for 60 minutes at 65degC Next an equal volume of
oroformllsoamyl alcohol (24 1) was added vortexed gently and centrifuged for 5 minutes to
t the phases Clear supernatant was transferred into new Eppendorf tube and re-extracted
ng PhenolChlorofonnilsoamyl alcohol by 5 minutes centrifugation Clear supernatant was
ferred into new Eppendorf tube and 06 volume of isopropanol was added The mixture was
Iy mixed by vortexing it up and down until white DNA precipitate appeared Then DNA
pelleted by 30 seconds centrifugation Supernatant was removed and DNA pellet was
ith 200 fll 70 ethanol and centrifuged for 30 seconds at maximum speed 15000 rpm
8U1penllBtant was removed and DNA pellet was air dried Lastly air-dried DNA pellet was
dissol ed in 100 fll ofTE buffer and stored at -20degC for further analysis
13
294223 Sequence Analysis
30
35
43 Optimization of Enzyme Endoglucanase Production
44 Native PAGE
45 Sodium Dodecyl Sulfate Polyacrylamide Gel Electrophoresis (SDS 36 PAGE) and Molecular Mass Determination
46 Kinetic Studies of the Crude Endoglucanase 38
47 Biodeinking Trial on MOW (Mixed Office Waste) Analysis 39
4250 CONCLUSION AND RECOMMENDATIONS
44REFERENCES
49APPENDIX A
50APPENDIXB
51APPENDIXC
53APPENDIXD
54APPENDIX E
v
LIST OF TABLES
Table Page
Table 1 Results of different combination colours ofTSI Test indicating 11 different characteristics
Table 2 Numbers of Isolates from Different Location 21
Table 3 Endoglucanase Degrading Potential Index among Biggest Halo 22 Producing Isolates
Table 4 Endoglucanase Activity among Biggest Halo Producing Isolates 23
Table 5 Biochemical Tests Results of Isolate 8 24
vi
LIST OF FIGURES
Figure Page
Figure 1 Congo Red Screening 22
Figure 2 Gram Staining 25
Figure 3 Simmon Citrate Test 25
Figure 4 Triple Sugar Ion (TSI) Test 25
Figure 5 Methyl Red Test 25
Figure 6 Sulfate-Indole-Motility (SIM) Test 25
Figure 7 Total genomic DNA extraction of Isolate 8 27
Figure 8 PCR products of bacterial isolate using PA forward and PH reverse 28 primer
Figure 9 Effects of time course of incubation on endoglucanase production 30
Figure 10 Effects of temperature on endoglucanase production 31
Figure 11 Effects of initial pH on crude endoglucanase production 32
Figure 12 Effects of different percentage of inoculum for endoglucanase 33 production
Figure 13 Native PAGE of crude enzyme of Klebsiella spp 35
Figure 14 Coomasie Brilliant Blue R-250 staining of SDS PAGE gel of crude 36 endoglucanase of Klebsiella spp
Figure 15 Enzyme Concentrations on Initial Velocity 38
Figure 16 Lineweaver-Burk Plot 38
Figure 17 Enzymatic Deinking using 100 enzyme of total volume reaction at 39 11 consistency
Figure 18 Enzymatic Deinking using 50 enzyme of total volume reaction at 39 11 consistency
vii
LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS
16S rONA 16S Ribosomal Deoxyribonucleic Acid
16S rRNA 16S Ribosomal Ribonucleic Acid
BSA Bovine Serum Albumin
CMC Carboxymethylcellulose
DNA Deoxyribonucleic Acid
DNS Dinitrosalicyclic Acid
dNTPs Deoxyribonucleotide triphosphate
LB Luria Bertani
MSM Minimal salt media
MOW Mixed Office Wastepaper
00 Optical Density
PAGE Polyacrylamide Gel Electrophoresis
PCR Polymerase Chain Reaction
SDS Sodium Dodecyl Sulfate
SIM Sulfite-Indole-Motility Test
TEMED Tetramethylethylenediamine
TSI Triple Sugar Ion
vw Volume Weight (concentration)
wv Weight Volume (concentration)
viii
Enzymatic Deinking using Thermostable and Alkaliphilic Endoglucanase of Indigenous Bacteria
Dayang Syahreeny Bt Abang Mustafa
Resource Biotechnology Department of Molecular Biology
Faculty of Resource Science and Technology Universiti Malaysia Sarawak
ABSTRACT
The best endoglucanase producer has been successfully isolated and identified from Paku Hot Springs based on halo fonnation during Congo red screening on minimal salt media containing 1 (wv) of carboxymethyIceIlulose Molecular approach targeting the conserved region of 16S rRNA bacterial strain performed was unable to further confinn initial morphological and biochemical tests results of the isolate which was identified as Klebsiella spp An optimal condition for endoglucanase secretion by Klebsiella spp was determined successful at pH 72 and 37degC after 9 hours of incubation using 5 of inoculums The crude endogucanase activity was determined using ONS method and prolein content was determined via Bradford method Native PAGE and SOS PAGE were performed to detennine crude endoglucanase enzymatic activity and molecular weight of crude endoglucanase respectively Km
VNX Kbullbull values of crude endoglucanase were 07765 mgml 06242 unitslml and 16 SmiddotI respectively Enzymatic deinking of Mi xed Ofiice Wastepaper (MOW) using 50 enzyme of total reaction volume shows enhancement in brightness but deinking ability was not determined
Key words Thermophilic CMC endoglucanase deinking mixed office wastepaper (MOW)
ABSTRAK
Satu bakleria terbaik yang menghasilkan enzim endoglukanase dari Kolam Air Panas Paku telah berjaya dipencilkan dan dikenalpasti berdasarkan pembentukan halo kelika penyaringan Congo red di alas agar Minimal Salt Media (MSM) Pendekalan molekul mensasarkan kawasan jujukan 16s rRNA yang dipulihara tidak berjaya untuk megesahkon kepulusan ujikaji biokimia sebelumnya yang lelah dikenalpasti sebagai Klebsiella spp Keadaan optimum untuk penghasilan enzim endoglukanase telah dicirikan pada pH 72 dan 31C selepas 9 jam fermenlasi dengan menggunakan 5 inokulum Aktivii enzim menlah ditentukan melalui kaedah DNS dan kandungan protein ditentukan melailli kaedah Bradford Native PAGE dan SDS PAGE dilakukan unluk menentukan aktiviti enzimatik dan berat molekul bagi endoglukanasementah Nilai Km dan VmaT bagi endoglukanase mentah adalah 07765 mgml dan 06242 unitsm manakala nilai Keal adalah 16 SmiddotI Penghilangan dakwat ke alas kerlas campuran pejabat menggunakan 50 enzim daripada jumlah keseluruhan isipadu untuk tindakbalas menunjukkan peningkalan dari segi kecerahan manakalan kebolehan menghilangkan dakwat tidak ditentukan
Kata kunci Termofilik CMC endoglukanase penghilangan dakwat kertas eampuran pejabat
ix
CHAPTER 1
INTRODUCTION
High grade recycled paper consists mainly of magazine waste (OMG) mixed office waste
(MOW) and old newspaper (ONP) (Soni el aI 2008) Recycling of paper requires deinking
stage which is the removal of the printing ink from used paper to obtain brighter pulp
(Mohandass amp Raghukumar 2005) Two types of printing methods are usually carried out
impact and non-impact ink Impact ink is easier to be removed or dispersed during deinking as it
does not fuse into paper On the contrary photocopying inkjet and laser printing used nonshy
impact ink which results in fused ink into the paper making it non-dispersible which render
deinking process (Mohandass amp Raghukumar 2005) Mix office waste (MOW) is favored to
produce newsprint and as well as high grade paper because it has longer and brighter fibers when
compared to old newspaper (ONP) Thennoplastic copolymer inks that present in MOW (Soni
el aI 2008) caused conventional chemical deinking process expensive as it barely remove by
dewatering di persian additional floatation and washing process (Vyas amp Lachke 2003) On
the other hand conventional deinking requires large amount of chemicals such as sodium
hydroxide hydrogen peroxide chelating agents sodium silicates and other collector chemicals
which are easi ly available and cheap which have high potential for environmental damage (Soni
el al 2008) Enzymatic deinking is proposed as alternative method of various harsh chemicals
used during disintegration which favors ink detachment from fibers without discharge of
pollutants thus contributing to environmental compatibility (Soni el al 2008)
1
Cellulose is embedded in a network of hemicelluloses and lignin requiring an alkaline
pretreatment to become accessible to enzyme action Most celluloses alkaline pretreatment is
perfonned at high temperatures hyperthermophilic cellulases should be the best candidate
catalysts for cellulose degradation (Vieille amp Zeikus 2001) Therefore alkaline and thermostable
enzyme should replace the conventional process which takes places in high pH and high
temperature Indigenous thermophilic microorganisms can be obtained from local hot springs
around Malaysia They can survive harsh environment (Schiraldi amp Rosa 2002) such as high
temperature of hot spring area Thus there is high potential that thermophilic bacterial strain
producing thermostable endoglucanase enzymes is present and can be characterized In this
research a thermophilic endoglucanase with medium enzymatic activity was successfully
isolated from Paku Hot Springs Lundu Sarawak
The objectives of this research were to isolate indigenous thermostable and alkaliphile
bacteria with cellulolytic capability and investigate biodeinking of mixed office paper potential
by using the endoglucanase produced by the bacteria isolates which consequently can lead to
mass production for the application in paper recycling industry or other industries In order to
achieve this aim the specific objectives of this project are as follows
I To isolate and identify thermophilic bacterial strains that produces extracellular
endoglunacase to be used in enzymatic deinking on mixed office paper
II To characterize endoglucanase enzyme from the isolates this suits the optimal
temperature and pH of the deinking process
IJ To perfOlm trial enzymatic deinking using endoglucanase of indigenous bacteria isolates
2
CHAPTER 2
LITERATURE REVIEW
21 Endoglucanase
Endoglucanases often classified as endo-acting cellulases which cleave P-1 A-glycosidic bonds
internally only and appear to have cleft-shaped open active sites (Maki el aI 2009) However
there is suggestion that some cellulases display both modes of action endo- and exo- which
changed the classification cellobiohydrolases (exoglucanases) are active on the crystalline
regions of cellulose whereas endoglucanases are active on soluble amorphous region of the
cellulose crystal (Maki et al 2009) On the other hand Turner et al (2007) suggested that
endoglucanases ([Ee 3214] are classified under 12 different glycosyl hydrolase families with
both inverting and retaining reaction mechanisms and with different folds which catalyse
random cleavage of internal bonds in the cellulose chain while cellobiohydrolases
(exoglucanases) (EC 321 91 G H 5 7 [retaining] and 6 9 [inverting]) attack the chain ends
releasing cellobiose Glucosidases (EC 32121 GH 1 3 [retaining] and 9 [inverting]) are only
active on cello-oligosaccharides and cellobiose releasing glucose
A high degree of synergy between exoglucanases and endoglucanases required for the
efficient hydrolysis of cellulose crystals (Ogel 2001) Endoglucanase can be either cell-bound or
extracellular and only a few endoglucanase producers produces significant quantities of free
enzyme that abl to completely hydrolyze crystalline cellulose even though large number of
microbes were reported capable to degrade cellulose (Koomnok 2005) Bacterial cellulase
system lack FPase activity (Ariffin el aI 2008) and the main activity is p-glucanase (endo-1 A-Pshy
glucanase EC 3214) which randomly hydrolyses internal l4-p-bonds in cellulose and does not
cl e crystalline cellulose (Liu el ai 2008) Besides bacterial cellulases are often more
3
effective catalyst and may also be less inhibited by feedback inhibition which is the presence of
material that has already been hydrolyzed (Ariffin et al 2008) Different effects on fibers
properties are obtained too when cellulases with different cellobiohydrolases and endoglucanases
activities were used Individual endoglucanase treatment is considered necessary for
modification of the pulp fiber as it does not result in the decrease of average fiber length or
coarseness Endoglucanase and cellobiohydrolase synergetic effect could lead to cross breakage
which causes decreasing in paper strength In addition Vyas and Lachke (2003) found that pure
endoglucanase were responsible in most of success deinking after treating laser-printed waste
paper individually and combination of purified endoglucanase from Gloeophyllum sepiarium and
Gloeophyllum trabeum
22 Extremophiles
Extremophiles are microbes that can live and reproduce in extreme environments (Schiraldi amp
Rosa 2002) High and low temperatures defined as thennophiles and psychrophiles
respectively high and low pH values defined as alkaliphiles and acidophiles respectively high
salt concentrations defined as halophiles and high pressure defined as barophiles are the
common four parameters used to classify extremophiles There has been a great deal of interest
in the biotechnological potential of their extremozymes
Thennophilics cellulases brought advantages In industrial applications as higher
processing temperature can be employed for offering accelerated reaction rates Increase
solubility and reduced contamination (Ng et al 2009) Thennostable ability also gives a longer
h If-life to the enzyme (Ibrahim amp El-diwany 2007) Thennophilic can be classified into
m philes (50-60degC) extreme thennophiles (60-80degC) and hyperthennophiles (80- [ lOOC)
4
PoSit Khidmat MlkJum t Akademfk UNlVERSm MALAYSIA SAMWAK
Thermophilic microorganisms are widely distributed among genera Bacillus Clostridium
Thermoanaerobacter Thennus Thennotoga and Aquifex (Ng et al 2009) while
hyperthermophilic species are dominated by the Archaea (Turner et aI 2007)
Themostability is inherented by their cell components such as membranes and enzymes
Principal among tlUs are the ether linked lipids from archaeal cell membranes (Hoist et aI
1997) Adaptation is apparently genetically encoded and as revealed by biophysical and
structural studies it includes sequence modification addition of salt bridges increased
hydrophobic interactions additional ion pairing and hydrogen bonding improved core packing
and shortening of loops (Eichler 2001) This confers higher thennal stability rigidity and
resistance to chemical denaturation (Eichler 2001)
Meanwhile alkaliphiles are the organisms that have optimal growth around pH 10
Alkaliphiles diver ely occur from aerobic and anaerobic archaea and prokaryotes as well as
eukaryotic fungi (Jones et aI 1994) widening their industrial application According to
Krulwich (2006) facultative alkaliphile is applied to species and strains that able to grow at both
pH 65 - 75 and above 95 whereas that grow only at pH 95 is termed as obligate a lka~iphiles
Soda lakes desert soils and alkaline springs are alkaline environments where pH can be
consistently about pH 10 (Magan 2007) Jones et al (1998) reviewed that alkaline hot springs is
interesting alkaliphiles source but are ihsufficiently buffered to support extraordinary high pH
value which contra)t to naturally occurring soda lakes which are widely distributed and stable
alkaline environments (Krulwich 2006) The possession of flagella modifications of cell walls
and membranes and biochemical activity including respiration and oxidative phosphorylation
enable the adaptation and growth of alkaliphiles in alkaline environment (Magan 2007)
5
23 Conventional Deinking
reviewed by Pelach e al (2003) a conventional deinking process starts with disintegration
of recycled paper and followed by the addition of chemicals in a strong alkaline medium in order
to promote de-fibering and ink particle detachment Finally mild alkaline of washing or flotation
technologies allow ink removal from the suspension
Sodium hydroxide hydrogen peroxide chelating agents and sodium silicates are among the
chemicals used during conventional deinking Sodium hydroxide adjusts the pulp pH as
alkalinity resulted in soften ing the paper fibers by saponification or hydrolysis while hydrogen
peroxide acts as bleaching agent in the fiber treatment process and counterbalance darkening due
to alkalinity above pH 102 Unfortunately hydrogen peroxide is very sensitive to pUlping
environment due to existence of heavy metals ions found in inks These require other chemicals
to stabilize the environment in which hydrogen peroxide works chelating agent and sodium
silicate
Sodium silicate is favored as it is less harmful than chelating agent such as
ethylenediaminetetracetic acid (EDTA) However former problems of stability coating of fibers
and harshness of paper due to silicates formation lead to the use of latter which can cause heavyshy
metal poisoning in rivers streams and severely affect aquatic life when disposed off Various
chemical usages of conventional deinking impose environmental problem and health risks and to
overcome this highly cost waste water treatment needed to be applied (Lee et al 2006)
6
24 Enzymatic Deinking
Deinking is a removal ink process According to Biermann (1993) deinkinkin can be
divided into 4 steps repulping with the associated ink removal from the fiber cleaning to
remove the ink from the stock separation of residual ink contaminants from the fiber stock and
bleaching Enzymatic deinking is the alternative for chemical deinking which exploit
microorganisms enzyme for deinking process and it was suggested that the enzyme hydrolyzed
the fiber-ink regions directly which splitting the cellulose fiber and ink particles apart According
to Soni el al (2008) microbial enzyme such as cellulase xylanase esterases and lipase play
important role in biological deinking Enzymes rarely require toxic metal ions for functionality
which can be advantageous as industrial catalysts hence creating the possibility to use more
environmentally friendly processing (Turner et al 2007) Removal of small fibers from the
surface of ink particles is resulted by the action of cellulase binding and altering the fiber
surface This alters the relative hydrophobicity of the toner particles and reduces hydrodynamic
drag that facilitates toners removal during floatation step (Soni et al 2008)
It was found that laccase treatment reduced the kappa number and increases the
brightness of waste photocopy paper but treatments with laccase alone or as the mediator is
unsuitable for deinking of aged prints or for bleaching of deinked pulp unprinted recycling
paper and groundwood (Widsten amp Kandelbauer 2008) Zhang et al (2008) reported that three
commercial ceJlulases enzymes were able to detach a significant amount of ink from the old
recycled newsprint or magazine but cellulase deinking was less efficient than alkaline deinking
chemistry CeJlulases tested were unable to deink aged ONPOMG and a poor deinkability was
also observed by using either sulphite or alkaline chemistry However combining enzymes with
suI te chemistry significa ntly enhanced sulphite deinking and provided a potential strategy to
achieve effective deinking of aged newsprint at neutral pH In 2009 a combination of cellulase
hemicellulase and laccase-violuric acid system was developed and higher brightness higher
tearing index better physical properties of deinked pulp was produced However enzymatic
deinking has not clearly defined but most researchers agree that a combination of mechanical
action and synergistic deinking effect of surfactant is vital for process viability (Sykes et al
1996) In addition they have been proven to be cost effective and more efficient than
con entional deinking Thus alternate option for replacing some of the deinking chemicals by
enzymatic deinking is sui table and being considered (Soni et al 2008)
8
CHAPTER 3
MATERIALS AND METHODS
1 Screening and Isolation of Endoglucanase Producing Bacteria
11 Sampling
Samples ofwater and ediments were collected from Matangs drains and Paku Hot Springs The
pH was checked using pH paper and the samples were brought back to the laboratory for further
analysis
312 Culturing of the Sample
The samples pH was checked and pH adjustment to pH75 was done using 1 M NaOH The
amount of water sediments and shredded Mixed Office Wastepaper (MOW) were 150 mL 50
mL and 10 gram respectively The samples were cultured in 250 mL flask for 1-2 weeks at
55degC at 120 rpm
313 Screening and Isolation
The cultures were filtered using filter paper under sterile condition and each filtrate were
subjected to standard serial dilution prior plated onto Luria Broth (LB) agar containing 1 (wv)
carboxymethylcellulose (CMC) and incubated at 55degC for an overnight Each colony identified
was streaked two times to obtain single colony Endoglucanase producers were identified by
Congo red test using (MSM) + 1 CMC agar plates which grown 3 days for endoglucanase
secretion The plates was flooded with 02 Congo red solution and left for 1 hour Congo red
lution was poured off and washed with 10 M NaCl for 15 minutes Yellow halos indicated
co ies that hydrolyzed CMC where Congo red was absent
9
Then
Biochemical and Molecular Identification of Isolates
Biochemical Test
11 Gram Staining
drop of distilled water was placed on microscope slide and a suspension of test culture was
placed onto the distilled water The slide was dry fixed by passing the slide repeatedly on flame
lide was allowed to cool The slide was flooded with crystal violet for 60 seconds and
ashed with distilled water Iodine was applied for 60 seconds and washed with distilled water
1 the slide was rinsed with 70 ethanol until there was no purple wash out Safranin was
flooded onto the slide for 60 seconds and rinse with distilled water The slide was allowed to dry
and viewed under microscope using oil immersion at 100x magnification A Gram-negative
bacterium was identified in pink colour and Gram-positive organisms remained purple colour
3212 Citrate Test
colony of Isolate 8 was streaked onto Simmon Citrates medium and incubated at 37degC for 48
hours The growth was accompanied by pH change of the medium which was indicated by the
medium color initial green colour to deep blue indicating positive result
10
fate-Indole-Motility (SIM) Test
culture of Isolate 8 was stabbed into SIM media that prepared in screw-capped test tube
culture was incubated for 24 hours at 37degC Motility was indicated by diffuse turbidity of
ulture surrounding the puncture line while immotility took place only along puncture line
Hydrogen sulfide (H2S) formation was shown by blackening of mjcrobial growth areas Indole
was performed by covering a layer of KOYACS Indole Reagent Indole production caused
reagent layer becoming purple-pink in colour
214 Triple Sugar Ion (TSI) Test
Pure culture of Isolate 8 was streaked on the surface and stabbed into TSI media The culture was
incubated up to 48 hours at 37degC Degradation of sugar accompanied by acid production are
detect by the pH indicator phenol red which changed from red-orange to yellow while
alkalinization shown by deep red Thiosulfate was reduced to hydrogen sulfide with an iron salt
to give black iron sulfide
Table 1 Resul ts of different combination colours of TSI Test indicating di fferent characteristics
Butt Colour Slant Colour Results Yellow Red Glucose fermented Yellow Yellow Glucose fermented also lactose and or sucrose Red Red No action on glucose lactose and sucrose Black precipitation along puncture Hydrogen sulfide production
11
~talllle t t was performed to detect the presence of catalase in the colonies of Isolate 8
erial colonies were taken on glass slides and one drop of H202 (3) was added Appearance
(gas bubbles indicated the presence of catalase (MacFaddin 1980)
116 Methyl Red Test
o tubes containing MR-VP was inoculated with pure culture of Isolate 8 and incubated for 48
hours at 3rc Then five drops of methyl red indicator was added into the first tube Positive
IeSUlt as red indicating pH below 6 and negative was yellow indicating no acid production
bull217 Voges Proskauer Test
Three milimeter of BARRITs solution and 1 ml 40 potassium hydroxide solution was added
1010 S ond tube described in Section 3216 Positive reaction was indicated by pink colour
(after frequent shaking) approximately 20 minutes beginning at the surface and become more
intense within 2 hours
rap of oxidase reagent containing 1 of tetramethyl-para-phenylenediamine dihydrochloride
as spotted on a piece of filter paper in a Petri dish Sterile wooden stick was used to rub a
colon of Isolate 8 onto the spot of spotted oxidase reagent Positive test was indicated by rapid
appearance of a purple color and negative result indicated by no colour changes
12
olecular Identification
__11ar identification was done to futher identify the bacteria up to genera level
as incubated in 5 ml Luria Bertani (LB) media an overnight prior genomic DNA
lion Approximately 15 ml of bacterial culture was transferred into Eppendorf tube and
1 maximum for 30 seconds Supernatant was removed and cell pellet was resuspended in
JLI TE buffer and mixed well by vortexing Then 30 III of 10 (wv ) SDS 5 III 20 mglml
inase K and 100 III of 5 M aCI solution was added and mixed well 80 III of CTABlNaCI
mixed into the mixture and incubated for 60 minutes at 65degC Next an equal volume of
oroformllsoamyl alcohol (24 1) was added vortexed gently and centrifuged for 5 minutes to
t the phases Clear supernatant was transferred into new Eppendorf tube and re-extracted
ng PhenolChlorofonnilsoamyl alcohol by 5 minutes centrifugation Clear supernatant was
ferred into new Eppendorf tube and 06 volume of isopropanol was added The mixture was
Iy mixed by vortexing it up and down until white DNA precipitate appeared Then DNA
pelleted by 30 seconds centrifugation Supernatant was removed and DNA pellet was
ith 200 fll 70 ethanol and centrifuged for 30 seconds at maximum speed 15000 rpm
8U1penllBtant was removed and DNA pellet was air dried Lastly air-dried DNA pellet was
dissol ed in 100 fll ofTE buffer and stored at -20degC for further analysis
13
LIST OF TABLES
Table Page
Table 1 Results of different combination colours ofTSI Test indicating 11 different characteristics
Table 2 Numbers of Isolates from Different Location 21
Table 3 Endoglucanase Degrading Potential Index among Biggest Halo 22 Producing Isolates
Table 4 Endoglucanase Activity among Biggest Halo Producing Isolates 23
Table 5 Biochemical Tests Results of Isolate 8 24
vi
LIST OF FIGURES
Figure Page
Figure 1 Congo Red Screening 22
Figure 2 Gram Staining 25
Figure 3 Simmon Citrate Test 25
Figure 4 Triple Sugar Ion (TSI) Test 25
Figure 5 Methyl Red Test 25
Figure 6 Sulfate-Indole-Motility (SIM) Test 25
Figure 7 Total genomic DNA extraction of Isolate 8 27
Figure 8 PCR products of bacterial isolate using PA forward and PH reverse 28 primer
Figure 9 Effects of time course of incubation on endoglucanase production 30
Figure 10 Effects of temperature on endoglucanase production 31
Figure 11 Effects of initial pH on crude endoglucanase production 32
Figure 12 Effects of different percentage of inoculum for endoglucanase 33 production
Figure 13 Native PAGE of crude enzyme of Klebsiella spp 35
Figure 14 Coomasie Brilliant Blue R-250 staining of SDS PAGE gel of crude 36 endoglucanase of Klebsiella spp
Figure 15 Enzyme Concentrations on Initial Velocity 38
Figure 16 Lineweaver-Burk Plot 38
Figure 17 Enzymatic Deinking using 100 enzyme of total volume reaction at 39 11 consistency
Figure 18 Enzymatic Deinking using 50 enzyme of total volume reaction at 39 11 consistency
vii
LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS
16S rONA 16S Ribosomal Deoxyribonucleic Acid
16S rRNA 16S Ribosomal Ribonucleic Acid
BSA Bovine Serum Albumin
CMC Carboxymethylcellulose
DNA Deoxyribonucleic Acid
DNS Dinitrosalicyclic Acid
dNTPs Deoxyribonucleotide triphosphate
LB Luria Bertani
MSM Minimal salt media
MOW Mixed Office Wastepaper
00 Optical Density
PAGE Polyacrylamide Gel Electrophoresis
PCR Polymerase Chain Reaction
SDS Sodium Dodecyl Sulfate
SIM Sulfite-Indole-Motility Test
TEMED Tetramethylethylenediamine
TSI Triple Sugar Ion
vw Volume Weight (concentration)
wv Weight Volume (concentration)
viii
Enzymatic Deinking using Thermostable and Alkaliphilic Endoglucanase of Indigenous Bacteria
Dayang Syahreeny Bt Abang Mustafa
Resource Biotechnology Department of Molecular Biology
Faculty of Resource Science and Technology Universiti Malaysia Sarawak
ABSTRACT
The best endoglucanase producer has been successfully isolated and identified from Paku Hot Springs based on halo fonnation during Congo red screening on minimal salt media containing 1 (wv) of carboxymethyIceIlulose Molecular approach targeting the conserved region of 16S rRNA bacterial strain performed was unable to further confinn initial morphological and biochemical tests results of the isolate which was identified as Klebsiella spp An optimal condition for endoglucanase secretion by Klebsiella spp was determined successful at pH 72 and 37degC after 9 hours of incubation using 5 of inoculums The crude endogucanase activity was determined using ONS method and prolein content was determined via Bradford method Native PAGE and SOS PAGE were performed to detennine crude endoglucanase enzymatic activity and molecular weight of crude endoglucanase respectively Km
VNX Kbullbull values of crude endoglucanase were 07765 mgml 06242 unitslml and 16 SmiddotI respectively Enzymatic deinking of Mi xed Ofiice Wastepaper (MOW) using 50 enzyme of total reaction volume shows enhancement in brightness but deinking ability was not determined
Key words Thermophilic CMC endoglucanase deinking mixed office wastepaper (MOW)
ABSTRAK
Satu bakleria terbaik yang menghasilkan enzim endoglukanase dari Kolam Air Panas Paku telah berjaya dipencilkan dan dikenalpasti berdasarkan pembentukan halo kelika penyaringan Congo red di alas agar Minimal Salt Media (MSM) Pendekalan molekul mensasarkan kawasan jujukan 16s rRNA yang dipulihara tidak berjaya untuk megesahkon kepulusan ujikaji biokimia sebelumnya yang lelah dikenalpasti sebagai Klebsiella spp Keadaan optimum untuk penghasilan enzim endoglukanase telah dicirikan pada pH 72 dan 31C selepas 9 jam fermenlasi dengan menggunakan 5 inokulum Aktivii enzim menlah ditentukan melalui kaedah DNS dan kandungan protein ditentukan melailli kaedah Bradford Native PAGE dan SDS PAGE dilakukan unluk menentukan aktiviti enzimatik dan berat molekul bagi endoglukanasementah Nilai Km dan VmaT bagi endoglukanase mentah adalah 07765 mgml dan 06242 unitsm manakala nilai Keal adalah 16 SmiddotI Penghilangan dakwat ke alas kerlas campuran pejabat menggunakan 50 enzim daripada jumlah keseluruhan isipadu untuk tindakbalas menunjukkan peningkalan dari segi kecerahan manakalan kebolehan menghilangkan dakwat tidak ditentukan
Kata kunci Termofilik CMC endoglukanase penghilangan dakwat kertas eampuran pejabat
ix
CHAPTER 1
INTRODUCTION
High grade recycled paper consists mainly of magazine waste (OMG) mixed office waste
(MOW) and old newspaper (ONP) (Soni el aI 2008) Recycling of paper requires deinking
stage which is the removal of the printing ink from used paper to obtain brighter pulp
(Mohandass amp Raghukumar 2005) Two types of printing methods are usually carried out
impact and non-impact ink Impact ink is easier to be removed or dispersed during deinking as it
does not fuse into paper On the contrary photocopying inkjet and laser printing used nonshy
impact ink which results in fused ink into the paper making it non-dispersible which render
deinking process (Mohandass amp Raghukumar 2005) Mix office waste (MOW) is favored to
produce newsprint and as well as high grade paper because it has longer and brighter fibers when
compared to old newspaper (ONP) Thennoplastic copolymer inks that present in MOW (Soni
el aI 2008) caused conventional chemical deinking process expensive as it barely remove by
dewatering di persian additional floatation and washing process (Vyas amp Lachke 2003) On
the other hand conventional deinking requires large amount of chemicals such as sodium
hydroxide hydrogen peroxide chelating agents sodium silicates and other collector chemicals
which are easi ly available and cheap which have high potential for environmental damage (Soni
el al 2008) Enzymatic deinking is proposed as alternative method of various harsh chemicals
used during disintegration which favors ink detachment from fibers without discharge of
pollutants thus contributing to environmental compatibility (Soni el al 2008)
1
Cellulose is embedded in a network of hemicelluloses and lignin requiring an alkaline
pretreatment to become accessible to enzyme action Most celluloses alkaline pretreatment is
perfonned at high temperatures hyperthermophilic cellulases should be the best candidate
catalysts for cellulose degradation (Vieille amp Zeikus 2001) Therefore alkaline and thermostable
enzyme should replace the conventional process which takes places in high pH and high
temperature Indigenous thermophilic microorganisms can be obtained from local hot springs
around Malaysia They can survive harsh environment (Schiraldi amp Rosa 2002) such as high
temperature of hot spring area Thus there is high potential that thermophilic bacterial strain
producing thermostable endoglucanase enzymes is present and can be characterized In this
research a thermophilic endoglucanase with medium enzymatic activity was successfully
isolated from Paku Hot Springs Lundu Sarawak
The objectives of this research were to isolate indigenous thermostable and alkaliphile
bacteria with cellulolytic capability and investigate biodeinking of mixed office paper potential
by using the endoglucanase produced by the bacteria isolates which consequently can lead to
mass production for the application in paper recycling industry or other industries In order to
achieve this aim the specific objectives of this project are as follows
I To isolate and identify thermophilic bacterial strains that produces extracellular
endoglunacase to be used in enzymatic deinking on mixed office paper
II To characterize endoglucanase enzyme from the isolates this suits the optimal
temperature and pH of the deinking process
IJ To perfOlm trial enzymatic deinking using endoglucanase of indigenous bacteria isolates
2
CHAPTER 2
LITERATURE REVIEW
21 Endoglucanase
Endoglucanases often classified as endo-acting cellulases which cleave P-1 A-glycosidic bonds
internally only and appear to have cleft-shaped open active sites (Maki el aI 2009) However
there is suggestion that some cellulases display both modes of action endo- and exo- which
changed the classification cellobiohydrolases (exoglucanases) are active on the crystalline
regions of cellulose whereas endoglucanases are active on soluble amorphous region of the
cellulose crystal (Maki et al 2009) On the other hand Turner et al (2007) suggested that
endoglucanases ([Ee 3214] are classified under 12 different glycosyl hydrolase families with
both inverting and retaining reaction mechanisms and with different folds which catalyse
random cleavage of internal bonds in the cellulose chain while cellobiohydrolases
(exoglucanases) (EC 321 91 G H 5 7 [retaining] and 6 9 [inverting]) attack the chain ends
releasing cellobiose Glucosidases (EC 32121 GH 1 3 [retaining] and 9 [inverting]) are only
active on cello-oligosaccharides and cellobiose releasing glucose
A high degree of synergy between exoglucanases and endoglucanases required for the
efficient hydrolysis of cellulose crystals (Ogel 2001) Endoglucanase can be either cell-bound or
extracellular and only a few endoglucanase producers produces significant quantities of free
enzyme that abl to completely hydrolyze crystalline cellulose even though large number of
microbes were reported capable to degrade cellulose (Koomnok 2005) Bacterial cellulase
system lack FPase activity (Ariffin el aI 2008) and the main activity is p-glucanase (endo-1 A-Pshy
glucanase EC 3214) which randomly hydrolyses internal l4-p-bonds in cellulose and does not
cl e crystalline cellulose (Liu el ai 2008) Besides bacterial cellulases are often more
3
effective catalyst and may also be less inhibited by feedback inhibition which is the presence of
material that has already been hydrolyzed (Ariffin et al 2008) Different effects on fibers
properties are obtained too when cellulases with different cellobiohydrolases and endoglucanases
activities were used Individual endoglucanase treatment is considered necessary for
modification of the pulp fiber as it does not result in the decrease of average fiber length or
coarseness Endoglucanase and cellobiohydrolase synergetic effect could lead to cross breakage
which causes decreasing in paper strength In addition Vyas and Lachke (2003) found that pure
endoglucanase were responsible in most of success deinking after treating laser-printed waste
paper individually and combination of purified endoglucanase from Gloeophyllum sepiarium and
Gloeophyllum trabeum
22 Extremophiles
Extremophiles are microbes that can live and reproduce in extreme environments (Schiraldi amp
Rosa 2002) High and low temperatures defined as thennophiles and psychrophiles
respectively high and low pH values defined as alkaliphiles and acidophiles respectively high
salt concentrations defined as halophiles and high pressure defined as barophiles are the
common four parameters used to classify extremophiles There has been a great deal of interest
in the biotechnological potential of their extremozymes
Thennophilics cellulases brought advantages In industrial applications as higher
processing temperature can be employed for offering accelerated reaction rates Increase
solubility and reduced contamination (Ng et al 2009) Thennostable ability also gives a longer
h If-life to the enzyme (Ibrahim amp El-diwany 2007) Thennophilic can be classified into
m philes (50-60degC) extreme thennophiles (60-80degC) and hyperthennophiles (80- [ lOOC)
4
PoSit Khidmat MlkJum t Akademfk UNlVERSm MALAYSIA SAMWAK
Thermophilic microorganisms are widely distributed among genera Bacillus Clostridium
Thermoanaerobacter Thennus Thennotoga and Aquifex (Ng et al 2009) while
hyperthermophilic species are dominated by the Archaea (Turner et aI 2007)
Themostability is inherented by their cell components such as membranes and enzymes
Principal among tlUs are the ether linked lipids from archaeal cell membranes (Hoist et aI
1997) Adaptation is apparently genetically encoded and as revealed by biophysical and
structural studies it includes sequence modification addition of salt bridges increased
hydrophobic interactions additional ion pairing and hydrogen bonding improved core packing
and shortening of loops (Eichler 2001) This confers higher thennal stability rigidity and
resistance to chemical denaturation (Eichler 2001)
Meanwhile alkaliphiles are the organisms that have optimal growth around pH 10
Alkaliphiles diver ely occur from aerobic and anaerobic archaea and prokaryotes as well as
eukaryotic fungi (Jones et aI 1994) widening their industrial application According to
Krulwich (2006) facultative alkaliphile is applied to species and strains that able to grow at both
pH 65 - 75 and above 95 whereas that grow only at pH 95 is termed as obligate a lka~iphiles
Soda lakes desert soils and alkaline springs are alkaline environments where pH can be
consistently about pH 10 (Magan 2007) Jones et al (1998) reviewed that alkaline hot springs is
interesting alkaliphiles source but are ihsufficiently buffered to support extraordinary high pH
value which contra)t to naturally occurring soda lakes which are widely distributed and stable
alkaline environments (Krulwich 2006) The possession of flagella modifications of cell walls
and membranes and biochemical activity including respiration and oxidative phosphorylation
enable the adaptation and growth of alkaliphiles in alkaline environment (Magan 2007)
5
23 Conventional Deinking
reviewed by Pelach e al (2003) a conventional deinking process starts with disintegration
of recycled paper and followed by the addition of chemicals in a strong alkaline medium in order
to promote de-fibering and ink particle detachment Finally mild alkaline of washing or flotation
technologies allow ink removal from the suspension
Sodium hydroxide hydrogen peroxide chelating agents and sodium silicates are among the
chemicals used during conventional deinking Sodium hydroxide adjusts the pulp pH as
alkalinity resulted in soften ing the paper fibers by saponification or hydrolysis while hydrogen
peroxide acts as bleaching agent in the fiber treatment process and counterbalance darkening due
to alkalinity above pH 102 Unfortunately hydrogen peroxide is very sensitive to pUlping
environment due to existence of heavy metals ions found in inks These require other chemicals
to stabilize the environment in which hydrogen peroxide works chelating agent and sodium
silicate
Sodium silicate is favored as it is less harmful than chelating agent such as
ethylenediaminetetracetic acid (EDTA) However former problems of stability coating of fibers
and harshness of paper due to silicates formation lead to the use of latter which can cause heavyshy
metal poisoning in rivers streams and severely affect aquatic life when disposed off Various
chemical usages of conventional deinking impose environmental problem and health risks and to
overcome this highly cost waste water treatment needed to be applied (Lee et al 2006)
6
24 Enzymatic Deinking
Deinking is a removal ink process According to Biermann (1993) deinkinkin can be
divided into 4 steps repulping with the associated ink removal from the fiber cleaning to
remove the ink from the stock separation of residual ink contaminants from the fiber stock and
bleaching Enzymatic deinking is the alternative for chemical deinking which exploit
microorganisms enzyme for deinking process and it was suggested that the enzyme hydrolyzed
the fiber-ink regions directly which splitting the cellulose fiber and ink particles apart According
to Soni el al (2008) microbial enzyme such as cellulase xylanase esterases and lipase play
important role in biological deinking Enzymes rarely require toxic metal ions for functionality
which can be advantageous as industrial catalysts hence creating the possibility to use more
environmentally friendly processing (Turner et al 2007) Removal of small fibers from the
surface of ink particles is resulted by the action of cellulase binding and altering the fiber
surface This alters the relative hydrophobicity of the toner particles and reduces hydrodynamic
drag that facilitates toners removal during floatation step (Soni et al 2008)
It was found that laccase treatment reduced the kappa number and increases the
brightness of waste photocopy paper but treatments with laccase alone or as the mediator is
unsuitable for deinking of aged prints or for bleaching of deinked pulp unprinted recycling
paper and groundwood (Widsten amp Kandelbauer 2008) Zhang et al (2008) reported that three
commercial ceJlulases enzymes were able to detach a significant amount of ink from the old
recycled newsprint or magazine but cellulase deinking was less efficient than alkaline deinking
chemistry CeJlulases tested were unable to deink aged ONPOMG and a poor deinkability was
also observed by using either sulphite or alkaline chemistry However combining enzymes with
suI te chemistry significa ntly enhanced sulphite deinking and provided a potential strategy to
achieve effective deinking of aged newsprint at neutral pH In 2009 a combination of cellulase
hemicellulase and laccase-violuric acid system was developed and higher brightness higher
tearing index better physical properties of deinked pulp was produced However enzymatic
deinking has not clearly defined but most researchers agree that a combination of mechanical
action and synergistic deinking effect of surfactant is vital for process viability (Sykes et al
1996) In addition they have been proven to be cost effective and more efficient than
con entional deinking Thus alternate option for replacing some of the deinking chemicals by
enzymatic deinking is sui table and being considered (Soni et al 2008)
8
CHAPTER 3
MATERIALS AND METHODS
1 Screening and Isolation of Endoglucanase Producing Bacteria
11 Sampling
Samples ofwater and ediments were collected from Matangs drains and Paku Hot Springs The
pH was checked using pH paper and the samples were brought back to the laboratory for further
analysis
312 Culturing of the Sample
The samples pH was checked and pH adjustment to pH75 was done using 1 M NaOH The
amount of water sediments and shredded Mixed Office Wastepaper (MOW) were 150 mL 50
mL and 10 gram respectively The samples were cultured in 250 mL flask for 1-2 weeks at
55degC at 120 rpm
313 Screening and Isolation
The cultures were filtered using filter paper under sterile condition and each filtrate were
subjected to standard serial dilution prior plated onto Luria Broth (LB) agar containing 1 (wv)
carboxymethylcellulose (CMC) and incubated at 55degC for an overnight Each colony identified
was streaked two times to obtain single colony Endoglucanase producers were identified by
Congo red test using (MSM) + 1 CMC agar plates which grown 3 days for endoglucanase
secretion The plates was flooded with 02 Congo red solution and left for 1 hour Congo red
lution was poured off and washed with 10 M NaCl for 15 minutes Yellow halos indicated
co ies that hydrolyzed CMC where Congo red was absent
9
Then
Biochemical and Molecular Identification of Isolates
Biochemical Test
11 Gram Staining
drop of distilled water was placed on microscope slide and a suspension of test culture was
placed onto the distilled water The slide was dry fixed by passing the slide repeatedly on flame
lide was allowed to cool The slide was flooded with crystal violet for 60 seconds and
ashed with distilled water Iodine was applied for 60 seconds and washed with distilled water
1 the slide was rinsed with 70 ethanol until there was no purple wash out Safranin was
flooded onto the slide for 60 seconds and rinse with distilled water The slide was allowed to dry
and viewed under microscope using oil immersion at 100x magnification A Gram-negative
bacterium was identified in pink colour and Gram-positive organisms remained purple colour
3212 Citrate Test
colony of Isolate 8 was streaked onto Simmon Citrates medium and incubated at 37degC for 48
hours The growth was accompanied by pH change of the medium which was indicated by the
medium color initial green colour to deep blue indicating positive result
10
fate-Indole-Motility (SIM) Test
culture of Isolate 8 was stabbed into SIM media that prepared in screw-capped test tube
culture was incubated for 24 hours at 37degC Motility was indicated by diffuse turbidity of
ulture surrounding the puncture line while immotility took place only along puncture line
Hydrogen sulfide (H2S) formation was shown by blackening of mjcrobial growth areas Indole
was performed by covering a layer of KOYACS Indole Reagent Indole production caused
reagent layer becoming purple-pink in colour
214 Triple Sugar Ion (TSI) Test
Pure culture of Isolate 8 was streaked on the surface and stabbed into TSI media The culture was
incubated up to 48 hours at 37degC Degradation of sugar accompanied by acid production are
detect by the pH indicator phenol red which changed from red-orange to yellow while
alkalinization shown by deep red Thiosulfate was reduced to hydrogen sulfide with an iron salt
to give black iron sulfide
Table 1 Resul ts of different combination colours of TSI Test indicating di fferent characteristics
Butt Colour Slant Colour Results Yellow Red Glucose fermented Yellow Yellow Glucose fermented also lactose and or sucrose Red Red No action on glucose lactose and sucrose Black precipitation along puncture Hydrogen sulfide production
11
~talllle t t was performed to detect the presence of catalase in the colonies of Isolate 8
erial colonies were taken on glass slides and one drop of H202 (3) was added Appearance
(gas bubbles indicated the presence of catalase (MacFaddin 1980)
116 Methyl Red Test
o tubes containing MR-VP was inoculated with pure culture of Isolate 8 and incubated for 48
hours at 3rc Then five drops of methyl red indicator was added into the first tube Positive
IeSUlt as red indicating pH below 6 and negative was yellow indicating no acid production
bull217 Voges Proskauer Test
Three milimeter of BARRITs solution and 1 ml 40 potassium hydroxide solution was added
1010 S ond tube described in Section 3216 Positive reaction was indicated by pink colour
(after frequent shaking) approximately 20 minutes beginning at the surface and become more
intense within 2 hours
rap of oxidase reagent containing 1 of tetramethyl-para-phenylenediamine dihydrochloride
as spotted on a piece of filter paper in a Petri dish Sterile wooden stick was used to rub a
colon of Isolate 8 onto the spot of spotted oxidase reagent Positive test was indicated by rapid
appearance of a purple color and negative result indicated by no colour changes
12
olecular Identification
__11ar identification was done to futher identify the bacteria up to genera level
as incubated in 5 ml Luria Bertani (LB) media an overnight prior genomic DNA
lion Approximately 15 ml of bacterial culture was transferred into Eppendorf tube and
1 maximum for 30 seconds Supernatant was removed and cell pellet was resuspended in
JLI TE buffer and mixed well by vortexing Then 30 III of 10 (wv ) SDS 5 III 20 mglml
inase K and 100 III of 5 M aCI solution was added and mixed well 80 III of CTABlNaCI
mixed into the mixture and incubated for 60 minutes at 65degC Next an equal volume of
oroformllsoamyl alcohol (24 1) was added vortexed gently and centrifuged for 5 minutes to
t the phases Clear supernatant was transferred into new Eppendorf tube and re-extracted
ng PhenolChlorofonnilsoamyl alcohol by 5 minutes centrifugation Clear supernatant was
ferred into new Eppendorf tube and 06 volume of isopropanol was added The mixture was
Iy mixed by vortexing it up and down until white DNA precipitate appeared Then DNA
pelleted by 30 seconds centrifugation Supernatant was removed and DNA pellet was
ith 200 fll 70 ethanol and centrifuged for 30 seconds at maximum speed 15000 rpm
8U1penllBtant was removed and DNA pellet was air dried Lastly air-dried DNA pellet was
dissol ed in 100 fll ofTE buffer and stored at -20degC for further analysis
13
LIST OF FIGURES
Figure Page
Figure 1 Congo Red Screening 22
Figure 2 Gram Staining 25
Figure 3 Simmon Citrate Test 25
Figure 4 Triple Sugar Ion (TSI) Test 25
Figure 5 Methyl Red Test 25
Figure 6 Sulfate-Indole-Motility (SIM) Test 25
Figure 7 Total genomic DNA extraction of Isolate 8 27
Figure 8 PCR products of bacterial isolate using PA forward and PH reverse 28 primer
Figure 9 Effects of time course of incubation on endoglucanase production 30
Figure 10 Effects of temperature on endoglucanase production 31
Figure 11 Effects of initial pH on crude endoglucanase production 32
Figure 12 Effects of different percentage of inoculum for endoglucanase 33 production
Figure 13 Native PAGE of crude enzyme of Klebsiella spp 35
Figure 14 Coomasie Brilliant Blue R-250 staining of SDS PAGE gel of crude 36 endoglucanase of Klebsiella spp
Figure 15 Enzyme Concentrations on Initial Velocity 38
Figure 16 Lineweaver-Burk Plot 38
Figure 17 Enzymatic Deinking using 100 enzyme of total volume reaction at 39 11 consistency
Figure 18 Enzymatic Deinking using 50 enzyme of total volume reaction at 39 11 consistency
vii
LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS
16S rONA 16S Ribosomal Deoxyribonucleic Acid
16S rRNA 16S Ribosomal Ribonucleic Acid
BSA Bovine Serum Albumin
CMC Carboxymethylcellulose
DNA Deoxyribonucleic Acid
DNS Dinitrosalicyclic Acid
dNTPs Deoxyribonucleotide triphosphate
LB Luria Bertani
MSM Minimal salt media
MOW Mixed Office Wastepaper
00 Optical Density
PAGE Polyacrylamide Gel Electrophoresis
PCR Polymerase Chain Reaction
SDS Sodium Dodecyl Sulfate
SIM Sulfite-Indole-Motility Test
TEMED Tetramethylethylenediamine
TSI Triple Sugar Ion
vw Volume Weight (concentration)
wv Weight Volume (concentration)
viii
Enzymatic Deinking using Thermostable and Alkaliphilic Endoglucanase of Indigenous Bacteria
Dayang Syahreeny Bt Abang Mustafa
Resource Biotechnology Department of Molecular Biology
Faculty of Resource Science and Technology Universiti Malaysia Sarawak
ABSTRACT
The best endoglucanase producer has been successfully isolated and identified from Paku Hot Springs based on halo fonnation during Congo red screening on minimal salt media containing 1 (wv) of carboxymethyIceIlulose Molecular approach targeting the conserved region of 16S rRNA bacterial strain performed was unable to further confinn initial morphological and biochemical tests results of the isolate which was identified as Klebsiella spp An optimal condition for endoglucanase secretion by Klebsiella spp was determined successful at pH 72 and 37degC after 9 hours of incubation using 5 of inoculums The crude endogucanase activity was determined using ONS method and prolein content was determined via Bradford method Native PAGE and SOS PAGE were performed to detennine crude endoglucanase enzymatic activity and molecular weight of crude endoglucanase respectively Km
VNX Kbullbull values of crude endoglucanase were 07765 mgml 06242 unitslml and 16 SmiddotI respectively Enzymatic deinking of Mi xed Ofiice Wastepaper (MOW) using 50 enzyme of total reaction volume shows enhancement in brightness but deinking ability was not determined
Key words Thermophilic CMC endoglucanase deinking mixed office wastepaper (MOW)
ABSTRAK
Satu bakleria terbaik yang menghasilkan enzim endoglukanase dari Kolam Air Panas Paku telah berjaya dipencilkan dan dikenalpasti berdasarkan pembentukan halo kelika penyaringan Congo red di alas agar Minimal Salt Media (MSM) Pendekalan molekul mensasarkan kawasan jujukan 16s rRNA yang dipulihara tidak berjaya untuk megesahkon kepulusan ujikaji biokimia sebelumnya yang lelah dikenalpasti sebagai Klebsiella spp Keadaan optimum untuk penghasilan enzim endoglukanase telah dicirikan pada pH 72 dan 31C selepas 9 jam fermenlasi dengan menggunakan 5 inokulum Aktivii enzim menlah ditentukan melalui kaedah DNS dan kandungan protein ditentukan melailli kaedah Bradford Native PAGE dan SDS PAGE dilakukan unluk menentukan aktiviti enzimatik dan berat molekul bagi endoglukanasementah Nilai Km dan VmaT bagi endoglukanase mentah adalah 07765 mgml dan 06242 unitsm manakala nilai Keal adalah 16 SmiddotI Penghilangan dakwat ke alas kerlas campuran pejabat menggunakan 50 enzim daripada jumlah keseluruhan isipadu untuk tindakbalas menunjukkan peningkalan dari segi kecerahan manakalan kebolehan menghilangkan dakwat tidak ditentukan
Kata kunci Termofilik CMC endoglukanase penghilangan dakwat kertas eampuran pejabat
ix
CHAPTER 1
INTRODUCTION
High grade recycled paper consists mainly of magazine waste (OMG) mixed office waste
(MOW) and old newspaper (ONP) (Soni el aI 2008) Recycling of paper requires deinking
stage which is the removal of the printing ink from used paper to obtain brighter pulp
(Mohandass amp Raghukumar 2005) Two types of printing methods are usually carried out
impact and non-impact ink Impact ink is easier to be removed or dispersed during deinking as it
does not fuse into paper On the contrary photocopying inkjet and laser printing used nonshy
impact ink which results in fused ink into the paper making it non-dispersible which render
deinking process (Mohandass amp Raghukumar 2005) Mix office waste (MOW) is favored to
produce newsprint and as well as high grade paper because it has longer and brighter fibers when
compared to old newspaper (ONP) Thennoplastic copolymer inks that present in MOW (Soni
el aI 2008) caused conventional chemical deinking process expensive as it barely remove by
dewatering di persian additional floatation and washing process (Vyas amp Lachke 2003) On
the other hand conventional deinking requires large amount of chemicals such as sodium
hydroxide hydrogen peroxide chelating agents sodium silicates and other collector chemicals
which are easi ly available and cheap which have high potential for environmental damage (Soni
el al 2008) Enzymatic deinking is proposed as alternative method of various harsh chemicals
used during disintegration which favors ink detachment from fibers without discharge of
pollutants thus contributing to environmental compatibility (Soni el al 2008)
1
Cellulose is embedded in a network of hemicelluloses and lignin requiring an alkaline
pretreatment to become accessible to enzyme action Most celluloses alkaline pretreatment is
perfonned at high temperatures hyperthermophilic cellulases should be the best candidate
catalysts for cellulose degradation (Vieille amp Zeikus 2001) Therefore alkaline and thermostable
enzyme should replace the conventional process which takes places in high pH and high
temperature Indigenous thermophilic microorganisms can be obtained from local hot springs
around Malaysia They can survive harsh environment (Schiraldi amp Rosa 2002) such as high
temperature of hot spring area Thus there is high potential that thermophilic bacterial strain
producing thermostable endoglucanase enzymes is present and can be characterized In this
research a thermophilic endoglucanase with medium enzymatic activity was successfully
isolated from Paku Hot Springs Lundu Sarawak
The objectives of this research were to isolate indigenous thermostable and alkaliphile
bacteria with cellulolytic capability and investigate biodeinking of mixed office paper potential
by using the endoglucanase produced by the bacteria isolates which consequently can lead to
mass production for the application in paper recycling industry or other industries In order to
achieve this aim the specific objectives of this project are as follows
I To isolate and identify thermophilic bacterial strains that produces extracellular
endoglunacase to be used in enzymatic deinking on mixed office paper
II To characterize endoglucanase enzyme from the isolates this suits the optimal
temperature and pH of the deinking process
IJ To perfOlm trial enzymatic deinking using endoglucanase of indigenous bacteria isolates
2
CHAPTER 2
LITERATURE REVIEW
21 Endoglucanase
Endoglucanases often classified as endo-acting cellulases which cleave P-1 A-glycosidic bonds
internally only and appear to have cleft-shaped open active sites (Maki el aI 2009) However
there is suggestion that some cellulases display both modes of action endo- and exo- which
changed the classification cellobiohydrolases (exoglucanases) are active on the crystalline
regions of cellulose whereas endoglucanases are active on soluble amorphous region of the
cellulose crystal (Maki et al 2009) On the other hand Turner et al (2007) suggested that
endoglucanases ([Ee 3214] are classified under 12 different glycosyl hydrolase families with
both inverting and retaining reaction mechanisms and with different folds which catalyse
random cleavage of internal bonds in the cellulose chain while cellobiohydrolases
(exoglucanases) (EC 321 91 G H 5 7 [retaining] and 6 9 [inverting]) attack the chain ends
releasing cellobiose Glucosidases (EC 32121 GH 1 3 [retaining] and 9 [inverting]) are only
active on cello-oligosaccharides and cellobiose releasing glucose
A high degree of synergy between exoglucanases and endoglucanases required for the
efficient hydrolysis of cellulose crystals (Ogel 2001) Endoglucanase can be either cell-bound or
extracellular and only a few endoglucanase producers produces significant quantities of free
enzyme that abl to completely hydrolyze crystalline cellulose even though large number of
microbes were reported capable to degrade cellulose (Koomnok 2005) Bacterial cellulase
system lack FPase activity (Ariffin el aI 2008) and the main activity is p-glucanase (endo-1 A-Pshy
glucanase EC 3214) which randomly hydrolyses internal l4-p-bonds in cellulose and does not
cl e crystalline cellulose (Liu el ai 2008) Besides bacterial cellulases are often more
3
effective catalyst and may also be less inhibited by feedback inhibition which is the presence of
material that has already been hydrolyzed (Ariffin et al 2008) Different effects on fibers
properties are obtained too when cellulases with different cellobiohydrolases and endoglucanases
activities were used Individual endoglucanase treatment is considered necessary for
modification of the pulp fiber as it does not result in the decrease of average fiber length or
coarseness Endoglucanase and cellobiohydrolase synergetic effect could lead to cross breakage
which causes decreasing in paper strength In addition Vyas and Lachke (2003) found that pure
endoglucanase were responsible in most of success deinking after treating laser-printed waste
paper individually and combination of purified endoglucanase from Gloeophyllum sepiarium and
Gloeophyllum trabeum
22 Extremophiles
Extremophiles are microbes that can live and reproduce in extreme environments (Schiraldi amp
Rosa 2002) High and low temperatures defined as thennophiles and psychrophiles
respectively high and low pH values defined as alkaliphiles and acidophiles respectively high
salt concentrations defined as halophiles and high pressure defined as barophiles are the
common four parameters used to classify extremophiles There has been a great deal of interest
in the biotechnological potential of their extremozymes
Thennophilics cellulases brought advantages In industrial applications as higher
processing temperature can be employed for offering accelerated reaction rates Increase
solubility and reduced contamination (Ng et al 2009) Thennostable ability also gives a longer
h If-life to the enzyme (Ibrahim amp El-diwany 2007) Thennophilic can be classified into
m philes (50-60degC) extreme thennophiles (60-80degC) and hyperthennophiles (80- [ lOOC)
4
PoSit Khidmat MlkJum t Akademfk UNlVERSm MALAYSIA SAMWAK
Thermophilic microorganisms are widely distributed among genera Bacillus Clostridium
Thermoanaerobacter Thennus Thennotoga and Aquifex (Ng et al 2009) while
hyperthermophilic species are dominated by the Archaea (Turner et aI 2007)
Themostability is inherented by their cell components such as membranes and enzymes
Principal among tlUs are the ether linked lipids from archaeal cell membranes (Hoist et aI
1997) Adaptation is apparently genetically encoded and as revealed by biophysical and
structural studies it includes sequence modification addition of salt bridges increased
hydrophobic interactions additional ion pairing and hydrogen bonding improved core packing
and shortening of loops (Eichler 2001) This confers higher thennal stability rigidity and
resistance to chemical denaturation (Eichler 2001)
Meanwhile alkaliphiles are the organisms that have optimal growth around pH 10
Alkaliphiles diver ely occur from aerobic and anaerobic archaea and prokaryotes as well as
eukaryotic fungi (Jones et aI 1994) widening their industrial application According to
Krulwich (2006) facultative alkaliphile is applied to species and strains that able to grow at both
pH 65 - 75 and above 95 whereas that grow only at pH 95 is termed as obligate a lka~iphiles
Soda lakes desert soils and alkaline springs are alkaline environments where pH can be
consistently about pH 10 (Magan 2007) Jones et al (1998) reviewed that alkaline hot springs is
interesting alkaliphiles source but are ihsufficiently buffered to support extraordinary high pH
value which contra)t to naturally occurring soda lakes which are widely distributed and stable
alkaline environments (Krulwich 2006) The possession of flagella modifications of cell walls
and membranes and biochemical activity including respiration and oxidative phosphorylation
enable the adaptation and growth of alkaliphiles in alkaline environment (Magan 2007)
5
23 Conventional Deinking
reviewed by Pelach e al (2003) a conventional deinking process starts with disintegration
of recycled paper and followed by the addition of chemicals in a strong alkaline medium in order
to promote de-fibering and ink particle detachment Finally mild alkaline of washing or flotation
technologies allow ink removal from the suspension
Sodium hydroxide hydrogen peroxide chelating agents and sodium silicates are among the
chemicals used during conventional deinking Sodium hydroxide adjusts the pulp pH as
alkalinity resulted in soften ing the paper fibers by saponification or hydrolysis while hydrogen
peroxide acts as bleaching agent in the fiber treatment process and counterbalance darkening due
to alkalinity above pH 102 Unfortunately hydrogen peroxide is very sensitive to pUlping
environment due to existence of heavy metals ions found in inks These require other chemicals
to stabilize the environment in which hydrogen peroxide works chelating agent and sodium
silicate
Sodium silicate is favored as it is less harmful than chelating agent such as
ethylenediaminetetracetic acid (EDTA) However former problems of stability coating of fibers
and harshness of paper due to silicates formation lead to the use of latter which can cause heavyshy
metal poisoning in rivers streams and severely affect aquatic life when disposed off Various
chemical usages of conventional deinking impose environmental problem and health risks and to
overcome this highly cost waste water treatment needed to be applied (Lee et al 2006)
6
24 Enzymatic Deinking
Deinking is a removal ink process According to Biermann (1993) deinkinkin can be
divided into 4 steps repulping with the associated ink removal from the fiber cleaning to
remove the ink from the stock separation of residual ink contaminants from the fiber stock and
bleaching Enzymatic deinking is the alternative for chemical deinking which exploit
microorganisms enzyme for deinking process and it was suggested that the enzyme hydrolyzed
the fiber-ink regions directly which splitting the cellulose fiber and ink particles apart According
to Soni el al (2008) microbial enzyme such as cellulase xylanase esterases and lipase play
important role in biological deinking Enzymes rarely require toxic metal ions for functionality
which can be advantageous as industrial catalysts hence creating the possibility to use more
environmentally friendly processing (Turner et al 2007) Removal of small fibers from the
surface of ink particles is resulted by the action of cellulase binding and altering the fiber
surface This alters the relative hydrophobicity of the toner particles and reduces hydrodynamic
drag that facilitates toners removal during floatation step (Soni et al 2008)
It was found that laccase treatment reduced the kappa number and increases the
brightness of waste photocopy paper but treatments with laccase alone or as the mediator is
unsuitable for deinking of aged prints or for bleaching of deinked pulp unprinted recycling
paper and groundwood (Widsten amp Kandelbauer 2008) Zhang et al (2008) reported that three
commercial ceJlulases enzymes were able to detach a significant amount of ink from the old
recycled newsprint or magazine but cellulase deinking was less efficient than alkaline deinking
chemistry CeJlulases tested were unable to deink aged ONPOMG and a poor deinkability was
also observed by using either sulphite or alkaline chemistry However combining enzymes with
suI te chemistry significa ntly enhanced sulphite deinking and provided a potential strategy to
achieve effective deinking of aged newsprint at neutral pH In 2009 a combination of cellulase
hemicellulase and laccase-violuric acid system was developed and higher brightness higher
tearing index better physical properties of deinked pulp was produced However enzymatic
deinking has not clearly defined but most researchers agree that a combination of mechanical
action and synergistic deinking effect of surfactant is vital for process viability (Sykes et al
1996) In addition they have been proven to be cost effective and more efficient than
con entional deinking Thus alternate option for replacing some of the deinking chemicals by
enzymatic deinking is sui table and being considered (Soni et al 2008)
8
CHAPTER 3
MATERIALS AND METHODS
1 Screening and Isolation of Endoglucanase Producing Bacteria
11 Sampling
Samples ofwater and ediments were collected from Matangs drains and Paku Hot Springs The
pH was checked using pH paper and the samples were brought back to the laboratory for further
analysis
312 Culturing of the Sample
The samples pH was checked and pH adjustment to pH75 was done using 1 M NaOH The
amount of water sediments and shredded Mixed Office Wastepaper (MOW) were 150 mL 50
mL and 10 gram respectively The samples were cultured in 250 mL flask for 1-2 weeks at
55degC at 120 rpm
313 Screening and Isolation
The cultures were filtered using filter paper under sterile condition and each filtrate were
subjected to standard serial dilution prior plated onto Luria Broth (LB) agar containing 1 (wv)
carboxymethylcellulose (CMC) and incubated at 55degC for an overnight Each colony identified
was streaked two times to obtain single colony Endoglucanase producers were identified by
Congo red test using (MSM) + 1 CMC agar plates which grown 3 days for endoglucanase
secretion The plates was flooded with 02 Congo red solution and left for 1 hour Congo red
lution was poured off and washed with 10 M NaCl for 15 minutes Yellow halos indicated
co ies that hydrolyzed CMC where Congo red was absent
9
Then
Biochemical and Molecular Identification of Isolates
Biochemical Test
11 Gram Staining
drop of distilled water was placed on microscope slide and a suspension of test culture was
placed onto the distilled water The slide was dry fixed by passing the slide repeatedly on flame
lide was allowed to cool The slide was flooded with crystal violet for 60 seconds and
ashed with distilled water Iodine was applied for 60 seconds and washed with distilled water
1 the slide was rinsed with 70 ethanol until there was no purple wash out Safranin was
flooded onto the slide for 60 seconds and rinse with distilled water The slide was allowed to dry
and viewed under microscope using oil immersion at 100x magnification A Gram-negative
bacterium was identified in pink colour and Gram-positive organisms remained purple colour
3212 Citrate Test
colony of Isolate 8 was streaked onto Simmon Citrates medium and incubated at 37degC for 48
hours The growth was accompanied by pH change of the medium which was indicated by the
medium color initial green colour to deep blue indicating positive result
10
fate-Indole-Motility (SIM) Test
culture of Isolate 8 was stabbed into SIM media that prepared in screw-capped test tube
culture was incubated for 24 hours at 37degC Motility was indicated by diffuse turbidity of
ulture surrounding the puncture line while immotility took place only along puncture line
Hydrogen sulfide (H2S) formation was shown by blackening of mjcrobial growth areas Indole
was performed by covering a layer of KOYACS Indole Reagent Indole production caused
reagent layer becoming purple-pink in colour
214 Triple Sugar Ion (TSI) Test
Pure culture of Isolate 8 was streaked on the surface and stabbed into TSI media The culture was
incubated up to 48 hours at 37degC Degradation of sugar accompanied by acid production are
detect by the pH indicator phenol red which changed from red-orange to yellow while
alkalinization shown by deep red Thiosulfate was reduced to hydrogen sulfide with an iron salt
to give black iron sulfide
Table 1 Resul ts of different combination colours of TSI Test indicating di fferent characteristics
Butt Colour Slant Colour Results Yellow Red Glucose fermented Yellow Yellow Glucose fermented also lactose and or sucrose Red Red No action on glucose lactose and sucrose Black precipitation along puncture Hydrogen sulfide production
11
~talllle t t was performed to detect the presence of catalase in the colonies of Isolate 8
erial colonies were taken on glass slides and one drop of H202 (3) was added Appearance
(gas bubbles indicated the presence of catalase (MacFaddin 1980)
116 Methyl Red Test
o tubes containing MR-VP was inoculated with pure culture of Isolate 8 and incubated for 48
hours at 3rc Then five drops of methyl red indicator was added into the first tube Positive
IeSUlt as red indicating pH below 6 and negative was yellow indicating no acid production
bull217 Voges Proskauer Test
Three milimeter of BARRITs solution and 1 ml 40 potassium hydroxide solution was added
1010 S ond tube described in Section 3216 Positive reaction was indicated by pink colour
(after frequent shaking) approximately 20 minutes beginning at the surface and become more
intense within 2 hours
rap of oxidase reagent containing 1 of tetramethyl-para-phenylenediamine dihydrochloride
as spotted on a piece of filter paper in a Petri dish Sterile wooden stick was used to rub a
colon of Isolate 8 onto the spot of spotted oxidase reagent Positive test was indicated by rapid
appearance of a purple color and negative result indicated by no colour changes
12
olecular Identification
__11ar identification was done to futher identify the bacteria up to genera level
as incubated in 5 ml Luria Bertani (LB) media an overnight prior genomic DNA
lion Approximately 15 ml of bacterial culture was transferred into Eppendorf tube and
1 maximum for 30 seconds Supernatant was removed and cell pellet was resuspended in
JLI TE buffer and mixed well by vortexing Then 30 III of 10 (wv ) SDS 5 III 20 mglml
inase K and 100 III of 5 M aCI solution was added and mixed well 80 III of CTABlNaCI
mixed into the mixture and incubated for 60 minutes at 65degC Next an equal volume of
oroformllsoamyl alcohol (24 1) was added vortexed gently and centrifuged for 5 minutes to
t the phases Clear supernatant was transferred into new Eppendorf tube and re-extracted
ng PhenolChlorofonnilsoamyl alcohol by 5 minutes centrifugation Clear supernatant was
ferred into new Eppendorf tube and 06 volume of isopropanol was added The mixture was
Iy mixed by vortexing it up and down until white DNA precipitate appeared Then DNA
pelleted by 30 seconds centrifugation Supernatant was removed and DNA pellet was
ith 200 fll 70 ethanol and centrifuged for 30 seconds at maximum speed 15000 rpm
8U1penllBtant was removed and DNA pellet was air dried Lastly air-dried DNA pellet was
dissol ed in 100 fll ofTE buffer and stored at -20degC for further analysis
13
LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS
16S rONA 16S Ribosomal Deoxyribonucleic Acid
16S rRNA 16S Ribosomal Ribonucleic Acid
BSA Bovine Serum Albumin
CMC Carboxymethylcellulose
DNA Deoxyribonucleic Acid
DNS Dinitrosalicyclic Acid
dNTPs Deoxyribonucleotide triphosphate
LB Luria Bertani
MSM Minimal salt media
MOW Mixed Office Wastepaper
00 Optical Density
PAGE Polyacrylamide Gel Electrophoresis
PCR Polymerase Chain Reaction
SDS Sodium Dodecyl Sulfate
SIM Sulfite-Indole-Motility Test
TEMED Tetramethylethylenediamine
TSI Triple Sugar Ion
vw Volume Weight (concentration)
wv Weight Volume (concentration)
viii
Enzymatic Deinking using Thermostable and Alkaliphilic Endoglucanase of Indigenous Bacteria
Dayang Syahreeny Bt Abang Mustafa
Resource Biotechnology Department of Molecular Biology
Faculty of Resource Science and Technology Universiti Malaysia Sarawak
ABSTRACT
The best endoglucanase producer has been successfully isolated and identified from Paku Hot Springs based on halo fonnation during Congo red screening on minimal salt media containing 1 (wv) of carboxymethyIceIlulose Molecular approach targeting the conserved region of 16S rRNA bacterial strain performed was unable to further confinn initial morphological and biochemical tests results of the isolate which was identified as Klebsiella spp An optimal condition for endoglucanase secretion by Klebsiella spp was determined successful at pH 72 and 37degC after 9 hours of incubation using 5 of inoculums The crude endogucanase activity was determined using ONS method and prolein content was determined via Bradford method Native PAGE and SOS PAGE were performed to detennine crude endoglucanase enzymatic activity and molecular weight of crude endoglucanase respectively Km
VNX Kbullbull values of crude endoglucanase were 07765 mgml 06242 unitslml and 16 SmiddotI respectively Enzymatic deinking of Mi xed Ofiice Wastepaper (MOW) using 50 enzyme of total reaction volume shows enhancement in brightness but deinking ability was not determined
Key words Thermophilic CMC endoglucanase deinking mixed office wastepaper (MOW)
ABSTRAK
Satu bakleria terbaik yang menghasilkan enzim endoglukanase dari Kolam Air Panas Paku telah berjaya dipencilkan dan dikenalpasti berdasarkan pembentukan halo kelika penyaringan Congo red di alas agar Minimal Salt Media (MSM) Pendekalan molekul mensasarkan kawasan jujukan 16s rRNA yang dipulihara tidak berjaya untuk megesahkon kepulusan ujikaji biokimia sebelumnya yang lelah dikenalpasti sebagai Klebsiella spp Keadaan optimum untuk penghasilan enzim endoglukanase telah dicirikan pada pH 72 dan 31C selepas 9 jam fermenlasi dengan menggunakan 5 inokulum Aktivii enzim menlah ditentukan melalui kaedah DNS dan kandungan protein ditentukan melailli kaedah Bradford Native PAGE dan SDS PAGE dilakukan unluk menentukan aktiviti enzimatik dan berat molekul bagi endoglukanasementah Nilai Km dan VmaT bagi endoglukanase mentah adalah 07765 mgml dan 06242 unitsm manakala nilai Keal adalah 16 SmiddotI Penghilangan dakwat ke alas kerlas campuran pejabat menggunakan 50 enzim daripada jumlah keseluruhan isipadu untuk tindakbalas menunjukkan peningkalan dari segi kecerahan manakalan kebolehan menghilangkan dakwat tidak ditentukan
Kata kunci Termofilik CMC endoglukanase penghilangan dakwat kertas eampuran pejabat
ix
CHAPTER 1
INTRODUCTION
High grade recycled paper consists mainly of magazine waste (OMG) mixed office waste
(MOW) and old newspaper (ONP) (Soni el aI 2008) Recycling of paper requires deinking
stage which is the removal of the printing ink from used paper to obtain brighter pulp
(Mohandass amp Raghukumar 2005) Two types of printing methods are usually carried out
impact and non-impact ink Impact ink is easier to be removed or dispersed during deinking as it
does not fuse into paper On the contrary photocopying inkjet and laser printing used nonshy
impact ink which results in fused ink into the paper making it non-dispersible which render
deinking process (Mohandass amp Raghukumar 2005) Mix office waste (MOW) is favored to
produce newsprint and as well as high grade paper because it has longer and brighter fibers when
compared to old newspaper (ONP) Thennoplastic copolymer inks that present in MOW (Soni
el aI 2008) caused conventional chemical deinking process expensive as it barely remove by
dewatering di persian additional floatation and washing process (Vyas amp Lachke 2003) On
the other hand conventional deinking requires large amount of chemicals such as sodium
hydroxide hydrogen peroxide chelating agents sodium silicates and other collector chemicals
which are easi ly available and cheap which have high potential for environmental damage (Soni
el al 2008) Enzymatic deinking is proposed as alternative method of various harsh chemicals
used during disintegration which favors ink detachment from fibers without discharge of
pollutants thus contributing to environmental compatibility (Soni el al 2008)
1
Cellulose is embedded in a network of hemicelluloses and lignin requiring an alkaline
pretreatment to become accessible to enzyme action Most celluloses alkaline pretreatment is
perfonned at high temperatures hyperthermophilic cellulases should be the best candidate
catalysts for cellulose degradation (Vieille amp Zeikus 2001) Therefore alkaline and thermostable
enzyme should replace the conventional process which takes places in high pH and high
temperature Indigenous thermophilic microorganisms can be obtained from local hot springs
around Malaysia They can survive harsh environment (Schiraldi amp Rosa 2002) such as high
temperature of hot spring area Thus there is high potential that thermophilic bacterial strain
producing thermostable endoglucanase enzymes is present and can be characterized In this
research a thermophilic endoglucanase with medium enzymatic activity was successfully
isolated from Paku Hot Springs Lundu Sarawak
The objectives of this research were to isolate indigenous thermostable and alkaliphile
bacteria with cellulolytic capability and investigate biodeinking of mixed office paper potential
by using the endoglucanase produced by the bacteria isolates which consequently can lead to
mass production for the application in paper recycling industry or other industries In order to
achieve this aim the specific objectives of this project are as follows
I To isolate and identify thermophilic bacterial strains that produces extracellular
endoglunacase to be used in enzymatic deinking on mixed office paper
II To characterize endoglucanase enzyme from the isolates this suits the optimal
temperature and pH of the deinking process
IJ To perfOlm trial enzymatic deinking using endoglucanase of indigenous bacteria isolates
2
CHAPTER 2
LITERATURE REVIEW
21 Endoglucanase
Endoglucanases often classified as endo-acting cellulases which cleave P-1 A-glycosidic bonds
internally only and appear to have cleft-shaped open active sites (Maki el aI 2009) However
there is suggestion that some cellulases display both modes of action endo- and exo- which
changed the classification cellobiohydrolases (exoglucanases) are active on the crystalline
regions of cellulose whereas endoglucanases are active on soluble amorphous region of the
cellulose crystal (Maki et al 2009) On the other hand Turner et al (2007) suggested that
endoglucanases ([Ee 3214] are classified under 12 different glycosyl hydrolase families with
both inverting and retaining reaction mechanisms and with different folds which catalyse
random cleavage of internal bonds in the cellulose chain while cellobiohydrolases
(exoglucanases) (EC 321 91 G H 5 7 [retaining] and 6 9 [inverting]) attack the chain ends
releasing cellobiose Glucosidases (EC 32121 GH 1 3 [retaining] and 9 [inverting]) are only
active on cello-oligosaccharides and cellobiose releasing glucose
A high degree of synergy between exoglucanases and endoglucanases required for the
efficient hydrolysis of cellulose crystals (Ogel 2001) Endoglucanase can be either cell-bound or
extracellular and only a few endoglucanase producers produces significant quantities of free
enzyme that abl to completely hydrolyze crystalline cellulose even though large number of
microbes were reported capable to degrade cellulose (Koomnok 2005) Bacterial cellulase
system lack FPase activity (Ariffin el aI 2008) and the main activity is p-glucanase (endo-1 A-Pshy
glucanase EC 3214) which randomly hydrolyses internal l4-p-bonds in cellulose and does not
cl e crystalline cellulose (Liu el ai 2008) Besides bacterial cellulases are often more
3
effective catalyst and may also be less inhibited by feedback inhibition which is the presence of
material that has already been hydrolyzed (Ariffin et al 2008) Different effects on fibers
properties are obtained too when cellulases with different cellobiohydrolases and endoglucanases
activities were used Individual endoglucanase treatment is considered necessary for
modification of the pulp fiber as it does not result in the decrease of average fiber length or
coarseness Endoglucanase and cellobiohydrolase synergetic effect could lead to cross breakage
which causes decreasing in paper strength In addition Vyas and Lachke (2003) found that pure
endoglucanase were responsible in most of success deinking after treating laser-printed waste
paper individually and combination of purified endoglucanase from Gloeophyllum sepiarium and
Gloeophyllum trabeum
22 Extremophiles
Extremophiles are microbes that can live and reproduce in extreme environments (Schiraldi amp
Rosa 2002) High and low temperatures defined as thennophiles and psychrophiles
respectively high and low pH values defined as alkaliphiles and acidophiles respectively high
salt concentrations defined as halophiles and high pressure defined as barophiles are the
common four parameters used to classify extremophiles There has been a great deal of interest
in the biotechnological potential of their extremozymes
Thennophilics cellulases brought advantages In industrial applications as higher
processing temperature can be employed for offering accelerated reaction rates Increase
solubility and reduced contamination (Ng et al 2009) Thennostable ability also gives a longer
h If-life to the enzyme (Ibrahim amp El-diwany 2007) Thennophilic can be classified into
m philes (50-60degC) extreme thennophiles (60-80degC) and hyperthennophiles (80- [ lOOC)
4
PoSit Khidmat MlkJum t Akademfk UNlVERSm MALAYSIA SAMWAK
Thermophilic microorganisms are widely distributed among genera Bacillus Clostridium
Thermoanaerobacter Thennus Thennotoga and Aquifex (Ng et al 2009) while
hyperthermophilic species are dominated by the Archaea (Turner et aI 2007)
Themostability is inherented by their cell components such as membranes and enzymes
Principal among tlUs are the ether linked lipids from archaeal cell membranes (Hoist et aI
1997) Adaptation is apparently genetically encoded and as revealed by biophysical and
structural studies it includes sequence modification addition of salt bridges increased
hydrophobic interactions additional ion pairing and hydrogen bonding improved core packing
and shortening of loops (Eichler 2001) This confers higher thennal stability rigidity and
resistance to chemical denaturation (Eichler 2001)
Meanwhile alkaliphiles are the organisms that have optimal growth around pH 10
Alkaliphiles diver ely occur from aerobic and anaerobic archaea and prokaryotes as well as
eukaryotic fungi (Jones et aI 1994) widening their industrial application According to
Krulwich (2006) facultative alkaliphile is applied to species and strains that able to grow at both
pH 65 - 75 and above 95 whereas that grow only at pH 95 is termed as obligate a lka~iphiles
Soda lakes desert soils and alkaline springs are alkaline environments where pH can be
consistently about pH 10 (Magan 2007) Jones et al (1998) reviewed that alkaline hot springs is
interesting alkaliphiles source but are ihsufficiently buffered to support extraordinary high pH
value which contra)t to naturally occurring soda lakes which are widely distributed and stable
alkaline environments (Krulwich 2006) The possession of flagella modifications of cell walls
and membranes and biochemical activity including respiration and oxidative phosphorylation
enable the adaptation and growth of alkaliphiles in alkaline environment (Magan 2007)
5
23 Conventional Deinking
reviewed by Pelach e al (2003) a conventional deinking process starts with disintegration
of recycled paper and followed by the addition of chemicals in a strong alkaline medium in order
to promote de-fibering and ink particle detachment Finally mild alkaline of washing or flotation
technologies allow ink removal from the suspension
Sodium hydroxide hydrogen peroxide chelating agents and sodium silicates are among the
chemicals used during conventional deinking Sodium hydroxide adjusts the pulp pH as
alkalinity resulted in soften ing the paper fibers by saponification or hydrolysis while hydrogen
peroxide acts as bleaching agent in the fiber treatment process and counterbalance darkening due
to alkalinity above pH 102 Unfortunately hydrogen peroxide is very sensitive to pUlping
environment due to existence of heavy metals ions found in inks These require other chemicals
to stabilize the environment in which hydrogen peroxide works chelating agent and sodium
silicate
Sodium silicate is favored as it is less harmful than chelating agent such as
ethylenediaminetetracetic acid (EDTA) However former problems of stability coating of fibers
and harshness of paper due to silicates formation lead to the use of latter which can cause heavyshy
metal poisoning in rivers streams and severely affect aquatic life when disposed off Various
chemical usages of conventional deinking impose environmental problem and health risks and to
overcome this highly cost waste water treatment needed to be applied (Lee et al 2006)
6
24 Enzymatic Deinking
Deinking is a removal ink process According to Biermann (1993) deinkinkin can be
divided into 4 steps repulping with the associated ink removal from the fiber cleaning to
remove the ink from the stock separation of residual ink contaminants from the fiber stock and
bleaching Enzymatic deinking is the alternative for chemical deinking which exploit
microorganisms enzyme for deinking process and it was suggested that the enzyme hydrolyzed
the fiber-ink regions directly which splitting the cellulose fiber and ink particles apart According
to Soni el al (2008) microbial enzyme such as cellulase xylanase esterases and lipase play
important role in biological deinking Enzymes rarely require toxic metal ions for functionality
which can be advantageous as industrial catalysts hence creating the possibility to use more
environmentally friendly processing (Turner et al 2007) Removal of small fibers from the
surface of ink particles is resulted by the action of cellulase binding and altering the fiber
surface This alters the relative hydrophobicity of the toner particles and reduces hydrodynamic
drag that facilitates toners removal during floatation step (Soni et al 2008)
It was found that laccase treatment reduced the kappa number and increases the
brightness of waste photocopy paper but treatments with laccase alone or as the mediator is
unsuitable for deinking of aged prints or for bleaching of deinked pulp unprinted recycling
paper and groundwood (Widsten amp Kandelbauer 2008) Zhang et al (2008) reported that three
commercial ceJlulases enzymes were able to detach a significant amount of ink from the old
recycled newsprint or magazine but cellulase deinking was less efficient than alkaline deinking
chemistry CeJlulases tested were unable to deink aged ONPOMG and a poor deinkability was
also observed by using either sulphite or alkaline chemistry However combining enzymes with
suI te chemistry significa ntly enhanced sulphite deinking and provided a potential strategy to
achieve effective deinking of aged newsprint at neutral pH In 2009 a combination of cellulase
hemicellulase and laccase-violuric acid system was developed and higher brightness higher
tearing index better physical properties of deinked pulp was produced However enzymatic
deinking has not clearly defined but most researchers agree that a combination of mechanical
action and synergistic deinking effect of surfactant is vital for process viability (Sykes et al
1996) In addition they have been proven to be cost effective and more efficient than
con entional deinking Thus alternate option for replacing some of the deinking chemicals by
enzymatic deinking is sui table and being considered (Soni et al 2008)
8
CHAPTER 3
MATERIALS AND METHODS
1 Screening and Isolation of Endoglucanase Producing Bacteria
11 Sampling
Samples ofwater and ediments were collected from Matangs drains and Paku Hot Springs The
pH was checked using pH paper and the samples were brought back to the laboratory for further
analysis
312 Culturing of the Sample
The samples pH was checked and pH adjustment to pH75 was done using 1 M NaOH The
amount of water sediments and shredded Mixed Office Wastepaper (MOW) were 150 mL 50
mL and 10 gram respectively The samples were cultured in 250 mL flask for 1-2 weeks at
55degC at 120 rpm
313 Screening and Isolation
The cultures were filtered using filter paper under sterile condition and each filtrate were
subjected to standard serial dilution prior plated onto Luria Broth (LB) agar containing 1 (wv)
carboxymethylcellulose (CMC) and incubated at 55degC for an overnight Each colony identified
was streaked two times to obtain single colony Endoglucanase producers were identified by
Congo red test using (MSM) + 1 CMC agar plates which grown 3 days for endoglucanase
secretion The plates was flooded with 02 Congo red solution and left for 1 hour Congo red
lution was poured off and washed with 10 M NaCl for 15 minutes Yellow halos indicated
co ies that hydrolyzed CMC where Congo red was absent
9
Then
Biochemical and Molecular Identification of Isolates
Biochemical Test
11 Gram Staining
drop of distilled water was placed on microscope slide and a suspension of test culture was
placed onto the distilled water The slide was dry fixed by passing the slide repeatedly on flame
lide was allowed to cool The slide was flooded with crystal violet for 60 seconds and
ashed with distilled water Iodine was applied for 60 seconds and washed with distilled water
1 the slide was rinsed with 70 ethanol until there was no purple wash out Safranin was
flooded onto the slide for 60 seconds and rinse with distilled water The slide was allowed to dry
and viewed under microscope using oil immersion at 100x magnification A Gram-negative
bacterium was identified in pink colour and Gram-positive organisms remained purple colour
3212 Citrate Test
colony of Isolate 8 was streaked onto Simmon Citrates medium and incubated at 37degC for 48
hours The growth was accompanied by pH change of the medium which was indicated by the
medium color initial green colour to deep blue indicating positive result
10
fate-Indole-Motility (SIM) Test
culture of Isolate 8 was stabbed into SIM media that prepared in screw-capped test tube
culture was incubated for 24 hours at 37degC Motility was indicated by diffuse turbidity of
ulture surrounding the puncture line while immotility took place only along puncture line
Hydrogen sulfide (H2S) formation was shown by blackening of mjcrobial growth areas Indole
was performed by covering a layer of KOYACS Indole Reagent Indole production caused
reagent layer becoming purple-pink in colour
214 Triple Sugar Ion (TSI) Test
Pure culture of Isolate 8 was streaked on the surface and stabbed into TSI media The culture was
incubated up to 48 hours at 37degC Degradation of sugar accompanied by acid production are
detect by the pH indicator phenol red which changed from red-orange to yellow while
alkalinization shown by deep red Thiosulfate was reduced to hydrogen sulfide with an iron salt
to give black iron sulfide
Table 1 Resul ts of different combination colours of TSI Test indicating di fferent characteristics
Butt Colour Slant Colour Results Yellow Red Glucose fermented Yellow Yellow Glucose fermented also lactose and or sucrose Red Red No action on glucose lactose and sucrose Black precipitation along puncture Hydrogen sulfide production
11
~talllle t t was performed to detect the presence of catalase in the colonies of Isolate 8
erial colonies were taken on glass slides and one drop of H202 (3) was added Appearance
(gas bubbles indicated the presence of catalase (MacFaddin 1980)
116 Methyl Red Test
o tubes containing MR-VP was inoculated with pure culture of Isolate 8 and incubated for 48
hours at 3rc Then five drops of methyl red indicator was added into the first tube Positive
IeSUlt as red indicating pH below 6 and negative was yellow indicating no acid production
bull217 Voges Proskauer Test
Three milimeter of BARRITs solution and 1 ml 40 potassium hydroxide solution was added
1010 S ond tube described in Section 3216 Positive reaction was indicated by pink colour
(after frequent shaking) approximately 20 minutes beginning at the surface and become more
intense within 2 hours
rap of oxidase reagent containing 1 of tetramethyl-para-phenylenediamine dihydrochloride
as spotted on a piece of filter paper in a Petri dish Sterile wooden stick was used to rub a
colon of Isolate 8 onto the spot of spotted oxidase reagent Positive test was indicated by rapid
appearance of a purple color and negative result indicated by no colour changes
12
olecular Identification
__11ar identification was done to futher identify the bacteria up to genera level
as incubated in 5 ml Luria Bertani (LB) media an overnight prior genomic DNA
lion Approximately 15 ml of bacterial culture was transferred into Eppendorf tube and
1 maximum for 30 seconds Supernatant was removed and cell pellet was resuspended in
JLI TE buffer and mixed well by vortexing Then 30 III of 10 (wv ) SDS 5 III 20 mglml
inase K and 100 III of 5 M aCI solution was added and mixed well 80 III of CTABlNaCI
mixed into the mixture and incubated for 60 minutes at 65degC Next an equal volume of
oroformllsoamyl alcohol (24 1) was added vortexed gently and centrifuged for 5 minutes to
t the phases Clear supernatant was transferred into new Eppendorf tube and re-extracted
ng PhenolChlorofonnilsoamyl alcohol by 5 minutes centrifugation Clear supernatant was
ferred into new Eppendorf tube and 06 volume of isopropanol was added The mixture was
Iy mixed by vortexing it up and down until white DNA precipitate appeared Then DNA
pelleted by 30 seconds centrifugation Supernatant was removed and DNA pellet was
ith 200 fll 70 ethanol and centrifuged for 30 seconds at maximum speed 15000 rpm
8U1penllBtant was removed and DNA pellet was air dried Lastly air-dried DNA pellet was
dissol ed in 100 fll ofTE buffer and stored at -20degC for further analysis
13
Enzymatic Deinking using Thermostable and Alkaliphilic Endoglucanase of Indigenous Bacteria
Dayang Syahreeny Bt Abang Mustafa
Resource Biotechnology Department of Molecular Biology
Faculty of Resource Science and Technology Universiti Malaysia Sarawak
ABSTRACT
The best endoglucanase producer has been successfully isolated and identified from Paku Hot Springs based on halo fonnation during Congo red screening on minimal salt media containing 1 (wv) of carboxymethyIceIlulose Molecular approach targeting the conserved region of 16S rRNA bacterial strain performed was unable to further confinn initial morphological and biochemical tests results of the isolate which was identified as Klebsiella spp An optimal condition for endoglucanase secretion by Klebsiella spp was determined successful at pH 72 and 37degC after 9 hours of incubation using 5 of inoculums The crude endogucanase activity was determined using ONS method and prolein content was determined via Bradford method Native PAGE and SOS PAGE were performed to detennine crude endoglucanase enzymatic activity and molecular weight of crude endoglucanase respectively Km
VNX Kbullbull values of crude endoglucanase were 07765 mgml 06242 unitslml and 16 SmiddotI respectively Enzymatic deinking of Mi xed Ofiice Wastepaper (MOW) using 50 enzyme of total reaction volume shows enhancement in brightness but deinking ability was not determined
Key words Thermophilic CMC endoglucanase deinking mixed office wastepaper (MOW)
ABSTRAK
Satu bakleria terbaik yang menghasilkan enzim endoglukanase dari Kolam Air Panas Paku telah berjaya dipencilkan dan dikenalpasti berdasarkan pembentukan halo kelika penyaringan Congo red di alas agar Minimal Salt Media (MSM) Pendekalan molekul mensasarkan kawasan jujukan 16s rRNA yang dipulihara tidak berjaya untuk megesahkon kepulusan ujikaji biokimia sebelumnya yang lelah dikenalpasti sebagai Klebsiella spp Keadaan optimum untuk penghasilan enzim endoglukanase telah dicirikan pada pH 72 dan 31C selepas 9 jam fermenlasi dengan menggunakan 5 inokulum Aktivii enzim menlah ditentukan melalui kaedah DNS dan kandungan protein ditentukan melailli kaedah Bradford Native PAGE dan SDS PAGE dilakukan unluk menentukan aktiviti enzimatik dan berat molekul bagi endoglukanasementah Nilai Km dan VmaT bagi endoglukanase mentah adalah 07765 mgml dan 06242 unitsm manakala nilai Keal adalah 16 SmiddotI Penghilangan dakwat ke alas kerlas campuran pejabat menggunakan 50 enzim daripada jumlah keseluruhan isipadu untuk tindakbalas menunjukkan peningkalan dari segi kecerahan manakalan kebolehan menghilangkan dakwat tidak ditentukan
Kata kunci Termofilik CMC endoglukanase penghilangan dakwat kertas eampuran pejabat
ix
CHAPTER 1
INTRODUCTION
High grade recycled paper consists mainly of magazine waste (OMG) mixed office waste
(MOW) and old newspaper (ONP) (Soni el aI 2008) Recycling of paper requires deinking
stage which is the removal of the printing ink from used paper to obtain brighter pulp
(Mohandass amp Raghukumar 2005) Two types of printing methods are usually carried out
impact and non-impact ink Impact ink is easier to be removed or dispersed during deinking as it
does not fuse into paper On the contrary photocopying inkjet and laser printing used nonshy
impact ink which results in fused ink into the paper making it non-dispersible which render
deinking process (Mohandass amp Raghukumar 2005) Mix office waste (MOW) is favored to
produce newsprint and as well as high grade paper because it has longer and brighter fibers when
compared to old newspaper (ONP) Thennoplastic copolymer inks that present in MOW (Soni
el aI 2008) caused conventional chemical deinking process expensive as it barely remove by
dewatering di persian additional floatation and washing process (Vyas amp Lachke 2003) On
the other hand conventional deinking requires large amount of chemicals such as sodium
hydroxide hydrogen peroxide chelating agents sodium silicates and other collector chemicals
which are easi ly available and cheap which have high potential for environmental damage (Soni
el al 2008) Enzymatic deinking is proposed as alternative method of various harsh chemicals
used during disintegration which favors ink detachment from fibers without discharge of
pollutants thus contributing to environmental compatibility (Soni el al 2008)
1
Cellulose is embedded in a network of hemicelluloses and lignin requiring an alkaline
pretreatment to become accessible to enzyme action Most celluloses alkaline pretreatment is
perfonned at high temperatures hyperthermophilic cellulases should be the best candidate
catalysts for cellulose degradation (Vieille amp Zeikus 2001) Therefore alkaline and thermostable
enzyme should replace the conventional process which takes places in high pH and high
temperature Indigenous thermophilic microorganisms can be obtained from local hot springs
around Malaysia They can survive harsh environment (Schiraldi amp Rosa 2002) such as high
temperature of hot spring area Thus there is high potential that thermophilic bacterial strain
producing thermostable endoglucanase enzymes is present and can be characterized In this
research a thermophilic endoglucanase with medium enzymatic activity was successfully
isolated from Paku Hot Springs Lundu Sarawak
The objectives of this research were to isolate indigenous thermostable and alkaliphile
bacteria with cellulolytic capability and investigate biodeinking of mixed office paper potential
by using the endoglucanase produced by the bacteria isolates which consequently can lead to
mass production for the application in paper recycling industry or other industries In order to
achieve this aim the specific objectives of this project are as follows
I To isolate and identify thermophilic bacterial strains that produces extracellular
endoglunacase to be used in enzymatic deinking on mixed office paper
II To characterize endoglucanase enzyme from the isolates this suits the optimal
temperature and pH of the deinking process
IJ To perfOlm trial enzymatic deinking using endoglucanase of indigenous bacteria isolates
2
CHAPTER 2
LITERATURE REVIEW
21 Endoglucanase
Endoglucanases often classified as endo-acting cellulases which cleave P-1 A-glycosidic bonds
internally only and appear to have cleft-shaped open active sites (Maki el aI 2009) However
there is suggestion that some cellulases display both modes of action endo- and exo- which
changed the classification cellobiohydrolases (exoglucanases) are active on the crystalline
regions of cellulose whereas endoglucanases are active on soluble amorphous region of the
cellulose crystal (Maki et al 2009) On the other hand Turner et al (2007) suggested that
endoglucanases ([Ee 3214] are classified under 12 different glycosyl hydrolase families with
both inverting and retaining reaction mechanisms and with different folds which catalyse
random cleavage of internal bonds in the cellulose chain while cellobiohydrolases
(exoglucanases) (EC 321 91 G H 5 7 [retaining] and 6 9 [inverting]) attack the chain ends
releasing cellobiose Glucosidases (EC 32121 GH 1 3 [retaining] and 9 [inverting]) are only
active on cello-oligosaccharides and cellobiose releasing glucose
A high degree of synergy between exoglucanases and endoglucanases required for the
efficient hydrolysis of cellulose crystals (Ogel 2001) Endoglucanase can be either cell-bound or
extracellular and only a few endoglucanase producers produces significant quantities of free
enzyme that abl to completely hydrolyze crystalline cellulose even though large number of
microbes were reported capable to degrade cellulose (Koomnok 2005) Bacterial cellulase
system lack FPase activity (Ariffin el aI 2008) and the main activity is p-glucanase (endo-1 A-Pshy
glucanase EC 3214) which randomly hydrolyses internal l4-p-bonds in cellulose and does not
cl e crystalline cellulose (Liu el ai 2008) Besides bacterial cellulases are often more
3
effective catalyst and may also be less inhibited by feedback inhibition which is the presence of
material that has already been hydrolyzed (Ariffin et al 2008) Different effects on fibers
properties are obtained too when cellulases with different cellobiohydrolases and endoglucanases
activities were used Individual endoglucanase treatment is considered necessary for
modification of the pulp fiber as it does not result in the decrease of average fiber length or
coarseness Endoglucanase and cellobiohydrolase synergetic effect could lead to cross breakage
which causes decreasing in paper strength In addition Vyas and Lachke (2003) found that pure
endoglucanase were responsible in most of success deinking after treating laser-printed waste
paper individually and combination of purified endoglucanase from Gloeophyllum sepiarium and
Gloeophyllum trabeum
22 Extremophiles
Extremophiles are microbes that can live and reproduce in extreme environments (Schiraldi amp
Rosa 2002) High and low temperatures defined as thennophiles and psychrophiles
respectively high and low pH values defined as alkaliphiles and acidophiles respectively high
salt concentrations defined as halophiles and high pressure defined as barophiles are the
common four parameters used to classify extremophiles There has been a great deal of interest
in the biotechnological potential of their extremozymes
Thennophilics cellulases brought advantages In industrial applications as higher
processing temperature can be employed for offering accelerated reaction rates Increase
solubility and reduced contamination (Ng et al 2009) Thennostable ability also gives a longer
h If-life to the enzyme (Ibrahim amp El-diwany 2007) Thennophilic can be classified into
m philes (50-60degC) extreme thennophiles (60-80degC) and hyperthennophiles (80- [ lOOC)
4
PoSit Khidmat MlkJum t Akademfk UNlVERSm MALAYSIA SAMWAK
Thermophilic microorganisms are widely distributed among genera Bacillus Clostridium
Thermoanaerobacter Thennus Thennotoga and Aquifex (Ng et al 2009) while
hyperthermophilic species are dominated by the Archaea (Turner et aI 2007)
Themostability is inherented by their cell components such as membranes and enzymes
Principal among tlUs are the ether linked lipids from archaeal cell membranes (Hoist et aI
1997) Adaptation is apparently genetically encoded and as revealed by biophysical and
structural studies it includes sequence modification addition of salt bridges increased
hydrophobic interactions additional ion pairing and hydrogen bonding improved core packing
and shortening of loops (Eichler 2001) This confers higher thennal stability rigidity and
resistance to chemical denaturation (Eichler 2001)
Meanwhile alkaliphiles are the organisms that have optimal growth around pH 10
Alkaliphiles diver ely occur from aerobic and anaerobic archaea and prokaryotes as well as
eukaryotic fungi (Jones et aI 1994) widening their industrial application According to
Krulwich (2006) facultative alkaliphile is applied to species and strains that able to grow at both
pH 65 - 75 and above 95 whereas that grow only at pH 95 is termed as obligate a lka~iphiles
Soda lakes desert soils and alkaline springs are alkaline environments where pH can be
consistently about pH 10 (Magan 2007) Jones et al (1998) reviewed that alkaline hot springs is
interesting alkaliphiles source but are ihsufficiently buffered to support extraordinary high pH
value which contra)t to naturally occurring soda lakes which are widely distributed and stable
alkaline environments (Krulwich 2006) The possession of flagella modifications of cell walls
and membranes and biochemical activity including respiration and oxidative phosphorylation
enable the adaptation and growth of alkaliphiles in alkaline environment (Magan 2007)
5
23 Conventional Deinking
reviewed by Pelach e al (2003) a conventional deinking process starts with disintegration
of recycled paper and followed by the addition of chemicals in a strong alkaline medium in order
to promote de-fibering and ink particle detachment Finally mild alkaline of washing or flotation
technologies allow ink removal from the suspension
Sodium hydroxide hydrogen peroxide chelating agents and sodium silicates are among the
chemicals used during conventional deinking Sodium hydroxide adjusts the pulp pH as
alkalinity resulted in soften ing the paper fibers by saponification or hydrolysis while hydrogen
peroxide acts as bleaching agent in the fiber treatment process and counterbalance darkening due
to alkalinity above pH 102 Unfortunately hydrogen peroxide is very sensitive to pUlping
environment due to existence of heavy metals ions found in inks These require other chemicals
to stabilize the environment in which hydrogen peroxide works chelating agent and sodium
silicate
Sodium silicate is favored as it is less harmful than chelating agent such as
ethylenediaminetetracetic acid (EDTA) However former problems of stability coating of fibers
and harshness of paper due to silicates formation lead to the use of latter which can cause heavyshy
metal poisoning in rivers streams and severely affect aquatic life when disposed off Various
chemical usages of conventional deinking impose environmental problem and health risks and to
overcome this highly cost waste water treatment needed to be applied (Lee et al 2006)
6
24 Enzymatic Deinking
Deinking is a removal ink process According to Biermann (1993) deinkinkin can be
divided into 4 steps repulping with the associated ink removal from the fiber cleaning to
remove the ink from the stock separation of residual ink contaminants from the fiber stock and
bleaching Enzymatic deinking is the alternative for chemical deinking which exploit
microorganisms enzyme for deinking process and it was suggested that the enzyme hydrolyzed
the fiber-ink regions directly which splitting the cellulose fiber and ink particles apart According
to Soni el al (2008) microbial enzyme such as cellulase xylanase esterases and lipase play
important role in biological deinking Enzymes rarely require toxic metal ions for functionality
which can be advantageous as industrial catalysts hence creating the possibility to use more
environmentally friendly processing (Turner et al 2007) Removal of small fibers from the
surface of ink particles is resulted by the action of cellulase binding and altering the fiber
surface This alters the relative hydrophobicity of the toner particles and reduces hydrodynamic
drag that facilitates toners removal during floatation step (Soni et al 2008)
It was found that laccase treatment reduced the kappa number and increases the
brightness of waste photocopy paper but treatments with laccase alone or as the mediator is
unsuitable for deinking of aged prints or for bleaching of deinked pulp unprinted recycling
paper and groundwood (Widsten amp Kandelbauer 2008) Zhang et al (2008) reported that three
commercial ceJlulases enzymes were able to detach a significant amount of ink from the old
recycled newsprint or magazine but cellulase deinking was less efficient than alkaline deinking
chemistry CeJlulases tested were unable to deink aged ONPOMG and a poor deinkability was
also observed by using either sulphite or alkaline chemistry However combining enzymes with
suI te chemistry significa ntly enhanced sulphite deinking and provided a potential strategy to
achieve effective deinking of aged newsprint at neutral pH In 2009 a combination of cellulase
hemicellulase and laccase-violuric acid system was developed and higher brightness higher
tearing index better physical properties of deinked pulp was produced However enzymatic
deinking has not clearly defined but most researchers agree that a combination of mechanical
action and synergistic deinking effect of surfactant is vital for process viability (Sykes et al
1996) In addition they have been proven to be cost effective and more efficient than
con entional deinking Thus alternate option for replacing some of the deinking chemicals by
enzymatic deinking is sui table and being considered (Soni et al 2008)
8
CHAPTER 3
MATERIALS AND METHODS
1 Screening and Isolation of Endoglucanase Producing Bacteria
11 Sampling
Samples ofwater and ediments were collected from Matangs drains and Paku Hot Springs The
pH was checked using pH paper and the samples were brought back to the laboratory for further
analysis
312 Culturing of the Sample
The samples pH was checked and pH adjustment to pH75 was done using 1 M NaOH The
amount of water sediments and shredded Mixed Office Wastepaper (MOW) were 150 mL 50
mL and 10 gram respectively The samples were cultured in 250 mL flask for 1-2 weeks at
55degC at 120 rpm
313 Screening and Isolation
The cultures were filtered using filter paper under sterile condition and each filtrate were
subjected to standard serial dilution prior plated onto Luria Broth (LB) agar containing 1 (wv)
carboxymethylcellulose (CMC) and incubated at 55degC for an overnight Each colony identified
was streaked two times to obtain single colony Endoglucanase producers were identified by
Congo red test using (MSM) + 1 CMC agar plates which grown 3 days for endoglucanase
secretion The plates was flooded with 02 Congo red solution and left for 1 hour Congo red
lution was poured off and washed with 10 M NaCl for 15 minutes Yellow halos indicated
co ies that hydrolyzed CMC where Congo red was absent
9
Then
Biochemical and Molecular Identification of Isolates
Biochemical Test
11 Gram Staining
drop of distilled water was placed on microscope slide and a suspension of test culture was
placed onto the distilled water The slide was dry fixed by passing the slide repeatedly on flame
lide was allowed to cool The slide was flooded with crystal violet for 60 seconds and
ashed with distilled water Iodine was applied for 60 seconds and washed with distilled water
1 the slide was rinsed with 70 ethanol until there was no purple wash out Safranin was
flooded onto the slide for 60 seconds and rinse with distilled water The slide was allowed to dry
and viewed under microscope using oil immersion at 100x magnification A Gram-negative
bacterium was identified in pink colour and Gram-positive organisms remained purple colour
3212 Citrate Test
colony of Isolate 8 was streaked onto Simmon Citrates medium and incubated at 37degC for 48
hours The growth was accompanied by pH change of the medium which was indicated by the
medium color initial green colour to deep blue indicating positive result
10
fate-Indole-Motility (SIM) Test
culture of Isolate 8 was stabbed into SIM media that prepared in screw-capped test tube
culture was incubated for 24 hours at 37degC Motility was indicated by diffuse turbidity of
ulture surrounding the puncture line while immotility took place only along puncture line
Hydrogen sulfide (H2S) formation was shown by blackening of mjcrobial growth areas Indole
was performed by covering a layer of KOYACS Indole Reagent Indole production caused
reagent layer becoming purple-pink in colour
214 Triple Sugar Ion (TSI) Test
Pure culture of Isolate 8 was streaked on the surface and stabbed into TSI media The culture was
incubated up to 48 hours at 37degC Degradation of sugar accompanied by acid production are
detect by the pH indicator phenol red which changed from red-orange to yellow while
alkalinization shown by deep red Thiosulfate was reduced to hydrogen sulfide with an iron salt
to give black iron sulfide
Table 1 Resul ts of different combination colours of TSI Test indicating di fferent characteristics
Butt Colour Slant Colour Results Yellow Red Glucose fermented Yellow Yellow Glucose fermented also lactose and or sucrose Red Red No action on glucose lactose and sucrose Black precipitation along puncture Hydrogen sulfide production
11
~talllle t t was performed to detect the presence of catalase in the colonies of Isolate 8
erial colonies were taken on glass slides and one drop of H202 (3) was added Appearance
(gas bubbles indicated the presence of catalase (MacFaddin 1980)
116 Methyl Red Test
o tubes containing MR-VP was inoculated with pure culture of Isolate 8 and incubated for 48
hours at 3rc Then five drops of methyl red indicator was added into the first tube Positive
IeSUlt as red indicating pH below 6 and negative was yellow indicating no acid production
bull217 Voges Proskauer Test
Three milimeter of BARRITs solution and 1 ml 40 potassium hydroxide solution was added
1010 S ond tube described in Section 3216 Positive reaction was indicated by pink colour
(after frequent shaking) approximately 20 minutes beginning at the surface and become more
intense within 2 hours
rap of oxidase reagent containing 1 of tetramethyl-para-phenylenediamine dihydrochloride
as spotted on a piece of filter paper in a Petri dish Sterile wooden stick was used to rub a
colon of Isolate 8 onto the spot of spotted oxidase reagent Positive test was indicated by rapid
appearance of a purple color and negative result indicated by no colour changes
12
olecular Identification
__11ar identification was done to futher identify the bacteria up to genera level
as incubated in 5 ml Luria Bertani (LB) media an overnight prior genomic DNA
lion Approximately 15 ml of bacterial culture was transferred into Eppendorf tube and
1 maximum for 30 seconds Supernatant was removed and cell pellet was resuspended in
JLI TE buffer and mixed well by vortexing Then 30 III of 10 (wv ) SDS 5 III 20 mglml
inase K and 100 III of 5 M aCI solution was added and mixed well 80 III of CTABlNaCI
mixed into the mixture and incubated for 60 minutes at 65degC Next an equal volume of
oroformllsoamyl alcohol (24 1) was added vortexed gently and centrifuged for 5 minutes to
t the phases Clear supernatant was transferred into new Eppendorf tube and re-extracted
ng PhenolChlorofonnilsoamyl alcohol by 5 minutes centrifugation Clear supernatant was
ferred into new Eppendorf tube and 06 volume of isopropanol was added The mixture was
Iy mixed by vortexing it up and down until white DNA precipitate appeared Then DNA
pelleted by 30 seconds centrifugation Supernatant was removed and DNA pellet was
ith 200 fll 70 ethanol and centrifuged for 30 seconds at maximum speed 15000 rpm
8U1penllBtant was removed and DNA pellet was air dried Lastly air-dried DNA pellet was
dissol ed in 100 fll ofTE buffer and stored at -20degC for further analysis
13
CHAPTER 1
INTRODUCTION
High grade recycled paper consists mainly of magazine waste (OMG) mixed office waste
(MOW) and old newspaper (ONP) (Soni el aI 2008) Recycling of paper requires deinking
stage which is the removal of the printing ink from used paper to obtain brighter pulp
(Mohandass amp Raghukumar 2005) Two types of printing methods are usually carried out
impact and non-impact ink Impact ink is easier to be removed or dispersed during deinking as it
does not fuse into paper On the contrary photocopying inkjet and laser printing used nonshy
impact ink which results in fused ink into the paper making it non-dispersible which render
deinking process (Mohandass amp Raghukumar 2005) Mix office waste (MOW) is favored to
produce newsprint and as well as high grade paper because it has longer and brighter fibers when
compared to old newspaper (ONP) Thennoplastic copolymer inks that present in MOW (Soni
el aI 2008) caused conventional chemical deinking process expensive as it barely remove by
dewatering di persian additional floatation and washing process (Vyas amp Lachke 2003) On
the other hand conventional deinking requires large amount of chemicals such as sodium
hydroxide hydrogen peroxide chelating agents sodium silicates and other collector chemicals
which are easi ly available and cheap which have high potential for environmental damage (Soni
el al 2008) Enzymatic deinking is proposed as alternative method of various harsh chemicals
used during disintegration which favors ink detachment from fibers without discharge of
pollutants thus contributing to environmental compatibility (Soni el al 2008)
1
Cellulose is embedded in a network of hemicelluloses and lignin requiring an alkaline
pretreatment to become accessible to enzyme action Most celluloses alkaline pretreatment is
perfonned at high temperatures hyperthermophilic cellulases should be the best candidate
catalysts for cellulose degradation (Vieille amp Zeikus 2001) Therefore alkaline and thermostable
enzyme should replace the conventional process which takes places in high pH and high
temperature Indigenous thermophilic microorganisms can be obtained from local hot springs
around Malaysia They can survive harsh environment (Schiraldi amp Rosa 2002) such as high
temperature of hot spring area Thus there is high potential that thermophilic bacterial strain
producing thermostable endoglucanase enzymes is present and can be characterized In this
research a thermophilic endoglucanase with medium enzymatic activity was successfully
isolated from Paku Hot Springs Lundu Sarawak
The objectives of this research were to isolate indigenous thermostable and alkaliphile
bacteria with cellulolytic capability and investigate biodeinking of mixed office paper potential
by using the endoglucanase produced by the bacteria isolates which consequently can lead to
mass production for the application in paper recycling industry or other industries In order to
achieve this aim the specific objectives of this project are as follows
I To isolate and identify thermophilic bacterial strains that produces extracellular
endoglunacase to be used in enzymatic deinking on mixed office paper
II To characterize endoglucanase enzyme from the isolates this suits the optimal
temperature and pH of the deinking process
IJ To perfOlm trial enzymatic deinking using endoglucanase of indigenous bacteria isolates
2
CHAPTER 2
LITERATURE REVIEW
21 Endoglucanase
Endoglucanases often classified as endo-acting cellulases which cleave P-1 A-glycosidic bonds
internally only and appear to have cleft-shaped open active sites (Maki el aI 2009) However
there is suggestion that some cellulases display both modes of action endo- and exo- which
changed the classification cellobiohydrolases (exoglucanases) are active on the crystalline
regions of cellulose whereas endoglucanases are active on soluble amorphous region of the
cellulose crystal (Maki et al 2009) On the other hand Turner et al (2007) suggested that
endoglucanases ([Ee 3214] are classified under 12 different glycosyl hydrolase families with
both inverting and retaining reaction mechanisms and with different folds which catalyse
random cleavage of internal bonds in the cellulose chain while cellobiohydrolases
(exoglucanases) (EC 321 91 G H 5 7 [retaining] and 6 9 [inverting]) attack the chain ends
releasing cellobiose Glucosidases (EC 32121 GH 1 3 [retaining] and 9 [inverting]) are only
active on cello-oligosaccharides and cellobiose releasing glucose
A high degree of synergy between exoglucanases and endoglucanases required for the
efficient hydrolysis of cellulose crystals (Ogel 2001) Endoglucanase can be either cell-bound or
extracellular and only a few endoglucanase producers produces significant quantities of free
enzyme that abl to completely hydrolyze crystalline cellulose even though large number of
microbes were reported capable to degrade cellulose (Koomnok 2005) Bacterial cellulase
system lack FPase activity (Ariffin el aI 2008) and the main activity is p-glucanase (endo-1 A-Pshy
glucanase EC 3214) which randomly hydrolyses internal l4-p-bonds in cellulose and does not
cl e crystalline cellulose (Liu el ai 2008) Besides bacterial cellulases are often more
3
effective catalyst and may also be less inhibited by feedback inhibition which is the presence of
material that has already been hydrolyzed (Ariffin et al 2008) Different effects on fibers
properties are obtained too when cellulases with different cellobiohydrolases and endoglucanases
activities were used Individual endoglucanase treatment is considered necessary for
modification of the pulp fiber as it does not result in the decrease of average fiber length or
coarseness Endoglucanase and cellobiohydrolase synergetic effect could lead to cross breakage
which causes decreasing in paper strength In addition Vyas and Lachke (2003) found that pure
endoglucanase were responsible in most of success deinking after treating laser-printed waste
paper individually and combination of purified endoglucanase from Gloeophyllum sepiarium and
Gloeophyllum trabeum
22 Extremophiles
Extremophiles are microbes that can live and reproduce in extreme environments (Schiraldi amp
Rosa 2002) High and low temperatures defined as thennophiles and psychrophiles
respectively high and low pH values defined as alkaliphiles and acidophiles respectively high
salt concentrations defined as halophiles and high pressure defined as barophiles are the
common four parameters used to classify extremophiles There has been a great deal of interest
in the biotechnological potential of their extremozymes
Thennophilics cellulases brought advantages In industrial applications as higher
processing temperature can be employed for offering accelerated reaction rates Increase
solubility and reduced contamination (Ng et al 2009) Thennostable ability also gives a longer
h If-life to the enzyme (Ibrahim amp El-diwany 2007) Thennophilic can be classified into
m philes (50-60degC) extreme thennophiles (60-80degC) and hyperthennophiles (80- [ lOOC)
4
PoSit Khidmat MlkJum t Akademfk UNlVERSm MALAYSIA SAMWAK
Thermophilic microorganisms are widely distributed among genera Bacillus Clostridium
Thermoanaerobacter Thennus Thennotoga and Aquifex (Ng et al 2009) while
hyperthermophilic species are dominated by the Archaea (Turner et aI 2007)
Themostability is inherented by their cell components such as membranes and enzymes
Principal among tlUs are the ether linked lipids from archaeal cell membranes (Hoist et aI
1997) Adaptation is apparently genetically encoded and as revealed by biophysical and
structural studies it includes sequence modification addition of salt bridges increased
hydrophobic interactions additional ion pairing and hydrogen bonding improved core packing
and shortening of loops (Eichler 2001) This confers higher thennal stability rigidity and
resistance to chemical denaturation (Eichler 2001)
Meanwhile alkaliphiles are the organisms that have optimal growth around pH 10
Alkaliphiles diver ely occur from aerobic and anaerobic archaea and prokaryotes as well as
eukaryotic fungi (Jones et aI 1994) widening their industrial application According to
Krulwich (2006) facultative alkaliphile is applied to species and strains that able to grow at both
pH 65 - 75 and above 95 whereas that grow only at pH 95 is termed as obligate a lka~iphiles
Soda lakes desert soils and alkaline springs are alkaline environments where pH can be
consistently about pH 10 (Magan 2007) Jones et al (1998) reviewed that alkaline hot springs is
interesting alkaliphiles source but are ihsufficiently buffered to support extraordinary high pH
value which contra)t to naturally occurring soda lakes which are widely distributed and stable
alkaline environments (Krulwich 2006) The possession of flagella modifications of cell walls
and membranes and biochemical activity including respiration and oxidative phosphorylation
enable the adaptation and growth of alkaliphiles in alkaline environment (Magan 2007)
5
23 Conventional Deinking
reviewed by Pelach e al (2003) a conventional deinking process starts with disintegration
of recycled paper and followed by the addition of chemicals in a strong alkaline medium in order
to promote de-fibering and ink particle detachment Finally mild alkaline of washing or flotation
technologies allow ink removal from the suspension
Sodium hydroxide hydrogen peroxide chelating agents and sodium silicates are among the
chemicals used during conventional deinking Sodium hydroxide adjusts the pulp pH as
alkalinity resulted in soften ing the paper fibers by saponification or hydrolysis while hydrogen
peroxide acts as bleaching agent in the fiber treatment process and counterbalance darkening due
to alkalinity above pH 102 Unfortunately hydrogen peroxide is very sensitive to pUlping
environment due to existence of heavy metals ions found in inks These require other chemicals
to stabilize the environment in which hydrogen peroxide works chelating agent and sodium
silicate
Sodium silicate is favored as it is less harmful than chelating agent such as
ethylenediaminetetracetic acid (EDTA) However former problems of stability coating of fibers
and harshness of paper due to silicates formation lead to the use of latter which can cause heavyshy
metal poisoning in rivers streams and severely affect aquatic life when disposed off Various
chemical usages of conventional deinking impose environmental problem and health risks and to
overcome this highly cost waste water treatment needed to be applied (Lee et al 2006)
6
24 Enzymatic Deinking
Deinking is a removal ink process According to Biermann (1993) deinkinkin can be
divided into 4 steps repulping with the associated ink removal from the fiber cleaning to
remove the ink from the stock separation of residual ink contaminants from the fiber stock and
bleaching Enzymatic deinking is the alternative for chemical deinking which exploit
microorganisms enzyme for deinking process and it was suggested that the enzyme hydrolyzed
the fiber-ink regions directly which splitting the cellulose fiber and ink particles apart According
to Soni el al (2008) microbial enzyme such as cellulase xylanase esterases and lipase play
important role in biological deinking Enzymes rarely require toxic metal ions for functionality
which can be advantageous as industrial catalysts hence creating the possibility to use more
environmentally friendly processing (Turner et al 2007) Removal of small fibers from the
surface of ink particles is resulted by the action of cellulase binding and altering the fiber
surface This alters the relative hydrophobicity of the toner particles and reduces hydrodynamic
drag that facilitates toners removal during floatation step (Soni et al 2008)
It was found that laccase treatment reduced the kappa number and increases the
brightness of waste photocopy paper but treatments with laccase alone or as the mediator is
unsuitable for deinking of aged prints or for bleaching of deinked pulp unprinted recycling
paper and groundwood (Widsten amp Kandelbauer 2008) Zhang et al (2008) reported that three
commercial ceJlulases enzymes were able to detach a significant amount of ink from the old
recycled newsprint or magazine but cellulase deinking was less efficient than alkaline deinking
chemistry CeJlulases tested were unable to deink aged ONPOMG and a poor deinkability was
also observed by using either sulphite or alkaline chemistry However combining enzymes with
suI te chemistry significa ntly enhanced sulphite deinking and provided a potential strategy to
achieve effective deinking of aged newsprint at neutral pH In 2009 a combination of cellulase
hemicellulase and laccase-violuric acid system was developed and higher brightness higher
tearing index better physical properties of deinked pulp was produced However enzymatic
deinking has not clearly defined but most researchers agree that a combination of mechanical
action and synergistic deinking effect of surfactant is vital for process viability (Sykes et al
1996) In addition they have been proven to be cost effective and more efficient than
con entional deinking Thus alternate option for replacing some of the deinking chemicals by
enzymatic deinking is sui table and being considered (Soni et al 2008)
8
CHAPTER 3
MATERIALS AND METHODS
1 Screening and Isolation of Endoglucanase Producing Bacteria
11 Sampling
Samples ofwater and ediments were collected from Matangs drains and Paku Hot Springs The
pH was checked using pH paper and the samples were brought back to the laboratory for further
analysis
312 Culturing of the Sample
The samples pH was checked and pH adjustment to pH75 was done using 1 M NaOH The
amount of water sediments and shredded Mixed Office Wastepaper (MOW) were 150 mL 50
mL and 10 gram respectively The samples were cultured in 250 mL flask for 1-2 weeks at
55degC at 120 rpm
313 Screening and Isolation
The cultures were filtered using filter paper under sterile condition and each filtrate were
subjected to standard serial dilution prior plated onto Luria Broth (LB) agar containing 1 (wv)
carboxymethylcellulose (CMC) and incubated at 55degC for an overnight Each colony identified
was streaked two times to obtain single colony Endoglucanase producers were identified by
Congo red test using (MSM) + 1 CMC agar plates which grown 3 days for endoglucanase
secretion The plates was flooded with 02 Congo red solution and left for 1 hour Congo red
lution was poured off and washed with 10 M NaCl for 15 minutes Yellow halos indicated
co ies that hydrolyzed CMC where Congo red was absent
9
Then
Biochemical and Molecular Identification of Isolates
Biochemical Test
11 Gram Staining
drop of distilled water was placed on microscope slide and a suspension of test culture was
placed onto the distilled water The slide was dry fixed by passing the slide repeatedly on flame
lide was allowed to cool The slide was flooded with crystal violet for 60 seconds and
ashed with distilled water Iodine was applied for 60 seconds and washed with distilled water
1 the slide was rinsed with 70 ethanol until there was no purple wash out Safranin was
flooded onto the slide for 60 seconds and rinse with distilled water The slide was allowed to dry
and viewed under microscope using oil immersion at 100x magnification A Gram-negative
bacterium was identified in pink colour and Gram-positive organisms remained purple colour
3212 Citrate Test
colony of Isolate 8 was streaked onto Simmon Citrates medium and incubated at 37degC for 48
hours The growth was accompanied by pH change of the medium which was indicated by the
medium color initial green colour to deep blue indicating positive result
10
fate-Indole-Motility (SIM) Test
culture of Isolate 8 was stabbed into SIM media that prepared in screw-capped test tube
culture was incubated for 24 hours at 37degC Motility was indicated by diffuse turbidity of
ulture surrounding the puncture line while immotility took place only along puncture line
Hydrogen sulfide (H2S) formation was shown by blackening of mjcrobial growth areas Indole
was performed by covering a layer of KOYACS Indole Reagent Indole production caused
reagent layer becoming purple-pink in colour
214 Triple Sugar Ion (TSI) Test
Pure culture of Isolate 8 was streaked on the surface and stabbed into TSI media The culture was
incubated up to 48 hours at 37degC Degradation of sugar accompanied by acid production are
detect by the pH indicator phenol red which changed from red-orange to yellow while
alkalinization shown by deep red Thiosulfate was reduced to hydrogen sulfide with an iron salt
to give black iron sulfide
Table 1 Resul ts of different combination colours of TSI Test indicating di fferent characteristics
Butt Colour Slant Colour Results Yellow Red Glucose fermented Yellow Yellow Glucose fermented also lactose and or sucrose Red Red No action on glucose lactose and sucrose Black precipitation along puncture Hydrogen sulfide production
11
~talllle t t was performed to detect the presence of catalase in the colonies of Isolate 8
erial colonies were taken on glass slides and one drop of H202 (3) was added Appearance
(gas bubbles indicated the presence of catalase (MacFaddin 1980)
116 Methyl Red Test
o tubes containing MR-VP was inoculated with pure culture of Isolate 8 and incubated for 48
hours at 3rc Then five drops of methyl red indicator was added into the first tube Positive
IeSUlt as red indicating pH below 6 and negative was yellow indicating no acid production
bull217 Voges Proskauer Test
Three milimeter of BARRITs solution and 1 ml 40 potassium hydroxide solution was added
1010 S ond tube described in Section 3216 Positive reaction was indicated by pink colour
(after frequent shaking) approximately 20 minutes beginning at the surface and become more
intense within 2 hours
rap of oxidase reagent containing 1 of tetramethyl-para-phenylenediamine dihydrochloride
as spotted on a piece of filter paper in a Petri dish Sterile wooden stick was used to rub a
colon of Isolate 8 onto the spot of spotted oxidase reagent Positive test was indicated by rapid
appearance of a purple color and negative result indicated by no colour changes
12
olecular Identification
__11ar identification was done to futher identify the bacteria up to genera level
as incubated in 5 ml Luria Bertani (LB) media an overnight prior genomic DNA
lion Approximately 15 ml of bacterial culture was transferred into Eppendorf tube and
1 maximum for 30 seconds Supernatant was removed and cell pellet was resuspended in
JLI TE buffer and mixed well by vortexing Then 30 III of 10 (wv ) SDS 5 III 20 mglml
inase K and 100 III of 5 M aCI solution was added and mixed well 80 III of CTABlNaCI
mixed into the mixture and incubated for 60 minutes at 65degC Next an equal volume of
oroformllsoamyl alcohol (24 1) was added vortexed gently and centrifuged for 5 minutes to
t the phases Clear supernatant was transferred into new Eppendorf tube and re-extracted
ng PhenolChlorofonnilsoamyl alcohol by 5 minutes centrifugation Clear supernatant was
ferred into new Eppendorf tube and 06 volume of isopropanol was added The mixture was
Iy mixed by vortexing it up and down until white DNA precipitate appeared Then DNA
pelleted by 30 seconds centrifugation Supernatant was removed and DNA pellet was
ith 200 fll 70 ethanol and centrifuged for 30 seconds at maximum speed 15000 rpm
8U1penllBtant was removed and DNA pellet was air dried Lastly air-dried DNA pellet was
dissol ed in 100 fll ofTE buffer and stored at -20degC for further analysis
13
Cellulose is embedded in a network of hemicelluloses and lignin requiring an alkaline
pretreatment to become accessible to enzyme action Most celluloses alkaline pretreatment is
perfonned at high temperatures hyperthermophilic cellulases should be the best candidate
catalysts for cellulose degradation (Vieille amp Zeikus 2001) Therefore alkaline and thermostable
enzyme should replace the conventional process which takes places in high pH and high
temperature Indigenous thermophilic microorganisms can be obtained from local hot springs
around Malaysia They can survive harsh environment (Schiraldi amp Rosa 2002) such as high
temperature of hot spring area Thus there is high potential that thermophilic bacterial strain
producing thermostable endoglucanase enzymes is present and can be characterized In this
research a thermophilic endoglucanase with medium enzymatic activity was successfully
isolated from Paku Hot Springs Lundu Sarawak
The objectives of this research were to isolate indigenous thermostable and alkaliphile
bacteria with cellulolytic capability and investigate biodeinking of mixed office paper potential
by using the endoglucanase produced by the bacteria isolates which consequently can lead to
mass production for the application in paper recycling industry or other industries In order to
achieve this aim the specific objectives of this project are as follows
I To isolate and identify thermophilic bacterial strains that produces extracellular
endoglunacase to be used in enzymatic deinking on mixed office paper
II To characterize endoglucanase enzyme from the isolates this suits the optimal
temperature and pH of the deinking process
IJ To perfOlm trial enzymatic deinking using endoglucanase of indigenous bacteria isolates
2
CHAPTER 2
LITERATURE REVIEW
21 Endoglucanase
Endoglucanases often classified as endo-acting cellulases which cleave P-1 A-glycosidic bonds
internally only and appear to have cleft-shaped open active sites (Maki el aI 2009) However
there is suggestion that some cellulases display both modes of action endo- and exo- which
changed the classification cellobiohydrolases (exoglucanases) are active on the crystalline
regions of cellulose whereas endoglucanases are active on soluble amorphous region of the
cellulose crystal (Maki et al 2009) On the other hand Turner et al (2007) suggested that
endoglucanases ([Ee 3214] are classified under 12 different glycosyl hydrolase families with
both inverting and retaining reaction mechanisms and with different folds which catalyse
random cleavage of internal bonds in the cellulose chain while cellobiohydrolases
(exoglucanases) (EC 321 91 G H 5 7 [retaining] and 6 9 [inverting]) attack the chain ends
releasing cellobiose Glucosidases (EC 32121 GH 1 3 [retaining] and 9 [inverting]) are only
active on cello-oligosaccharides and cellobiose releasing glucose
A high degree of synergy between exoglucanases and endoglucanases required for the
efficient hydrolysis of cellulose crystals (Ogel 2001) Endoglucanase can be either cell-bound or
extracellular and only a few endoglucanase producers produces significant quantities of free
enzyme that abl to completely hydrolyze crystalline cellulose even though large number of
microbes were reported capable to degrade cellulose (Koomnok 2005) Bacterial cellulase
system lack FPase activity (Ariffin el aI 2008) and the main activity is p-glucanase (endo-1 A-Pshy
glucanase EC 3214) which randomly hydrolyses internal l4-p-bonds in cellulose and does not
cl e crystalline cellulose (Liu el ai 2008) Besides bacterial cellulases are often more
3
effective catalyst and may also be less inhibited by feedback inhibition which is the presence of
material that has already been hydrolyzed (Ariffin et al 2008) Different effects on fibers
properties are obtained too when cellulases with different cellobiohydrolases and endoglucanases
activities were used Individual endoglucanase treatment is considered necessary for
modification of the pulp fiber as it does not result in the decrease of average fiber length or
coarseness Endoglucanase and cellobiohydrolase synergetic effect could lead to cross breakage
which causes decreasing in paper strength In addition Vyas and Lachke (2003) found that pure
endoglucanase were responsible in most of success deinking after treating laser-printed waste
paper individually and combination of purified endoglucanase from Gloeophyllum sepiarium and
Gloeophyllum trabeum
22 Extremophiles
Extremophiles are microbes that can live and reproduce in extreme environments (Schiraldi amp
Rosa 2002) High and low temperatures defined as thennophiles and psychrophiles
respectively high and low pH values defined as alkaliphiles and acidophiles respectively high
salt concentrations defined as halophiles and high pressure defined as barophiles are the
common four parameters used to classify extremophiles There has been a great deal of interest
in the biotechnological potential of their extremozymes
Thennophilics cellulases brought advantages In industrial applications as higher
processing temperature can be employed for offering accelerated reaction rates Increase
solubility and reduced contamination (Ng et al 2009) Thennostable ability also gives a longer
h If-life to the enzyme (Ibrahim amp El-diwany 2007) Thennophilic can be classified into
m philes (50-60degC) extreme thennophiles (60-80degC) and hyperthennophiles (80- [ lOOC)
4
PoSit Khidmat MlkJum t Akademfk UNlVERSm MALAYSIA SAMWAK
Thermophilic microorganisms are widely distributed among genera Bacillus Clostridium
Thermoanaerobacter Thennus Thennotoga and Aquifex (Ng et al 2009) while
hyperthermophilic species are dominated by the Archaea (Turner et aI 2007)
Themostability is inherented by their cell components such as membranes and enzymes
Principal among tlUs are the ether linked lipids from archaeal cell membranes (Hoist et aI
1997) Adaptation is apparently genetically encoded and as revealed by biophysical and
structural studies it includes sequence modification addition of salt bridges increased
hydrophobic interactions additional ion pairing and hydrogen bonding improved core packing
and shortening of loops (Eichler 2001) This confers higher thennal stability rigidity and
resistance to chemical denaturation (Eichler 2001)
Meanwhile alkaliphiles are the organisms that have optimal growth around pH 10
Alkaliphiles diver ely occur from aerobic and anaerobic archaea and prokaryotes as well as
eukaryotic fungi (Jones et aI 1994) widening their industrial application According to
Krulwich (2006) facultative alkaliphile is applied to species and strains that able to grow at both
pH 65 - 75 and above 95 whereas that grow only at pH 95 is termed as obligate a lka~iphiles
Soda lakes desert soils and alkaline springs are alkaline environments where pH can be
consistently about pH 10 (Magan 2007) Jones et al (1998) reviewed that alkaline hot springs is
interesting alkaliphiles source but are ihsufficiently buffered to support extraordinary high pH
value which contra)t to naturally occurring soda lakes which are widely distributed and stable
alkaline environments (Krulwich 2006) The possession of flagella modifications of cell walls
and membranes and biochemical activity including respiration and oxidative phosphorylation
enable the adaptation and growth of alkaliphiles in alkaline environment (Magan 2007)
5
23 Conventional Deinking
reviewed by Pelach e al (2003) a conventional deinking process starts with disintegration
of recycled paper and followed by the addition of chemicals in a strong alkaline medium in order
to promote de-fibering and ink particle detachment Finally mild alkaline of washing or flotation
technologies allow ink removal from the suspension
Sodium hydroxide hydrogen peroxide chelating agents and sodium silicates are among the
chemicals used during conventional deinking Sodium hydroxide adjusts the pulp pH as
alkalinity resulted in soften ing the paper fibers by saponification or hydrolysis while hydrogen
peroxide acts as bleaching agent in the fiber treatment process and counterbalance darkening due
to alkalinity above pH 102 Unfortunately hydrogen peroxide is very sensitive to pUlping
environment due to existence of heavy metals ions found in inks These require other chemicals
to stabilize the environment in which hydrogen peroxide works chelating agent and sodium
silicate
Sodium silicate is favored as it is less harmful than chelating agent such as
ethylenediaminetetracetic acid (EDTA) However former problems of stability coating of fibers
and harshness of paper due to silicates formation lead to the use of latter which can cause heavyshy
metal poisoning in rivers streams and severely affect aquatic life when disposed off Various
chemical usages of conventional deinking impose environmental problem and health risks and to
overcome this highly cost waste water treatment needed to be applied (Lee et al 2006)
6
24 Enzymatic Deinking
Deinking is a removal ink process According to Biermann (1993) deinkinkin can be
divided into 4 steps repulping with the associated ink removal from the fiber cleaning to
remove the ink from the stock separation of residual ink contaminants from the fiber stock and
bleaching Enzymatic deinking is the alternative for chemical deinking which exploit
microorganisms enzyme for deinking process and it was suggested that the enzyme hydrolyzed
the fiber-ink regions directly which splitting the cellulose fiber and ink particles apart According
to Soni el al (2008) microbial enzyme such as cellulase xylanase esterases and lipase play
important role in biological deinking Enzymes rarely require toxic metal ions for functionality
which can be advantageous as industrial catalysts hence creating the possibility to use more
environmentally friendly processing (Turner et al 2007) Removal of small fibers from the
surface of ink particles is resulted by the action of cellulase binding and altering the fiber
surface This alters the relative hydrophobicity of the toner particles and reduces hydrodynamic
drag that facilitates toners removal during floatation step (Soni et al 2008)
It was found that laccase treatment reduced the kappa number and increases the
brightness of waste photocopy paper but treatments with laccase alone or as the mediator is
unsuitable for deinking of aged prints or for bleaching of deinked pulp unprinted recycling
paper and groundwood (Widsten amp Kandelbauer 2008) Zhang et al (2008) reported that three
commercial ceJlulases enzymes were able to detach a significant amount of ink from the old
recycled newsprint or magazine but cellulase deinking was less efficient than alkaline deinking
chemistry CeJlulases tested were unable to deink aged ONPOMG and a poor deinkability was
also observed by using either sulphite or alkaline chemistry However combining enzymes with
suI te chemistry significa ntly enhanced sulphite deinking and provided a potential strategy to
achieve effective deinking of aged newsprint at neutral pH In 2009 a combination of cellulase
hemicellulase and laccase-violuric acid system was developed and higher brightness higher
tearing index better physical properties of deinked pulp was produced However enzymatic
deinking has not clearly defined but most researchers agree that a combination of mechanical
action and synergistic deinking effect of surfactant is vital for process viability (Sykes et al
1996) In addition they have been proven to be cost effective and more efficient than
con entional deinking Thus alternate option for replacing some of the deinking chemicals by
enzymatic deinking is sui table and being considered (Soni et al 2008)
8
CHAPTER 3
MATERIALS AND METHODS
1 Screening and Isolation of Endoglucanase Producing Bacteria
11 Sampling
Samples ofwater and ediments were collected from Matangs drains and Paku Hot Springs The
pH was checked using pH paper and the samples were brought back to the laboratory for further
analysis
312 Culturing of the Sample
The samples pH was checked and pH adjustment to pH75 was done using 1 M NaOH The
amount of water sediments and shredded Mixed Office Wastepaper (MOW) were 150 mL 50
mL and 10 gram respectively The samples were cultured in 250 mL flask for 1-2 weeks at
55degC at 120 rpm
313 Screening and Isolation
The cultures were filtered using filter paper under sterile condition and each filtrate were
subjected to standard serial dilution prior plated onto Luria Broth (LB) agar containing 1 (wv)
carboxymethylcellulose (CMC) and incubated at 55degC for an overnight Each colony identified
was streaked two times to obtain single colony Endoglucanase producers were identified by
Congo red test using (MSM) + 1 CMC agar plates which grown 3 days for endoglucanase
secretion The plates was flooded with 02 Congo red solution and left for 1 hour Congo red
lution was poured off and washed with 10 M NaCl for 15 minutes Yellow halos indicated
co ies that hydrolyzed CMC where Congo red was absent
9
Then
Biochemical and Molecular Identification of Isolates
Biochemical Test
11 Gram Staining
drop of distilled water was placed on microscope slide and a suspension of test culture was
placed onto the distilled water The slide was dry fixed by passing the slide repeatedly on flame
lide was allowed to cool The slide was flooded with crystal violet for 60 seconds and
ashed with distilled water Iodine was applied for 60 seconds and washed with distilled water
1 the slide was rinsed with 70 ethanol until there was no purple wash out Safranin was
flooded onto the slide for 60 seconds and rinse with distilled water The slide was allowed to dry
and viewed under microscope using oil immersion at 100x magnification A Gram-negative
bacterium was identified in pink colour and Gram-positive organisms remained purple colour
3212 Citrate Test
colony of Isolate 8 was streaked onto Simmon Citrates medium and incubated at 37degC for 48
hours The growth was accompanied by pH change of the medium which was indicated by the
medium color initial green colour to deep blue indicating positive result
10
fate-Indole-Motility (SIM) Test
culture of Isolate 8 was stabbed into SIM media that prepared in screw-capped test tube
culture was incubated for 24 hours at 37degC Motility was indicated by diffuse turbidity of
ulture surrounding the puncture line while immotility took place only along puncture line
Hydrogen sulfide (H2S) formation was shown by blackening of mjcrobial growth areas Indole
was performed by covering a layer of KOYACS Indole Reagent Indole production caused
reagent layer becoming purple-pink in colour
214 Triple Sugar Ion (TSI) Test
Pure culture of Isolate 8 was streaked on the surface and stabbed into TSI media The culture was
incubated up to 48 hours at 37degC Degradation of sugar accompanied by acid production are
detect by the pH indicator phenol red which changed from red-orange to yellow while
alkalinization shown by deep red Thiosulfate was reduced to hydrogen sulfide with an iron salt
to give black iron sulfide
Table 1 Resul ts of different combination colours of TSI Test indicating di fferent characteristics
Butt Colour Slant Colour Results Yellow Red Glucose fermented Yellow Yellow Glucose fermented also lactose and or sucrose Red Red No action on glucose lactose and sucrose Black precipitation along puncture Hydrogen sulfide production
11
~talllle t t was performed to detect the presence of catalase in the colonies of Isolate 8
erial colonies were taken on glass slides and one drop of H202 (3) was added Appearance
(gas bubbles indicated the presence of catalase (MacFaddin 1980)
116 Methyl Red Test
o tubes containing MR-VP was inoculated with pure culture of Isolate 8 and incubated for 48
hours at 3rc Then five drops of methyl red indicator was added into the first tube Positive
IeSUlt as red indicating pH below 6 and negative was yellow indicating no acid production
bull217 Voges Proskauer Test
Three milimeter of BARRITs solution and 1 ml 40 potassium hydroxide solution was added
1010 S ond tube described in Section 3216 Positive reaction was indicated by pink colour
(after frequent shaking) approximately 20 minutes beginning at the surface and become more
intense within 2 hours
rap of oxidase reagent containing 1 of tetramethyl-para-phenylenediamine dihydrochloride
as spotted on a piece of filter paper in a Petri dish Sterile wooden stick was used to rub a
colon of Isolate 8 onto the spot of spotted oxidase reagent Positive test was indicated by rapid
appearance of a purple color and negative result indicated by no colour changes
12
olecular Identification
__11ar identification was done to futher identify the bacteria up to genera level
as incubated in 5 ml Luria Bertani (LB) media an overnight prior genomic DNA
lion Approximately 15 ml of bacterial culture was transferred into Eppendorf tube and
1 maximum for 30 seconds Supernatant was removed and cell pellet was resuspended in
JLI TE buffer and mixed well by vortexing Then 30 III of 10 (wv ) SDS 5 III 20 mglml
inase K and 100 III of 5 M aCI solution was added and mixed well 80 III of CTABlNaCI
mixed into the mixture and incubated for 60 minutes at 65degC Next an equal volume of
oroformllsoamyl alcohol (24 1) was added vortexed gently and centrifuged for 5 minutes to
t the phases Clear supernatant was transferred into new Eppendorf tube and re-extracted
ng PhenolChlorofonnilsoamyl alcohol by 5 minutes centrifugation Clear supernatant was
ferred into new Eppendorf tube and 06 volume of isopropanol was added The mixture was
Iy mixed by vortexing it up and down until white DNA precipitate appeared Then DNA
pelleted by 30 seconds centrifugation Supernatant was removed and DNA pellet was
ith 200 fll 70 ethanol and centrifuged for 30 seconds at maximum speed 15000 rpm
8U1penllBtant was removed and DNA pellet was air dried Lastly air-dried DNA pellet was
dissol ed in 100 fll ofTE buffer and stored at -20degC for further analysis
13
CHAPTER 2
LITERATURE REVIEW
21 Endoglucanase
Endoglucanases often classified as endo-acting cellulases which cleave P-1 A-glycosidic bonds
internally only and appear to have cleft-shaped open active sites (Maki el aI 2009) However
there is suggestion that some cellulases display both modes of action endo- and exo- which
changed the classification cellobiohydrolases (exoglucanases) are active on the crystalline
regions of cellulose whereas endoglucanases are active on soluble amorphous region of the
cellulose crystal (Maki et al 2009) On the other hand Turner et al (2007) suggested that
endoglucanases ([Ee 3214] are classified under 12 different glycosyl hydrolase families with
both inverting and retaining reaction mechanisms and with different folds which catalyse
random cleavage of internal bonds in the cellulose chain while cellobiohydrolases
(exoglucanases) (EC 321 91 G H 5 7 [retaining] and 6 9 [inverting]) attack the chain ends
releasing cellobiose Glucosidases (EC 32121 GH 1 3 [retaining] and 9 [inverting]) are only
active on cello-oligosaccharides and cellobiose releasing glucose
A high degree of synergy between exoglucanases and endoglucanases required for the
efficient hydrolysis of cellulose crystals (Ogel 2001) Endoglucanase can be either cell-bound or
extracellular and only a few endoglucanase producers produces significant quantities of free
enzyme that abl to completely hydrolyze crystalline cellulose even though large number of
microbes were reported capable to degrade cellulose (Koomnok 2005) Bacterial cellulase
system lack FPase activity (Ariffin el aI 2008) and the main activity is p-glucanase (endo-1 A-Pshy
glucanase EC 3214) which randomly hydrolyses internal l4-p-bonds in cellulose and does not
cl e crystalline cellulose (Liu el ai 2008) Besides bacterial cellulases are often more
3
effective catalyst and may also be less inhibited by feedback inhibition which is the presence of
material that has already been hydrolyzed (Ariffin et al 2008) Different effects on fibers
properties are obtained too when cellulases with different cellobiohydrolases and endoglucanases
activities were used Individual endoglucanase treatment is considered necessary for
modification of the pulp fiber as it does not result in the decrease of average fiber length or
coarseness Endoglucanase and cellobiohydrolase synergetic effect could lead to cross breakage
which causes decreasing in paper strength In addition Vyas and Lachke (2003) found that pure
endoglucanase were responsible in most of success deinking after treating laser-printed waste
paper individually and combination of purified endoglucanase from Gloeophyllum sepiarium and
Gloeophyllum trabeum
22 Extremophiles
Extremophiles are microbes that can live and reproduce in extreme environments (Schiraldi amp
Rosa 2002) High and low temperatures defined as thennophiles and psychrophiles
respectively high and low pH values defined as alkaliphiles and acidophiles respectively high
salt concentrations defined as halophiles and high pressure defined as barophiles are the
common four parameters used to classify extremophiles There has been a great deal of interest
in the biotechnological potential of their extremozymes
Thennophilics cellulases brought advantages In industrial applications as higher
processing temperature can be employed for offering accelerated reaction rates Increase
solubility and reduced contamination (Ng et al 2009) Thennostable ability also gives a longer
h If-life to the enzyme (Ibrahim amp El-diwany 2007) Thennophilic can be classified into
m philes (50-60degC) extreme thennophiles (60-80degC) and hyperthennophiles (80- [ lOOC)
4
PoSit Khidmat MlkJum t Akademfk UNlVERSm MALAYSIA SAMWAK
Thermophilic microorganisms are widely distributed among genera Bacillus Clostridium
Thermoanaerobacter Thennus Thennotoga and Aquifex (Ng et al 2009) while
hyperthermophilic species are dominated by the Archaea (Turner et aI 2007)
Themostability is inherented by their cell components such as membranes and enzymes
Principal among tlUs are the ether linked lipids from archaeal cell membranes (Hoist et aI
1997) Adaptation is apparently genetically encoded and as revealed by biophysical and
structural studies it includes sequence modification addition of salt bridges increased
hydrophobic interactions additional ion pairing and hydrogen bonding improved core packing
and shortening of loops (Eichler 2001) This confers higher thennal stability rigidity and
resistance to chemical denaturation (Eichler 2001)
Meanwhile alkaliphiles are the organisms that have optimal growth around pH 10
Alkaliphiles diver ely occur from aerobic and anaerobic archaea and prokaryotes as well as
eukaryotic fungi (Jones et aI 1994) widening their industrial application According to
Krulwich (2006) facultative alkaliphile is applied to species and strains that able to grow at both
pH 65 - 75 and above 95 whereas that grow only at pH 95 is termed as obligate a lka~iphiles
Soda lakes desert soils and alkaline springs are alkaline environments where pH can be
consistently about pH 10 (Magan 2007) Jones et al (1998) reviewed that alkaline hot springs is
interesting alkaliphiles source but are ihsufficiently buffered to support extraordinary high pH
value which contra)t to naturally occurring soda lakes which are widely distributed and stable
alkaline environments (Krulwich 2006) The possession of flagella modifications of cell walls
and membranes and biochemical activity including respiration and oxidative phosphorylation
enable the adaptation and growth of alkaliphiles in alkaline environment (Magan 2007)
5
23 Conventional Deinking
reviewed by Pelach e al (2003) a conventional deinking process starts with disintegration
of recycled paper and followed by the addition of chemicals in a strong alkaline medium in order
to promote de-fibering and ink particle detachment Finally mild alkaline of washing or flotation
technologies allow ink removal from the suspension
Sodium hydroxide hydrogen peroxide chelating agents and sodium silicates are among the
chemicals used during conventional deinking Sodium hydroxide adjusts the pulp pH as
alkalinity resulted in soften ing the paper fibers by saponification or hydrolysis while hydrogen
peroxide acts as bleaching agent in the fiber treatment process and counterbalance darkening due
to alkalinity above pH 102 Unfortunately hydrogen peroxide is very sensitive to pUlping
environment due to existence of heavy metals ions found in inks These require other chemicals
to stabilize the environment in which hydrogen peroxide works chelating agent and sodium
silicate
Sodium silicate is favored as it is less harmful than chelating agent such as
ethylenediaminetetracetic acid (EDTA) However former problems of stability coating of fibers
and harshness of paper due to silicates formation lead to the use of latter which can cause heavyshy
metal poisoning in rivers streams and severely affect aquatic life when disposed off Various
chemical usages of conventional deinking impose environmental problem and health risks and to
overcome this highly cost waste water treatment needed to be applied (Lee et al 2006)
6
24 Enzymatic Deinking
Deinking is a removal ink process According to Biermann (1993) deinkinkin can be
divided into 4 steps repulping with the associated ink removal from the fiber cleaning to
remove the ink from the stock separation of residual ink contaminants from the fiber stock and
bleaching Enzymatic deinking is the alternative for chemical deinking which exploit
microorganisms enzyme for deinking process and it was suggested that the enzyme hydrolyzed
the fiber-ink regions directly which splitting the cellulose fiber and ink particles apart According
to Soni el al (2008) microbial enzyme such as cellulase xylanase esterases and lipase play
important role in biological deinking Enzymes rarely require toxic metal ions for functionality
which can be advantageous as industrial catalysts hence creating the possibility to use more
environmentally friendly processing (Turner et al 2007) Removal of small fibers from the
surface of ink particles is resulted by the action of cellulase binding and altering the fiber
surface This alters the relative hydrophobicity of the toner particles and reduces hydrodynamic
drag that facilitates toners removal during floatation step (Soni et al 2008)
It was found that laccase treatment reduced the kappa number and increases the
brightness of waste photocopy paper but treatments with laccase alone or as the mediator is
unsuitable for deinking of aged prints or for bleaching of deinked pulp unprinted recycling
paper and groundwood (Widsten amp Kandelbauer 2008) Zhang et al (2008) reported that three
commercial ceJlulases enzymes were able to detach a significant amount of ink from the old
recycled newsprint or magazine but cellulase deinking was less efficient than alkaline deinking
chemistry CeJlulases tested were unable to deink aged ONPOMG and a poor deinkability was
also observed by using either sulphite or alkaline chemistry However combining enzymes with
suI te chemistry significa ntly enhanced sulphite deinking and provided a potential strategy to
achieve effective deinking of aged newsprint at neutral pH In 2009 a combination of cellulase
hemicellulase and laccase-violuric acid system was developed and higher brightness higher
tearing index better physical properties of deinked pulp was produced However enzymatic
deinking has not clearly defined but most researchers agree that a combination of mechanical
action and synergistic deinking effect of surfactant is vital for process viability (Sykes et al
1996) In addition they have been proven to be cost effective and more efficient than
con entional deinking Thus alternate option for replacing some of the deinking chemicals by
enzymatic deinking is sui table and being considered (Soni et al 2008)
8
CHAPTER 3
MATERIALS AND METHODS
1 Screening and Isolation of Endoglucanase Producing Bacteria
11 Sampling
Samples ofwater and ediments were collected from Matangs drains and Paku Hot Springs The
pH was checked using pH paper and the samples were brought back to the laboratory for further
analysis
312 Culturing of the Sample
The samples pH was checked and pH adjustment to pH75 was done using 1 M NaOH The
amount of water sediments and shredded Mixed Office Wastepaper (MOW) were 150 mL 50
mL and 10 gram respectively The samples were cultured in 250 mL flask for 1-2 weeks at
55degC at 120 rpm
313 Screening and Isolation
The cultures were filtered using filter paper under sterile condition and each filtrate were
subjected to standard serial dilution prior plated onto Luria Broth (LB) agar containing 1 (wv)
carboxymethylcellulose (CMC) and incubated at 55degC for an overnight Each colony identified
was streaked two times to obtain single colony Endoglucanase producers were identified by
Congo red test using (MSM) + 1 CMC agar plates which grown 3 days for endoglucanase
secretion The plates was flooded with 02 Congo red solution and left for 1 hour Congo red
lution was poured off and washed with 10 M NaCl for 15 minutes Yellow halos indicated
co ies that hydrolyzed CMC where Congo red was absent
9
Then
Biochemical and Molecular Identification of Isolates
Biochemical Test
11 Gram Staining
drop of distilled water was placed on microscope slide and a suspension of test culture was
placed onto the distilled water The slide was dry fixed by passing the slide repeatedly on flame
lide was allowed to cool The slide was flooded with crystal violet for 60 seconds and
ashed with distilled water Iodine was applied for 60 seconds and washed with distilled water
1 the slide was rinsed with 70 ethanol until there was no purple wash out Safranin was
flooded onto the slide for 60 seconds and rinse with distilled water The slide was allowed to dry
and viewed under microscope using oil immersion at 100x magnification A Gram-negative
bacterium was identified in pink colour and Gram-positive organisms remained purple colour
3212 Citrate Test
colony of Isolate 8 was streaked onto Simmon Citrates medium and incubated at 37degC for 48
hours The growth was accompanied by pH change of the medium which was indicated by the
medium color initial green colour to deep blue indicating positive result
10
fate-Indole-Motility (SIM) Test
culture of Isolate 8 was stabbed into SIM media that prepared in screw-capped test tube
culture was incubated for 24 hours at 37degC Motility was indicated by diffuse turbidity of
ulture surrounding the puncture line while immotility took place only along puncture line
Hydrogen sulfide (H2S) formation was shown by blackening of mjcrobial growth areas Indole
was performed by covering a layer of KOYACS Indole Reagent Indole production caused
reagent layer becoming purple-pink in colour
214 Triple Sugar Ion (TSI) Test
Pure culture of Isolate 8 was streaked on the surface and stabbed into TSI media The culture was
incubated up to 48 hours at 37degC Degradation of sugar accompanied by acid production are
detect by the pH indicator phenol red which changed from red-orange to yellow while
alkalinization shown by deep red Thiosulfate was reduced to hydrogen sulfide with an iron salt
to give black iron sulfide
Table 1 Resul ts of different combination colours of TSI Test indicating di fferent characteristics
Butt Colour Slant Colour Results Yellow Red Glucose fermented Yellow Yellow Glucose fermented also lactose and or sucrose Red Red No action on glucose lactose and sucrose Black precipitation along puncture Hydrogen sulfide production
11
~talllle t t was performed to detect the presence of catalase in the colonies of Isolate 8
erial colonies were taken on glass slides and one drop of H202 (3) was added Appearance
(gas bubbles indicated the presence of catalase (MacFaddin 1980)
116 Methyl Red Test
o tubes containing MR-VP was inoculated with pure culture of Isolate 8 and incubated for 48
hours at 3rc Then five drops of methyl red indicator was added into the first tube Positive
IeSUlt as red indicating pH below 6 and negative was yellow indicating no acid production
bull217 Voges Proskauer Test
Three milimeter of BARRITs solution and 1 ml 40 potassium hydroxide solution was added
1010 S ond tube described in Section 3216 Positive reaction was indicated by pink colour
(after frequent shaking) approximately 20 minutes beginning at the surface and become more
intense within 2 hours
rap of oxidase reagent containing 1 of tetramethyl-para-phenylenediamine dihydrochloride
as spotted on a piece of filter paper in a Petri dish Sterile wooden stick was used to rub a
colon of Isolate 8 onto the spot of spotted oxidase reagent Positive test was indicated by rapid
appearance of a purple color and negative result indicated by no colour changes
12
olecular Identification
__11ar identification was done to futher identify the bacteria up to genera level
as incubated in 5 ml Luria Bertani (LB) media an overnight prior genomic DNA
lion Approximately 15 ml of bacterial culture was transferred into Eppendorf tube and
1 maximum for 30 seconds Supernatant was removed and cell pellet was resuspended in
JLI TE buffer and mixed well by vortexing Then 30 III of 10 (wv ) SDS 5 III 20 mglml
inase K and 100 III of 5 M aCI solution was added and mixed well 80 III of CTABlNaCI
mixed into the mixture and incubated for 60 minutes at 65degC Next an equal volume of
oroformllsoamyl alcohol (24 1) was added vortexed gently and centrifuged for 5 minutes to
t the phases Clear supernatant was transferred into new Eppendorf tube and re-extracted
ng PhenolChlorofonnilsoamyl alcohol by 5 minutes centrifugation Clear supernatant was
ferred into new Eppendorf tube and 06 volume of isopropanol was added The mixture was
Iy mixed by vortexing it up and down until white DNA precipitate appeared Then DNA
pelleted by 30 seconds centrifugation Supernatant was removed and DNA pellet was
ith 200 fll 70 ethanol and centrifuged for 30 seconds at maximum speed 15000 rpm
8U1penllBtant was removed and DNA pellet was air dried Lastly air-dried DNA pellet was
dissol ed in 100 fll ofTE buffer and stored at -20degC for further analysis
13
effective catalyst and may also be less inhibited by feedback inhibition which is the presence of
material that has already been hydrolyzed (Ariffin et al 2008) Different effects on fibers
properties are obtained too when cellulases with different cellobiohydrolases and endoglucanases
activities were used Individual endoglucanase treatment is considered necessary for
modification of the pulp fiber as it does not result in the decrease of average fiber length or
coarseness Endoglucanase and cellobiohydrolase synergetic effect could lead to cross breakage
which causes decreasing in paper strength In addition Vyas and Lachke (2003) found that pure
endoglucanase were responsible in most of success deinking after treating laser-printed waste
paper individually and combination of purified endoglucanase from Gloeophyllum sepiarium and
Gloeophyllum trabeum
22 Extremophiles
Extremophiles are microbes that can live and reproduce in extreme environments (Schiraldi amp
Rosa 2002) High and low temperatures defined as thennophiles and psychrophiles
respectively high and low pH values defined as alkaliphiles and acidophiles respectively high
salt concentrations defined as halophiles and high pressure defined as barophiles are the
common four parameters used to classify extremophiles There has been a great deal of interest
in the biotechnological potential of their extremozymes
Thennophilics cellulases brought advantages In industrial applications as higher
processing temperature can be employed for offering accelerated reaction rates Increase
solubility and reduced contamination (Ng et al 2009) Thennostable ability also gives a longer
h If-life to the enzyme (Ibrahim amp El-diwany 2007) Thennophilic can be classified into
m philes (50-60degC) extreme thennophiles (60-80degC) and hyperthennophiles (80- [ lOOC)
4
PoSit Khidmat MlkJum t Akademfk UNlVERSm MALAYSIA SAMWAK
Thermophilic microorganisms are widely distributed among genera Bacillus Clostridium
Thermoanaerobacter Thennus Thennotoga and Aquifex (Ng et al 2009) while
hyperthermophilic species are dominated by the Archaea (Turner et aI 2007)
Themostability is inherented by their cell components such as membranes and enzymes
Principal among tlUs are the ether linked lipids from archaeal cell membranes (Hoist et aI
1997) Adaptation is apparently genetically encoded and as revealed by biophysical and
structural studies it includes sequence modification addition of salt bridges increased
hydrophobic interactions additional ion pairing and hydrogen bonding improved core packing
and shortening of loops (Eichler 2001) This confers higher thennal stability rigidity and
resistance to chemical denaturation (Eichler 2001)
Meanwhile alkaliphiles are the organisms that have optimal growth around pH 10
Alkaliphiles diver ely occur from aerobic and anaerobic archaea and prokaryotes as well as
eukaryotic fungi (Jones et aI 1994) widening their industrial application According to
Krulwich (2006) facultative alkaliphile is applied to species and strains that able to grow at both
pH 65 - 75 and above 95 whereas that grow only at pH 95 is termed as obligate a lka~iphiles
Soda lakes desert soils and alkaline springs are alkaline environments where pH can be
consistently about pH 10 (Magan 2007) Jones et al (1998) reviewed that alkaline hot springs is
interesting alkaliphiles source but are ihsufficiently buffered to support extraordinary high pH
value which contra)t to naturally occurring soda lakes which are widely distributed and stable
alkaline environments (Krulwich 2006) The possession of flagella modifications of cell walls
and membranes and biochemical activity including respiration and oxidative phosphorylation
enable the adaptation and growth of alkaliphiles in alkaline environment (Magan 2007)
5
23 Conventional Deinking
reviewed by Pelach e al (2003) a conventional deinking process starts with disintegration
of recycled paper and followed by the addition of chemicals in a strong alkaline medium in order
to promote de-fibering and ink particle detachment Finally mild alkaline of washing or flotation
technologies allow ink removal from the suspension
Sodium hydroxide hydrogen peroxide chelating agents and sodium silicates are among the
chemicals used during conventional deinking Sodium hydroxide adjusts the pulp pH as
alkalinity resulted in soften ing the paper fibers by saponification or hydrolysis while hydrogen
peroxide acts as bleaching agent in the fiber treatment process and counterbalance darkening due
to alkalinity above pH 102 Unfortunately hydrogen peroxide is very sensitive to pUlping
environment due to existence of heavy metals ions found in inks These require other chemicals
to stabilize the environment in which hydrogen peroxide works chelating agent and sodium
silicate
Sodium silicate is favored as it is less harmful than chelating agent such as
ethylenediaminetetracetic acid (EDTA) However former problems of stability coating of fibers
and harshness of paper due to silicates formation lead to the use of latter which can cause heavyshy
metal poisoning in rivers streams and severely affect aquatic life when disposed off Various
chemical usages of conventional deinking impose environmental problem and health risks and to
overcome this highly cost waste water treatment needed to be applied (Lee et al 2006)
6
24 Enzymatic Deinking
Deinking is a removal ink process According to Biermann (1993) deinkinkin can be
divided into 4 steps repulping with the associated ink removal from the fiber cleaning to
remove the ink from the stock separation of residual ink contaminants from the fiber stock and
bleaching Enzymatic deinking is the alternative for chemical deinking which exploit
microorganisms enzyme for deinking process and it was suggested that the enzyme hydrolyzed
the fiber-ink regions directly which splitting the cellulose fiber and ink particles apart According
to Soni el al (2008) microbial enzyme such as cellulase xylanase esterases and lipase play
important role in biological deinking Enzymes rarely require toxic metal ions for functionality
which can be advantageous as industrial catalysts hence creating the possibility to use more
environmentally friendly processing (Turner et al 2007) Removal of small fibers from the
surface of ink particles is resulted by the action of cellulase binding and altering the fiber
surface This alters the relative hydrophobicity of the toner particles and reduces hydrodynamic
drag that facilitates toners removal during floatation step (Soni et al 2008)
It was found that laccase treatment reduced the kappa number and increases the
brightness of waste photocopy paper but treatments with laccase alone or as the mediator is
unsuitable for deinking of aged prints or for bleaching of deinked pulp unprinted recycling
paper and groundwood (Widsten amp Kandelbauer 2008) Zhang et al (2008) reported that three
commercial ceJlulases enzymes were able to detach a significant amount of ink from the old
recycled newsprint or magazine but cellulase deinking was less efficient than alkaline deinking
chemistry CeJlulases tested were unable to deink aged ONPOMG and a poor deinkability was
also observed by using either sulphite or alkaline chemistry However combining enzymes with
suI te chemistry significa ntly enhanced sulphite deinking and provided a potential strategy to
achieve effective deinking of aged newsprint at neutral pH In 2009 a combination of cellulase
hemicellulase and laccase-violuric acid system was developed and higher brightness higher
tearing index better physical properties of deinked pulp was produced However enzymatic
deinking has not clearly defined but most researchers agree that a combination of mechanical
action and synergistic deinking effect of surfactant is vital for process viability (Sykes et al
1996) In addition they have been proven to be cost effective and more efficient than
con entional deinking Thus alternate option for replacing some of the deinking chemicals by
enzymatic deinking is sui table and being considered (Soni et al 2008)
8
CHAPTER 3
MATERIALS AND METHODS
1 Screening and Isolation of Endoglucanase Producing Bacteria
11 Sampling
Samples ofwater and ediments were collected from Matangs drains and Paku Hot Springs The
pH was checked using pH paper and the samples were brought back to the laboratory for further
analysis
312 Culturing of the Sample
The samples pH was checked and pH adjustment to pH75 was done using 1 M NaOH The
amount of water sediments and shredded Mixed Office Wastepaper (MOW) were 150 mL 50
mL and 10 gram respectively The samples were cultured in 250 mL flask for 1-2 weeks at
55degC at 120 rpm
313 Screening and Isolation
The cultures were filtered using filter paper under sterile condition and each filtrate were
subjected to standard serial dilution prior plated onto Luria Broth (LB) agar containing 1 (wv)
carboxymethylcellulose (CMC) and incubated at 55degC for an overnight Each colony identified
was streaked two times to obtain single colony Endoglucanase producers were identified by
Congo red test using (MSM) + 1 CMC agar plates which grown 3 days for endoglucanase
secretion The plates was flooded with 02 Congo red solution and left for 1 hour Congo red
lution was poured off and washed with 10 M NaCl for 15 minutes Yellow halos indicated
co ies that hydrolyzed CMC where Congo red was absent
9
Then
Biochemical and Molecular Identification of Isolates
Biochemical Test
11 Gram Staining
drop of distilled water was placed on microscope slide and a suspension of test culture was
placed onto the distilled water The slide was dry fixed by passing the slide repeatedly on flame
lide was allowed to cool The slide was flooded with crystal violet for 60 seconds and
ashed with distilled water Iodine was applied for 60 seconds and washed with distilled water
1 the slide was rinsed with 70 ethanol until there was no purple wash out Safranin was
flooded onto the slide for 60 seconds and rinse with distilled water The slide was allowed to dry
and viewed under microscope using oil immersion at 100x magnification A Gram-negative
bacterium was identified in pink colour and Gram-positive organisms remained purple colour
3212 Citrate Test
colony of Isolate 8 was streaked onto Simmon Citrates medium and incubated at 37degC for 48
hours The growth was accompanied by pH change of the medium which was indicated by the
medium color initial green colour to deep blue indicating positive result
10
fate-Indole-Motility (SIM) Test
culture of Isolate 8 was stabbed into SIM media that prepared in screw-capped test tube
culture was incubated for 24 hours at 37degC Motility was indicated by diffuse turbidity of
ulture surrounding the puncture line while immotility took place only along puncture line
Hydrogen sulfide (H2S) formation was shown by blackening of mjcrobial growth areas Indole
was performed by covering a layer of KOYACS Indole Reagent Indole production caused
reagent layer becoming purple-pink in colour
214 Triple Sugar Ion (TSI) Test
Pure culture of Isolate 8 was streaked on the surface and stabbed into TSI media The culture was
incubated up to 48 hours at 37degC Degradation of sugar accompanied by acid production are
detect by the pH indicator phenol red which changed from red-orange to yellow while
alkalinization shown by deep red Thiosulfate was reduced to hydrogen sulfide with an iron salt
to give black iron sulfide
Table 1 Resul ts of different combination colours of TSI Test indicating di fferent characteristics
Butt Colour Slant Colour Results Yellow Red Glucose fermented Yellow Yellow Glucose fermented also lactose and or sucrose Red Red No action on glucose lactose and sucrose Black precipitation along puncture Hydrogen sulfide production
11
~talllle t t was performed to detect the presence of catalase in the colonies of Isolate 8
erial colonies were taken on glass slides and one drop of H202 (3) was added Appearance
(gas bubbles indicated the presence of catalase (MacFaddin 1980)
116 Methyl Red Test
o tubes containing MR-VP was inoculated with pure culture of Isolate 8 and incubated for 48
hours at 3rc Then five drops of methyl red indicator was added into the first tube Positive
IeSUlt as red indicating pH below 6 and negative was yellow indicating no acid production
bull217 Voges Proskauer Test
Three milimeter of BARRITs solution and 1 ml 40 potassium hydroxide solution was added
1010 S ond tube described in Section 3216 Positive reaction was indicated by pink colour
(after frequent shaking) approximately 20 minutes beginning at the surface and become more
intense within 2 hours
rap of oxidase reagent containing 1 of tetramethyl-para-phenylenediamine dihydrochloride
as spotted on a piece of filter paper in a Petri dish Sterile wooden stick was used to rub a
colon of Isolate 8 onto the spot of spotted oxidase reagent Positive test was indicated by rapid
appearance of a purple color and negative result indicated by no colour changes
12
olecular Identification
__11ar identification was done to futher identify the bacteria up to genera level
as incubated in 5 ml Luria Bertani (LB) media an overnight prior genomic DNA
lion Approximately 15 ml of bacterial culture was transferred into Eppendorf tube and
1 maximum for 30 seconds Supernatant was removed and cell pellet was resuspended in
JLI TE buffer and mixed well by vortexing Then 30 III of 10 (wv ) SDS 5 III 20 mglml
inase K and 100 III of 5 M aCI solution was added and mixed well 80 III of CTABlNaCI
mixed into the mixture and incubated for 60 minutes at 65degC Next an equal volume of
oroformllsoamyl alcohol (24 1) was added vortexed gently and centrifuged for 5 minutes to
t the phases Clear supernatant was transferred into new Eppendorf tube and re-extracted
ng PhenolChlorofonnilsoamyl alcohol by 5 minutes centrifugation Clear supernatant was
ferred into new Eppendorf tube and 06 volume of isopropanol was added The mixture was
Iy mixed by vortexing it up and down until white DNA precipitate appeared Then DNA
pelleted by 30 seconds centrifugation Supernatant was removed and DNA pellet was
ith 200 fll 70 ethanol and centrifuged for 30 seconds at maximum speed 15000 rpm
8U1penllBtant was removed and DNA pellet was air dried Lastly air-dried DNA pellet was
dissol ed in 100 fll ofTE buffer and stored at -20degC for further analysis
13
PoSit Khidmat MlkJum t Akademfk UNlVERSm MALAYSIA SAMWAK
Thermophilic microorganisms are widely distributed among genera Bacillus Clostridium
Thermoanaerobacter Thennus Thennotoga and Aquifex (Ng et al 2009) while
hyperthermophilic species are dominated by the Archaea (Turner et aI 2007)
Themostability is inherented by their cell components such as membranes and enzymes
Principal among tlUs are the ether linked lipids from archaeal cell membranes (Hoist et aI
1997) Adaptation is apparently genetically encoded and as revealed by biophysical and
structural studies it includes sequence modification addition of salt bridges increased
hydrophobic interactions additional ion pairing and hydrogen bonding improved core packing
and shortening of loops (Eichler 2001) This confers higher thennal stability rigidity and
resistance to chemical denaturation (Eichler 2001)
Meanwhile alkaliphiles are the organisms that have optimal growth around pH 10
Alkaliphiles diver ely occur from aerobic and anaerobic archaea and prokaryotes as well as
eukaryotic fungi (Jones et aI 1994) widening their industrial application According to
Krulwich (2006) facultative alkaliphile is applied to species and strains that able to grow at both
pH 65 - 75 and above 95 whereas that grow only at pH 95 is termed as obligate a lka~iphiles
Soda lakes desert soils and alkaline springs are alkaline environments where pH can be
consistently about pH 10 (Magan 2007) Jones et al (1998) reviewed that alkaline hot springs is
interesting alkaliphiles source but are ihsufficiently buffered to support extraordinary high pH
value which contra)t to naturally occurring soda lakes which are widely distributed and stable
alkaline environments (Krulwich 2006) The possession of flagella modifications of cell walls
and membranes and biochemical activity including respiration and oxidative phosphorylation
enable the adaptation and growth of alkaliphiles in alkaline environment (Magan 2007)
5
23 Conventional Deinking
reviewed by Pelach e al (2003) a conventional deinking process starts with disintegration
of recycled paper and followed by the addition of chemicals in a strong alkaline medium in order
to promote de-fibering and ink particle detachment Finally mild alkaline of washing or flotation
technologies allow ink removal from the suspension
Sodium hydroxide hydrogen peroxide chelating agents and sodium silicates are among the
chemicals used during conventional deinking Sodium hydroxide adjusts the pulp pH as
alkalinity resulted in soften ing the paper fibers by saponification or hydrolysis while hydrogen
peroxide acts as bleaching agent in the fiber treatment process and counterbalance darkening due
to alkalinity above pH 102 Unfortunately hydrogen peroxide is very sensitive to pUlping
environment due to existence of heavy metals ions found in inks These require other chemicals
to stabilize the environment in which hydrogen peroxide works chelating agent and sodium
silicate
Sodium silicate is favored as it is less harmful than chelating agent such as
ethylenediaminetetracetic acid (EDTA) However former problems of stability coating of fibers
and harshness of paper due to silicates formation lead to the use of latter which can cause heavyshy
metal poisoning in rivers streams and severely affect aquatic life when disposed off Various
chemical usages of conventional deinking impose environmental problem and health risks and to
overcome this highly cost waste water treatment needed to be applied (Lee et al 2006)
6
24 Enzymatic Deinking
Deinking is a removal ink process According to Biermann (1993) deinkinkin can be
divided into 4 steps repulping with the associated ink removal from the fiber cleaning to
remove the ink from the stock separation of residual ink contaminants from the fiber stock and
bleaching Enzymatic deinking is the alternative for chemical deinking which exploit
microorganisms enzyme for deinking process and it was suggested that the enzyme hydrolyzed
the fiber-ink regions directly which splitting the cellulose fiber and ink particles apart According
to Soni el al (2008) microbial enzyme such as cellulase xylanase esterases and lipase play
important role in biological deinking Enzymes rarely require toxic metal ions for functionality
which can be advantageous as industrial catalysts hence creating the possibility to use more
environmentally friendly processing (Turner et al 2007) Removal of small fibers from the
surface of ink particles is resulted by the action of cellulase binding and altering the fiber
surface This alters the relative hydrophobicity of the toner particles and reduces hydrodynamic
drag that facilitates toners removal during floatation step (Soni et al 2008)
It was found that laccase treatment reduced the kappa number and increases the
brightness of waste photocopy paper but treatments with laccase alone or as the mediator is
unsuitable for deinking of aged prints or for bleaching of deinked pulp unprinted recycling
paper and groundwood (Widsten amp Kandelbauer 2008) Zhang et al (2008) reported that three
commercial ceJlulases enzymes were able to detach a significant amount of ink from the old
recycled newsprint or magazine but cellulase deinking was less efficient than alkaline deinking
chemistry CeJlulases tested were unable to deink aged ONPOMG and a poor deinkability was
also observed by using either sulphite or alkaline chemistry However combining enzymes with
suI te chemistry significa ntly enhanced sulphite deinking and provided a potential strategy to
achieve effective deinking of aged newsprint at neutral pH In 2009 a combination of cellulase
hemicellulase and laccase-violuric acid system was developed and higher brightness higher
tearing index better physical properties of deinked pulp was produced However enzymatic
deinking has not clearly defined but most researchers agree that a combination of mechanical
action and synergistic deinking effect of surfactant is vital for process viability (Sykes et al
1996) In addition they have been proven to be cost effective and more efficient than
con entional deinking Thus alternate option for replacing some of the deinking chemicals by
enzymatic deinking is sui table and being considered (Soni et al 2008)
8
CHAPTER 3
MATERIALS AND METHODS
1 Screening and Isolation of Endoglucanase Producing Bacteria
11 Sampling
Samples ofwater and ediments were collected from Matangs drains and Paku Hot Springs The
pH was checked using pH paper and the samples were brought back to the laboratory for further
analysis
312 Culturing of the Sample
The samples pH was checked and pH adjustment to pH75 was done using 1 M NaOH The
amount of water sediments and shredded Mixed Office Wastepaper (MOW) were 150 mL 50
mL and 10 gram respectively The samples were cultured in 250 mL flask for 1-2 weeks at
55degC at 120 rpm
313 Screening and Isolation
The cultures were filtered using filter paper under sterile condition and each filtrate were
subjected to standard serial dilution prior plated onto Luria Broth (LB) agar containing 1 (wv)
carboxymethylcellulose (CMC) and incubated at 55degC for an overnight Each colony identified
was streaked two times to obtain single colony Endoglucanase producers were identified by
Congo red test using (MSM) + 1 CMC agar plates which grown 3 days for endoglucanase
secretion The plates was flooded with 02 Congo red solution and left for 1 hour Congo red
lution was poured off and washed with 10 M NaCl for 15 minutes Yellow halos indicated
co ies that hydrolyzed CMC where Congo red was absent
9
Then
Biochemical and Molecular Identification of Isolates
Biochemical Test
11 Gram Staining
drop of distilled water was placed on microscope slide and a suspension of test culture was
placed onto the distilled water The slide was dry fixed by passing the slide repeatedly on flame
lide was allowed to cool The slide was flooded with crystal violet for 60 seconds and
ashed with distilled water Iodine was applied for 60 seconds and washed with distilled water
1 the slide was rinsed with 70 ethanol until there was no purple wash out Safranin was
flooded onto the slide for 60 seconds and rinse with distilled water The slide was allowed to dry
and viewed under microscope using oil immersion at 100x magnification A Gram-negative
bacterium was identified in pink colour and Gram-positive organisms remained purple colour
3212 Citrate Test
colony of Isolate 8 was streaked onto Simmon Citrates medium and incubated at 37degC for 48
hours The growth was accompanied by pH change of the medium which was indicated by the
medium color initial green colour to deep blue indicating positive result
10
fate-Indole-Motility (SIM) Test
culture of Isolate 8 was stabbed into SIM media that prepared in screw-capped test tube
culture was incubated for 24 hours at 37degC Motility was indicated by diffuse turbidity of
ulture surrounding the puncture line while immotility took place only along puncture line
Hydrogen sulfide (H2S) formation was shown by blackening of mjcrobial growth areas Indole
was performed by covering a layer of KOYACS Indole Reagent Indole production caused
reagent layer becoming purple-pink in colour
214 Triple Sugar Ion (TSI) Test
Pure culture of Isolate 8 was streaked on the surface and stabbed into TSI media The culture was
incubated up to 48 hours at 37degC Degradation of sugar accompanied by acid production are
detect by the pH indicator phenol red which changed from red-orange to yellow while
alkalinization shown by deep red Thiosulfate was reduced to hydrogen sulfide with an iron salt
to give black iron sulfide
Table 1 Resul ts of different combination colours of TSI Test indicating di fferent characteristics
Butt Colour Slant Colour Results Yellow Red Glucose fermented Yellow Yellow Glucose fermented also lactose and or sucrose Red Red No action on glucose lactose and sucrose Black precipitation along puncture Hydrogen sulfide production
11
~talllle t t was performed to detect the presence of catalase in the colonies of Isolate 8
erial colonies were taken on glass slides and one drop of H202 (3) was added Appearance
(gas bubbles indicated the presence of catalase (MacFaddin 1980)
116 Methyl Red Test
o tubes containing MR-VP was inoculated with pure culture of Isolate 8 and incubated for 48
hours at 3rc Then five drops of methyl red indicator was added into the first tube Positive
IeSUlt as red indicating pH below 6 and negative was yellow indicating no acid production
bull217 Voges Proskauer Test
Three milimeter of BARRITs solution and 1 ml 40 potassium hydroxide solution was added
1010 S ond tube described in Section 3216 Positive reaction was indicated by pink colour
(after frequent shaking) approximately 20 minutes beginning at the surface and become more
intense within 2 hours
rap of oxidase reagent containing 1 of tetramethyl-para-phenylenediamine dihydrochloride
as spotted on a piece of filter paper in a Petri dish Sterile wooden stick was used to rub a
colon of Isolate 8 onto the spot of spotted oxidase reagent Positive test was indicated by rapid
appearance of a purple color and negative result indicated by no colour changes
12
olecular Identification
__11ar identification was done to futher identify the bacteria up to genera level
as incubated in 5 ml Luria Bertani (LB) media an overnight prior genomic DNA
lion Approximately 15 ml of bacterial culture was transferred into Eppendorf tube and
1 maximum for 30 seconds Supernatant was removed and cell pellet was resuspended in
JLI TE buffer and mixed well by vortexing Then 30 III of 10 (wv ) SDS 5 III 20 mglml
inase K and 100 III of 5 M aCI solution was added and mixed well 80 III of CTABlNaCI
mixed into the mixture and incubated for 60 minutes at 65degC Next an equal volume of
oroformllsoamyl alcohol (24 1) was added vortexed gently and centrifuged for 5 minutes to
t the phases Clear supernatant was transferred into new Eppendorf tube and re-extracted
ng PhenolChlorofonnilsoamyl alcohol by 5 minutes centrifugation Clear supernatant was
ferred into new Eppendorf tube and 06 volume of isopropanol was added The mixture was
Iy mixed by vortexing it up and down until white DNA precipitate appeared Then DNA
pelleted by 30 seconds centrifugation Supernatant was removed and DNA pellet was
ith 200 fll 70 ethanol and centrifuged for 30 seconds at maximum speed 15000 rpm
8U1penllBtant was removed and DNA pellet was air dried Lastly air-dried DNA pellet was
dissol ed in 100 fll ofTE buffer and stored at -20degC for further analysis
13
23 Conventional Deinking
reviewed by Pelach e al (2003) a conventional deinking process starts with disintegration
of recycled paper and followed by the addition of chemicals in a strong alkaline medium in order
to promote de-fibering and ink particle detachment Finally mild alkaline of washing or flotation
technologies allow ink removal from the suspension
Sodium hydroxide hydrogen peroxide chelating agents and sodium silicates are among the
chemicals used during conventional deinking Sodium hydroxide adjusts the pulp pH as
alkalinity resulted in soften ing the paper fibers by saponification or hydrolysis while hydrogen
peroxide acts as bleaching agent in the fiber treatment process and counterbalance darkening due
to alkalinity above pH 102 Unfortunately hydrogen peroxide is very sensitive to pUlping
environment due to existence of heavy metals ions found in inks These require other chemicals
to stabilize the environment in which hydrogen peroxide works chelating agent and sodium
silicate
Sodium silicate is favored as it is less harmful than chelating agent such as
ethylenediaminetetracetic acid (EDTA) However former problems of stability coating of fibers
and harshness of paper due to silicates formation lead to the use of latter which can cause heavyshy
metal poisoning in rivers streams and severely affect aquatic life when disposed off Various
chemical usages of conventional deinking impose environmental problem and health risks and to
overcome this highly cost waste water treatment needed to be applied (Lee et al 2006)
6
24 Enzymatic Deinking
Deinking is a removal ink process According to Biermann (1993) deinkinkin can be
divided into 4 steps repulping with the associated ink removal from the fiber cleaning to
remove the ink from the stock separation of residual ink contaminants from the fiber stock and
bleaching Enzymatic deinking is the alternative for chemical deinking which exploit
microorganisms enzyme for deinking process and it was suggested that the enzyme hydrolyzed
the fiber-ink regions directly which splitting the cellulose fiber and ink particles apart According
to Soni el al (2008) microbial enzyme such as cellulase xylanase esterases and lipase play
important role in biological deinking Enzymes rarely require toxic metal ions for functionality
which can be advantageous as industrial catalysts hence creating the possibility to use more
environmentally friendly processing (Turner et al 2007) Removal of small fibers from the
surface of ink particles is resulted by the action of cellulase binding and altering the fiber
surface This alters the relative hydrophobicity of the toner particles and reduces hydrodynamic
drag that facilitates toners removal during floatation step (Soni et al 2008)
It was found that laccase treatment reduced the kappa number and increases the
brightness of waste photocopy paper but treatments with laccase alone or as the mediator is
unsuitable for deinking of aged prints or for bleaching of deinked pulp unprinted recycling
paper and groundwood (Widsten amp Kandelbauer 2008) Zhang et al (2008) reported that three
commercial ceJlulases enzymes were able to detach a significant amount of ink from the old
recycled newsprint or magazine but cellulase deinking was less efficient than alkaline deinking
chemistry CeJlulases tested were unable to deink aged ONPOMG and a poor deinkability was
also observed by using either sulphite or alkaline chemistry However combining enzymes with
suI te chemistry significa ntly enhanced sulphite deinking and provided a potential strategy to
achieve effective deinking of aged newsprint at neutral pH In 2009 a combination of cellulase
hemicellulase and laccase-violuric acid system was developed and higher brightness higher
tearing index better physical properties of deinked pulp was produced However enzymatic
deinking has not clearly defined but most researchers agree that a combination of mechanical
action and synergistic deinking effect of surfactant is vital for process viability (Sykes et al
1996) In addition they have been proven to be cost effective and more efficient than
con entional deinking Thus alternate option for replacing some of the deinking chemicals by
enzymatic deinking is sui table and being considered (Soni et al 2008)
8
CHAPTER 3
MATERIALS AND METHODS
1 Screening and Isolation of Endoglucanase Producing Bacteria
11 Sampling
Samples ofwater and ediments were collected from Matangs drains and Paku Hot Springs The
pH was checked using pH paper and the samples were brought back to the laboratory for further
analysis
312 Culturing of the Sample
The samples pH was checked and pH adjustment to pH75 was done using 1 M NaOH The
amount of water sediments and shredded Mixed Office Wastepaper (MOW) were 150 mL 50
mL and 10 gram respectively The samples were cultured in 250 mL flask for 1-2 weeks at
55degC at 120 rpm
313 Screening and Isolation
The cultures were filtered using filter paper under sterile condition and each filtrate were
subjected to standard serial dilution prior plated onto Luria Broth (LB) agar containing 1 (wv)
carboxymethylcellulose (CMC) and incubated at 55degC for an overnight Each colony identified
was streaked two times to obtain single colony Endoglucanase producers were identified by
Congo red test using (MSM) + 1 CMC agar plates which grown 3 days for endoglucanase
secretion The plates was flooded with 02 Congo red solution and left for 1 hour Congo red
lution was poured off and washed with 10 M NaCl for 15 minutes Yellow halos indicated
co ies that hydrolyzed CMC where Congo red was absent
9
Then
Biochemical and Molecular Identification of Isolates
Biochemical Test
11 Gram Staining
drop of distilled water was placed on microscope slide and a suspension of test culture was
placed onto the distilled water The slide was dry fixed by passing the slide repeatedly on flame
lide was allowed to cool The slide was flooded with crystal violet for 60 seconds and
ashed with distilled water Iodine was applied for 60 seconds and washed with distilled water
1 the slide was rinsed with 70 ethanol until there was no purple wash out Safranin was
flooded onto the slide for 60 seconds and rinse with distilled water The slide was allowed to dry
and viewed under microscope using oil immersion at 100x magnification A Gram-negative
bacterium was identified in pink colour and Gram-positive organisms remained purple colour
3212 Citrate Test
colony of Isolate 8 was streaked onto Simmon Citrates medium and incubated at 37degC for 48
hours The growth was accompanied by pH change of the medium which was indicated by the
medium color initial green colour to deep blue indicating positive result
10
fate-Indole-Motility (SIM) Test
culture of Isolate 8 was stabbed into SIM media that prepared in screw-capped test tube
culture was incubated for 24 hours at 37degC Motility was indicated by diffuse turbidity of
ulture surrounding the puncture line while immotility took place only along puncture line
Hydrogen sulfide (H2S) formation was shown by blackening of mjcrobial growth areas Indole
was performed by covering a layer of KOYACS Indole Reagent Indole production caused
reagent layer becoming purple-pink in colour
214 Triple Sugar Ion (TSI) Test
Pure culture of Isolate 8 was streaked on the surface and stabbed into TSI media The culture was
incubated up to 48 hours at 37degC Degradation of sugar accompanied by acid production are
detect by the pH indicator phenol red which changed from red-orange to yellow while
alkalinization shown by deep red Thiosulfate was reduced to hydrogen sulfide with an iron salt
to give black iron sulfide
Table 1 Resul ts of different combination colours of TSI Test indicating di fferent characteristics
Butt Colour Slant Colour Results Yellow Red Glucose fermented Yellow Yellow Glucose fermented also lactose and or sucrose Red Red No action on glucose lactose and sucrose Black precipitation along puncture Hydrogen sulfide production
11
~talllle t t was performed to detect the presence of catalase in the colonies of Isolate 8
erial colonies were taken on glass slides and one drop of H202 (3) was added Appearance
(gas bubbles indicated the presence of catalase (MacFaddin 1980)
116 Methyl Red Test
o tubes containing MR-VP was inoculated with pure culture of Isolate 8 and incubated for 48
hours at 3rc Then five drops of methyl red indicator was added into the first tube Positive
IeSUlt as red indicating pH below 6 and negative was yellow indicating no acid production
bull217 Voges Proskauer Test
Three milimeter of BARRITs solution and 1 ml 40 potassium hydroxide solution was added
1010 S ond tube described in Section 3216 Positive reaction was indicated by pink colour
(after frequent shaking) approximately 20 minutes beginning at the surface and become more
intense within 2 hours
rap of oxidase reagent containing 1 of tetramethyl-para-phenylenediamine dihydrochloride
as spotted on a piece of filter paper in a Petri dish Sterile wooden stick was used to rub a
colon of Isolate 8 onto the spot of spotted oxidase reagent Positive test was indicated by rapid
appearance of a purple color and negative result indicated by no colour changes
12
olecular Identification
__11ar identification was done to futher identify the bacteria up to genera level
as incubated in 5 ml Luria Bertani (LB) media an overnight prior genomic DNA
lion Approximately 15 ml of bacterial culture was transferred into Eppendorf tube and
1 maximum for 30 seconds Supernatant was removed and cell pellet was resuspended in
JLI TE buffer and mixed well by vortexing Then 30 III of 10 (wv ) SDS 5 III 20 mglml
inase K and 100 III of 5 M aCI solution was added and mixed well 80 III of CTABlNaCI
mixed into the mixture and incubated for 60 minutes at 65degC Next an equal volume of
oroformllsoamyl alcohol (24 1) was added vortexed gently and centrifuged for 5 minutes to
t the phases Clear supernatant was transferred into new Eppendorf tube and re-extracted
ng PhenolChlorofonnilsoamyl alcohol by 5 minutes centrifugation Clear supernatant was
ferred into new Eppendorf tube and 06 volume of isopropanol was added The mixture was
Iy mixed by vortexing it up and down until white DNA precipitate appeared Then DNA
pelleted by 30 seconds centrifugation Supernatant was removed and DNA pellet was
ith 200 fll 70 ethanol and centrifuged for 30 seconds at maximum speed 15000 rpm
8U1penllBtant was removed and DNA pellet was air dried Lastly air-dried DNA pellet was
dissol ed in 100 fll ofTE buffer and stored at -20degC for further analysis
13
24 Enzymatic Deinking
Deinking is a removal ink process According to Biermann (1993) deinkinkin can be
divided into 4 steps repulping with the associated ink removal from the fiber cleaning to
remove the ink from the stock separation of residual ink contaminants from the fiber stock and
bleaching Enzymatic deinking is the alternative for chemical deinking which exploit
microorganisms enzyme for deinking process and it was suggested that the enzyme hydrolyzed
the fiber-ink regions directly which splitting the cellulose fiber and ink particles apart According
to Soni el al (2008) microbial enzyme such as cellulase xylanase esterases and lipase play
important role in biological deinking Enzymes rarely require toxic metal ions for functionality
which can be advantageous as industrial catalysts hence creating the possibility to use more
environmentally friendly processing (Turner et al 2007) Removal of small fibers from the
surface of ink particles is resulted by the action of cellulase binding and altering the fiber
surface This alters the relative hydrophobicity of the toner particles and reduces hydrodynamic
drag that facilitates toners removal during floatation step (Soni et al 2008)
It was found that laccase treatment reduced the kappa number and increases the
brightness of waste photocopy paper but treatments with laccase alone or as the mediator is
unsuitable for deinking of aged prints or for bleaching of deinked pulp unprinted recycling
paper and groundwood (Widsten amp Kandelbauer 2008) Zhang et al (2008) reported that three
commercial ceJlulases enzymes were able to detach a significant amount of ink from the old
recycled newsprint or magazine but cellulase deinking was less efficient than alkaline deinking
chemistry CeJlulases tested were unable to deink aged ONPOMG and a poor deinkability was
also observed by using either sulphite or alkaline chemistry However combining enzymes with
suI te chemistry significa ntly enhanced sulphite deinking and provided a potential strategy to
achieve effective deinking of aged newsprint at neutral pH In 2009 a combination of cellulase
hemicellulase and laccase-violuric acid system was developed and higher brightness higher
tearing index better physical properties of deinked pulp was produced However enzymatic
deinking has not clearly defined but most researchers agree that a combination of mechanical
action and synergistic deinking effect of surfactant is vital for process viability (Sykes et al
1996) In addition they have been proven to be cost effective and more efficient than
con entional deinking Thus alternate option for replacing some of the deinking chemicals by
enzymatic deinking is sui table and being considered (Soni et al 2008)
8
CHAPTER 3
MATERIALS AND METHODS
1 Screening and Isolation of Endoglucanase Producing Bacteria
11 Sampling
Samples ofwater and ediments were collected from Matangs drains and Paku Hot Springs The
pH was checked using pH paper and the samples were brought back to the laboratory for further
analysis
312 Culturing of the Sample
The samples pH was checked and pH adjustment to pH75 was done using 1 M NaOH The
amount of water sediments and shredded Mixed Office Wastepaper (MOW) were 150 mL 50
mL and 10 gram respectively The samples were cultured in 250 mL flask for 1-2 weeks at
55degC at 120 rpm
313 Screening and Isolation
The cultures were filtered using filter paper under sterile condition and each filtrate were
subjected to standard serial dilution prior plated onto Luria Broth (LB) agar containing 1 (wv)
carboxymethylcellulose (CMC) and incubated at 55degC for an overnight Each colony identified
was streaked two times to obtain single colony Endoglucanase producers were identified by
Congo red test using (MSM) + 1 CMC agar plates which grown 3 days for endoglucanase
secretion The plates was flooded with 02 Congo red solution and left for 1 hour Congo red
lution was poured off and washed with 10 M NaCl for 15 minutes Yellow halos indicated
co ies that hydrolyzed CMC where Congo red was absent
9
Then
Biochemical and Molecular Identification of Isolates
Biochemical Test
11 Gram Staining
drop of distilled water was placed on microscope slide and a suspension of test culture was
placed onto the distilled water The slide was dry fixed by passing the slide repeatedly on flame
lide was allowed to cool The slide was flooded with crystal violet for 60 seconds and
ashed with distilled water Iodine was applied for 60 seconds and washed with distilled water
1 the slide was rinsed with 70 ethanol until there was no purple wash out Safranin was
flooded onto the slide for 60 seconds and rinse with distilled water The slide was allowed to dry
and viewed under microscope using oil immersion at 100x magnification A Gram-negative
bacterium was identified in pink colour and Gram-positive organisms remained purple colour
3212 Citrate Test
colony of Isolate 8 was streaked onto Simmon Citrates medium and incubated at 37degC for 48
hours The growth was accompanied by pH change of the medium which was indicated by the
medium color initial green colour to deep blue indicating positive result
10
fate-Indole-Motility (SIM) Test
culture of Isolate 8 was stabbed into SIM media that prepared in screw-capped test tube
culture was incubated for 24 hours at 37degC Motility was indicated by diffuse turbidity of
ulture surrounding the puncture line while immotility took place only along puncture line
Hydrogen sulfide (H2S) formation was shown by blackening of mjcrobial growth areas Indole
was performed by covering a layer of KOYACS Indole Reagent Indole production caused
reagent layer becoming purple-pink in colour
214 Triple Sugar Ion (TSI) Test
Pure culture of Isolate 8 was streaked on the surface and stabbed into TSI media The culture was
incubated up to 48 hours at 37degC Degradation of sugar accompanied by acid production are
detect by the pH indicator phenol red which changed from red-orange to yellow while
alkalinization shown by deep red Thiosulfate was reduced to hydrogen sulfide with an iron salt
to give black iron sulfide
Table 1 Resul ts of different combination colours of TSI Test indicating di fferent characteristics
Butt Colour Slant Colour Results Yellow Red Glucose fermented Yellow Yellow Glucose fermented also lactose and or sucrose Red Red No action on glucose lactose and sucrose Black precipitation along puncture Hydrogen sulfide production
11
~talllle t t was performed to detect the presence of catalase in the colonies of Isolate 8
erial colonies were taken on glass slides and one drop of H202 (3) was added Appearance
(gas bubbles indicated the presence of catalase (MacFaddin 1980)
116 Methyl Red Test
o tubes containing MR-VP was inoculated with pure culture of Isolate 8 and incubated for 48
hours at 3rc Then five drops of methyl red indicator was added into the first tube Positive
IeSUlt as red indicating pH below 6 and negative was yellow indicating no acid production
bull217 Voges Proskauer Test
Three milimeter of BARRITs solution and 1 ml 40 potassium hydroxide solution was added
1010 S ond tube described in Section 3216 Positive reaction was indicated by pink colour
(after frequent shaking) approximately 20 minutes beginning at the surface and become more
intense within 2 hours
rap of oxidase reagent containing 1 of tetramethyl-para-phenylenediamine dihydrochloride
as spotted on a piece of filter paper in a Petri dish Sterile wooden stick was used to rub a
colon of Isolate 8 onto the spot of spotted oxidase reagent Positive test was indicated by rapid
appearance of a purple color and negative result indicated by no colour changes
12
olecular Identification
__11ar identification was done to futher identify the bacteria up to genera level
as incubated in 5 ml Luria Bertani (LB) media an overnight prior genomic DNA
lion Approximately 15 ml of bacterial culture was transferred into Eppendorf tube and
1 maximum for 30 seconds Supernatant was removed and cell pellet was resuspended in
JLI TE buffer and mixed well by vortexing Then 30 III of 10 (wv ) SDS 5 III 20 mglml
inase K and 100 III of 5 M aCI solution was added and mixed well 80 III of CTABlNaCI
mixed into the mixture and incubated for 60 minutes at 65degC Next an equal volume of
oroformllsoamyl alcohol (24 1) was added vortexed gently and centrifuged for 5 minutes to
t the phases Clear supernatant was transferred into new Eppendorf tube and re-extracted
ng PhenolChlorofonnilsoamyl alcohol by 5 minutes centrifugation Clear supernatant was
ferred into new Eppendorf tube and 06 volume of isopropanol was added The mixture was
Iy mixed by vortexing it up and down until white DNA precipitate appeared Then DNA
pelleted by 30 seconds centrifugation Supernatant was removed and DNA pellet was
ith 200 fll 70 ethanol and centrifuged for 30 seconds at maximum speed 15000 rpm
8U1penllBtant was removed and DNA pellet was air dried Lastly air-dried DNA pellet was
dissol ed in 100 fll ofTE buffer and stored at -20degC for further analysis
13
achieve effective deinking of aged newsprint at neutral pH In 2009 a combination of cellulase
hemicellulase and laccase-violuric acid system was developed and higher brightness higher
tearing index better physical properties of deinked pulp was produced However enzymatic
deinking has not clearly defined but most researchers agree that a combination of mechanical
action and synergistic deinking effect of surfactant is vital for process viability (Sykes et al
1996) In addition they have been proven to be cost effective and more efficient than
con entional deinking Thus alternate option for replacing some of the deinking chemicals by
enzymatic deinking is sui table and being considered (Soni et al 2008)
8
CHAPTER 3
MATERIALS AND METHODS
1 Screening and Isolation of Endoglucanase Producing Bacteria
11 Sampling
Samples ofwater and ediments were collected from Matangs drains and Paku Hot Springs The
pH was checked using pH paper and the samples were brought back to the laboratory for further
analysis
312 Culturing of the Sample
The samples pH was checked and pH adjustment to pH75 was done using 1 M NaOH The
amount of water sediments and shredded Mixed Office Wastepaper (MOW) were 150 mL 50
mL and 10 gram respectively The samples were cultured in 250 mL flask for 1-2 weeks at
55degC at 120 rpm
313 Screening and Isolation
The cultures were filtered using filter paper under sterile condition and each filtrate were
subjected to standard serial dilution prior plated onto Luria Broth (LB) agar containing 1 (wv)
carboxymethylcellulose (CMC) and incubated at 55degC for an overnight Each colony identified
was streaked two times to obtain single colony Endoglucanase producers were identified by
Congo red test using (MSM) + 1 CMC agar plates which grown 3 days for endoglucanase
secretion The plates was flooded with 02 Congo red solution and left for 1 hour Congo red
lution was poured off and washed with 10 M NaCl for 15 minutes Yellow halos indicated
co ies that hydrolyzed CMC where Congo red was absent
9
Then
Biochemical and Molecular Identification of Isolates
Biochemical Test
11 Gram Staining
drop of distilled water was placed on microscope slide and a suspension of test culture was
placed onto the distilled water The slide was dry fixed by passing the slide repeatedly on flame
lide was allowed to cool The slide was flooded with crystal violet for 60 seconds and
ashed with distilled water Iodine was applied for 60 seconds and washed with distilled water
1 the slide was rinsed with 70 ethanol until there was no purple wash out Safranin was
flooded onto the slide for 60 seconds and rinse with distilled water The slide was allowed to dry
and viewed under microscope using oil immersion at 100x magnification A Gram-negative
bacterium was identified in pink colour and Gram-positive organisms remained purple colour
3212 Citrate Test
colony of Isolate 8 was streaked onto Simmon Citrates medium and incubated at 37degC for 48
hours The growth was accompanied by pH change of the medium which was indicated by the
medium color initial green colour to deep blue indicating positive result
10
fate-Indole-Motility (SIM) Test
culture of Isolate 8 was stabbed into SIM media that prepared in screw-capped test tube
culture was incubated for 24 hours at 37degC Motility was indicated by diffuse turbidity of
ulture surrounding the puncture line while immotility took place only along puncture line
Hydrogen sulfide (H2S) formation was shown by blackening of mjcrobial growth areas Indole
was performed by covering a layer of KOYACS Indole Reagent Indole production caused
reagent layer becoming purple-pink in colour
214 Triple Sugar Ion (TSI) Test
Pure culture of Isolate 8 was streaked on the surface and stabbed into TSI media The culture was
incubated up to 48 hours at 37degC Degradation of sugar accompanied by acid production are
detect by the pH indicator phenol red which changed from red-orange to yellow while
alkalinization shown by deep red Thiosulfate was reduced to hydrogen sulfide with an iron salt
to give black iron sulfide
Table 1 Resul ts of different combination colours of TSI Test indicating di fferent characteristics
Butt Colour Slant Colour Results Yellow Red Glucose fermented Yellow Yellow Glucose fermented also lactose and or sucrose Red Red No action on glucose lactose and sucrose Black precipitation along puncture Hydrogen sulfide production
11
~talllle t t was performed to detect the presence of catalase in the colonies of Isolate 8
erial colonies were taken on glass slides and one drop of H202 (3) was added Appearance
(gas bubbles indicated the presence of catalase (MacFaddin 1980)
116 Methyl Red Test
o tubes containing MR-VP was inoculated with pure culture of Isolate 8 and incubated for 48
hours at 3rc Then five drops of methyl red indicator was added into the first tube Positive
IeSUlt as red indicating pH below 6 and negative was yellow indicating no acid production
bull217 Voges Proskauer Test
Three milimeter of BARRITs solution and 1 ml 40 potassium hydroxide solution was added
1010 S ond tube described in Section 3216 Positive reaction was indicated by pink colour
(after frequent shaking) approximately 20 minutes beginning at the surface and become more
intense within 2 hours
rap of oxidase reagent containing 1 of tetramethyl-para-phenylenediamine dihydrochloride
as spotted on a piece of filter paper in a Petri dish Sterile wooden stick was used to rub a
colon of Isolate 8 onto the spot of spotted oxidase reagent Positive test was indicated by rapid
appearance of a purple color and negative result indicated by no colour changes
12
olecular Identification
__11ar identification was done to futher identify the bacteria up to genera level
as incubated in 5 ml Luria Bertani (LB) media an overnight prior genomic DNA
lion Approximately 15 ml of bacterial culture was transferred into Eppendorf tube and
1 maximum for 30 seconds Supernatant was removed and cell pellet was resuspended in
JLI TE buffer and mixed well by vortexing Then 30 III of 10 (wv ) SDS 5 III 20 mglml
inase K and 100 III of 5 M aCI solution was added and mixed well 80 III of CTABlNaCI
mixed into the mixture and incubated for 60 minutes at 65degC Next an equal volume of
oroformllsoamyl alcohol (24 1) was added vortexed gently and centrifuged for 5 minutes to
t the phases Clear supernatant was transferred into new Eppendorf tube and re-extracted
ng PhenolChlorofonnilsoamyl alcohol by 5 minutes centrifugation Clear supernatant was
ferred into new Eppendorf tube and 06 volume of isopropanol was added The mixture was
Iy mixed by vortexing it up and down until white DNA precipitate appeared Then DNA
pelleted by 30 seconds centrifugation Supernatant was removed and DNA pellet was
ith 200 fll 70 ethanol and centrifuged for 30 seconds at maximum speed 15000 rpm
8U1penllBtant was removed and DNA pellet was air dried Lastly air-dried DNA pellet was
dissol ed in 100 fll ofTE buffer and stored at -20degC for further analysis
13
CHAPTER 3
MATERIALS AND METHODS
1 Screening and Isolation of Endoglucanase Producing Bacteria
11 Sampling
Samples ofwater and ediments were collected from Matangs drains and Paku Hot Springs The
pH was checked using pH paper and the samples were brought back to the laboratory for further
analysis
312 Culturing of the Sample
The samples pH was checked and pH adjustment to pH75 was done using 1 M NaOH The
amount of water sediments and shredded Mixed Office Wastepaper (MOW) were 150 mL 50
mL and 10 gram respectively The samples were cultured in 250 mL flask for 1-2 weeks at
55degC at 120 rpm
313 Screening and Isolation
The cultures were filtered using filter paper under sterile condition and each filtrate were
subjected to standard serial dilution prior plated onto Luria Broth (LB) agar containing 1 (wv)
carboxymethylcellulose (CMC) and incubated at 55degC for an overnight Each colony identified
was streaked two times to obtain single colony Endoglucanase producers were identified by
Congo red test using (MSM) + 1 CMC agar plates which grown 3 days for endoglucanase
secretion The plates was flooded with 02 Congo red solution and left for 1 hour Congo red
lution was poured off and washed with 10 M NaCl for 15 minutes Yellow halos indicated
co ies that hydrolyzed CMC where Congo red was absent
9
Then
Biochemical and Molecular Identification of Isolates
Biochemical Test
11 Gram Staining
drop of distilled water was placed on microscope slide and a suspension of test culture was
placed onto the distilled water The slide was dry fixed by passing the slide repeatedly on flame
lide was allowed to cool The slide was flooded with crystal violet for 60 seconds and
ashed with distilled water Iodine was applied for 60 seconds and washed with distilled water
1 the slide was rinsed with 70 ethanol until there was no purple wash out Safranin was
flooded onto the slide for 60 seconds and rinse with distilled water The slide was allowed to dry
and viewed under microscope using oil immersion at 100x magnification A Gram-negative
bacterium was identified in pink colour and Gram-positive organisms remained purple colour
3212 Citrate Test
colony of Isolate 8 was streaked onto Simmon Citrates medium and incubated at 37degC for 48
hours The growth was accompanied by pH change of the medium which was indicated by the
medium color initial green colour to deep blue indicating positive result
10
fate-Indole-Motility (SIM) Test
culture of Isolate 8 was stabbed into SIM media that prepared in screw-capped test tube
culture was incubated for 24 hours at 37degC Motility was indicated by diffuse turbidity of
ulture surrounding the puncture line while immotility took place only along puncture line
Hydrogen sulfide (H2S) formation was shown by blackening of mjcrobial growth areas Indole
was performed by covering a layer of KOYACS Indole Reagent Indole production caused
reagent layer becoming purple-pink in colour
214 Triple Sugar Ion (TSI) Test
Pure culture of Isolate 8 was streaked on the surface and stabbed into TSI media The culture was
incubated up to 48 hours at 37degC Degradation of sugar accompanied by acid production are
detect by the pH indicator phenol red which changed from red-orange to yellow while
alkalinization shown by deep red Thiosulfate was reduced to hydrogen sulfide with an iron salt
to give black iron sulfide
Table 1 Resul ts of different combination colours of TSI Test indicating di fferent characteristics
Butt Colour Slant Colour Results Yellow Red Glucose fermented Yellow Yellow Glucose fermented also lactose and or sucrose Red Red No action on glucose lactose and sucrose Black precipitation along puncture Hydrogen sulfide production
11
~talllle t t was performed to detect the presence of catalase in the colonies of Isolate 8
erial colonies were taken on glass slides and one drop of H202 (3) was added Appearance
(gas bubbles indicated the presence of catalase (MacFaddin 1980)
116 Methyl Red Test
o tubes containing MR-VP was inoculated with pure culture of Isolate 8 and incubated for 48
hours at 3rc Then five drops of methyl red indicator was added into the first tube Positive
IeSUlt as red indicating pH below 6 and negative was yellow indicating no acid production
bull217 Voges Proskauer Test
Three milimeter of BARRITs solution and 1 ml 40 potassium hydroxide solution was added
1010 S ond tube described in Section 3216 Positive reaction was indicated by pink colour
(after frequent shaking) approximately 20 minutes beginning at the surface and become more
intense within 2 hours
rap of oxidase reagent containing 1 of tetramethyl-para-phenylenediamine dihydrochloride
as spotted on a piece of filter paper in a Petri dish Sterile wooden stick was used to rub a
colon of Isolate 8 onto the spot of spotted oxidase reagent Positive test was indicated by rapid
appearance of a purple color and negative result indicated by no colour changes
12
olecular Identification
__11ar identification was done to futher identify the bacteria up to genera level
as incubated in 5 ml Luria Bertani (LB) media an overnight prior genomic DNA
lion Approximately 15 ml of bacterial culture was transferred into Eppendorf tube and
1 maximum for 30 seconds Supernatant was removed and cell pellet was resuspended in
JLI TE buffer and mixed well by vortexing Then 30 III of 10 (wv ) SDS 5 III 20 mglml
inase K and 100 III of 5 M aCI solution was added and mixed well 80 III of CTABlNaCI
mixed into the mixture and incubated for 60 minutes at 65degC Next an equal volume of
oroformllsoamyl alcohol (24 1) was added vortexed gently and centrifuged for 5 minutes to
t the phases Clear supernatant was transferred into new Eppendorf tube and re-extracted
ng PhenolChlorofonnilsoamyl alcohol by 5 minutes centrifugation Clear supernatant was
ferred into new Eppendorf tube and 06 volume of isopropanol was added The mixture was
Iy mixed by vortexing it up and down until white DNA precipitate appeared Then DNA
pelleted by 30 seconds centrifugation Supernatant was removed and DNA pellet was
ith 200 fll 70 ethanol and centrifuged for 30 seconds at maximum speed 15000 rpm
8U1penllBtant was removed and DNA pellet was air dried Lastly air-dried DNA pellet was
dissol ed in 100 fll ofTE buffer and stored at -20degC for further analysis
13
Then
Biochemical and Molecular Identification of Isolates
Biochemical Test
11 Gram Staining
drop of distilled water was placed on microscope slide and a suspension of test culture was
placed onto the distilled water The slide was dry fixed by passing the slide repeatedly on flame
lide was allowed to cool The slide was flooded with crystal violet for 60 seconds and
ashed with distilled water Iodine was applied for 60 seconds and washed with distilled water
1 the slide was rinsed with 70 ethanol until there was no purple wash out Safranin was
flooded onto the slide for 60 seconds and rinse with distilled water The slide was allowed to dry
and viewed under microscope using oil immersion at 100x magnification A Gram-negative
bacterium was identified in pink colour and Gram-positive organisms remained purple colour
3212 Citrate Test
colony of Isolate 8 was streaked onto Simmon Citrates medium and incubated at 37degC for 48
hours The growth was accompanied by pH change of the medium which was indicated by the
medium color initial green colour to deep blue indicating positive result
10
fate-Indole-Motility (SIM) Test
culture of Isolate 8 was stabbed into SIM media that prepared in screw-capped test tube
culture was incubated for 24 hours at 37degC Motility was indicated by diffuse turbidity of
ulture surrounding the puncture line while immotility took place only along puncture line
Hydrogen sulfide (H2S) formation was shown by blackening of mjcrobial growth areas Indole
was performed by covering a layer of KOYACS Indole Reagent Indole production caused
reagent layer becoming purple-pink in colour
214 Triple Sugar Ion (TSI) Test
Pure culture of Isolate 8 was streaked on the surface and stabbed into TSI media The culture was
incubated up to 48 hours at 37degC Degradation of sugar accompanied by acid production are
detect by the pH indicator phenol red which changed from red-orange to yellow while
alkalinization shown by deep red Thiosulfate was reduced to hydrogen sulfide with an iron salt
to give black iron sulfide
Table 1 Resul ts of different combination colours of TSI Test indicating di fferent characteristics
Butt Colour Slant Colour Results Yellow Red Glucose fermented Yellow Yellow Glucose fermented also lactose and or sucrose Red Red No action on glucose lactose and sucrose Black precipitation along puncture Hydrogen sulfide production
11
~talllle t t was performed to detect the presence of catalase in the colonies of Isolate 8
erial colonies were taken on glass slides and one drop of H202 (3) was added Appearance
(gas bubbles indicated the presence of catalase (MacFaddin 1980)
116 Methyl Red Test
o tubes containing MR-VP was inoculated with pure culture of Isolate 8 and incubated for 48
hours at 3rc Then five drops of methyl red indicator was added into the first tube Positive
IeSUlt as red indicating pH below 6 and negative was yellow indicating no acid production
bull217 Voges Proskauer Test
Three milimeter of BARRITs solution and 1 ml 40 potassium hydroxide solution was added
1010 S ond tube described in Section 3216 Positive reaction was indicated by pink colour
(after frequent shaking) approximately 20 minutes beginning at the surface and become more
intense within 2 hours
rap of oxidase reagent containing 1 of tetramethyl-para-phenylenediamine dihydrochloride
as spotted on a piece of filter paper in a Petri dish Sterile wooden stick was used to rub a
colon of Isolate 8 onto the spot of spotted oxidase reagent Positive test was indicated by rapid
appearance of a purple color and negative result indicated by no colour changes
12
olecular Identification
__11ar identification was done to futher identify the bacteria up to genera level
as incubated in 5 ml Luria Bertani (LB) media an overnight prior genomic DNA
lion Approximately 15 ml of bacterial culture was transferred into Eppendorf tube and
1 maximum for 30 seconds Supernatant was removed and cell pellet was resuspended in
JLI TE buffer and mixed well by vortexing Then 30 III of 10 (wv ) SDS 5 III 20 mglml
inase K and 100 III of 5 M aCI solution was added and mixed well 80 III of CTABlNaCI
mixed into the mixture and incubated for 60 minutes at 65degC Next an equal volume of
oroformllsoamyl alcohol (24 1) was added vortexed gently and centrifuged for 5 minutes to
t the phases Clear supernatant was transferred into new Eppendorf tube and re-extracted
ng PhenolChlorofonnilsoamyl alcohol by 5 minutes centrifugation Clear supernatant was
ferred into new Eppendorf tube and 06 volume of isopropanol was added The mixture was
Iy mixed by vortexing it up and down until white DNA precipitate appeared Then DNA
pelleted by 30 seconds centrifugation Supernatant was removed and DNA pellet was
ith 200 fll 70 ethanol and centrifuged for 30 seconds at maximum speed 15000 rpm
8U1penllBtant was removed and DNA pellet was air dried Lastly air-dried DNA pellet was
dissol ed in 100 fll ofTE buffer and stored at -20degC for further analysis
13
fate-Indole-Motility (SIM) Test
culture of Isolate 8 was stabbed into SIM media that prepared in screw-capped test tube
culture was incubated for 24 hours at 37degC Motility was indicated by diffuse turbidity of
ulture surrounding the puncture line while immotility took place only along puncture line
Hydrogen sulfide (H2S) formation was shown by blackening of mjcrobial growth areas Indole
was performed by covering a layer of KOYACS Indole Reagent Indole production caused
reagent layer becoming purple-pink in colour
214 Triple Sugar Ion (TSI) Test
Pure culture of Isolate 8 was streaked on the surface and stabbed into TSI media The culture was
incubated up to 48 hours at 37degC Degradation of sugar accompanied by acid production are
detect by the pH indicator phenol red which changed from red-orange to yellow while
alkalinization shown by deep red Thiosulfate was reduced to hydrogen sulfide with an iron salt
to give black iron sulfide
Table 1 Resul ts of different combination colours of TSI Test indicating di fferent characteristics
Butt Colour Slant Colour Results Yellow Red Glucose fermented Yellow Yellow Glucose fermented also lactose and or sucrose Red Red No action on glucose lactose and sucrose Black precipitation along puncture Hydrogen sulfide production
11
~talllle t t was performed to detect the presence of catalase in the colonies of Isolate 8
erial colonies were taken on glass slides and one drop of H202 (3) was added Appearance
(gas bubbles indicated the presence of catalase (MacFaddin 1980)
116 Methyl Red Test
o tubes containing MR-VP was inoculated with pure culture of Isolate 8 and incubated for 48
hours at 3rc Then five drops of methyl red indicator was added into the first tube Positive
IeSUlt as red indicating pH below 6 and negative was yellow indicating no acid production
bull217 Voges Proskauer Test
Three milimeter of BARRITs solution and 1 ml 40 potassium hydroxide solution was added
1010 S ond tube described in Section 3216 Positive reaction was indicated by pink colour
(after frequent shaking) approximately 20 minutes beginning at the surface and become more
intense within 2 hours
rap of oxidase reagent containing 1 of tetramethyl-para-phenylenediamine dihydrochloride
as spotted on a piece of filter paper in a Petri dish Sterile wooden stick was used to rub a
colon of Isolate 8 onto the spot of spotted oxidase reagent Positive test was indicated by rapid
appearance of a purple color and negative result indicated by no colour changes
12
olecular Identification
__11ar identification was done to futher identify the bacteria up to genera level
as incubated in 5 ml Luria Bertani (LB) media an overnight prior genomic DNA
lion Approximately 15 ml of bacterial culture was transferred into Eppendorf tube and
1 maximum for 30 seconds Supernatant was removed and cell pellet was resuspended in
JLI TE buffer and mixed well by vortexing Then 30 III of 10 (wv ) SDS 5 III 20 mglml
inase K and 100 III of 5 M aCI solution was added and mixed well 80 III of CTABlNaCI
mixed into the mixture and incubated for 60 minutes at 65degC Next an equal volume of
oroformllsoamyl alcohol (24 1) was added vortexed gently and centrifuged for 5 minutes to
t the phases Clear supernatant was transferred into new Eppendorf tube and re-extracted
ng PhenolChlorofonnilsoamyl alcohol by 5 minutes centrifugation Clear supernatant was
ferred into new Eppendorf tube and 06 volume of isopropanol was added The mixture was
Iy mixed by vortexing it up and down until white DNA precipitate appeared Then DNA
pelleted by 30 seconds centrifugation Supernatant was removed and DNA pellet was
ith 200 fll 70 ethanol and centrifuged for 30 seconds at maximum speed 15000 rpm
8U1penllBtant was removed and DNA pellet was air dried Lastly air-dried DNA pellet was
dissol ed in 100 fll ofTE buffer and stored at -20degC for further analysis
13
~talllle t t was performed to detect the presence of catalase in the colonies of Isolate 8
erial colonies were taken on glass slides and one drop of H202 (3) was added Appearance
(gas bubbles indicated the presence of catalase (MacFaddin 1980)
116 Methyl Red Test
o tubes containing MR-VP was inoculated with pure culture of Isolate 8 and incubated for 48
hours at 3rc Then five drops of methyl red indicator was added into the first tube Positive
IeSUlt as red indicating pH below 6 and negative was yellow indicating no acid production
bull217 Voges Proskauer Test
Three milimeter of BARRITs solution and 1 ml 40 potassium hydroxide solution was added
1010 S ond tube described in Section 3216 Positive reaction was indicated by pink colour
(after frequent shaking) approximately 20 minutes beginning at the surface and become more
intense within 2 hours
rap of oxidase reagent containing 1 of tetramethyl-para-phenylenediamine dihydrochloride
as spotted on a piece of filter paper in a Petri dish Sterile wooden stick was used to rub a
colon of Isolate 8 onto the spot of spotted oxidase reagent Positive test was indicated by rapid
appearance of a purple color and negative result indicated by no colour changes
12
olecular Identification
__11ar identification was done to futher identify the bacteria up to genera level
as incubated in 5 ml Luria Bertani (LB) media an overnight prior genomic DNA
lion Approximately 15 ml of bacterial culture was transferred into Eppendorf tube and
1 maximum for 30 seconds Supernatant was removed and cell pellet was resuspended in
JLI TE buffer and mixed well by vortexing Then 30 III of 10 (wv ) SDS 5 III 20 mglml
inase K and 100 III of 5 M aCI solution was added and mixed well 80 III of CTABlNaCI
mixed into the mixture and incubated for 60 minutes at 65degC Next an equal volume of
oroformllsoamyl alcohol (24 1) was added vortexed gently and centrifuged for 5 minutes to
t the phases Clear supernatant was transferred into new Eppendorf tube and re-extracted
ng PhenolChlorofonnilsoamyl alcohol by 5 minutes centrifugation Clear supernatant was
ferred into new Eppendorf tube and 06 volume of isopropanol was added The mixture was
Iy mixed by vortexing it up and down until white DNA precipitate appeared Then DNA
pelleted by 30 seconds centrifugation Supernatant was removed and DNA pellet was
ith 200 fll 70 ethanol and centrifuged for 30 seconds at maximum speed 15000 rpm
8U1penllBtant was removed and DNA pellet was air dried Lastly air-dried DNA pellet was
dissol ed in 100 fll ofTE buffer and stored at -20degC for further analysis
13
olecular Identification
__11ar identification was done to futher identify the bacteria up to genera level
as incubated in 5 ml Luria Bertani (LB) media an overnight prior genomic DNA
lion Approximately 15 ml of bacterial culture was transferred into Eppendorf tube and
1 maximum for 30 seconds Supernatant was removed and cell pellet was resuspended in
JLI TE buffer and mixed well by vortexing Then 30 III of 10 (wv ) SDS 5 III 20 mglml
inase K and 100 III of 5 M aCI solution was added and mixed well 80 III of CTABlNaCI
mixed into the mixture and incubated for 60 minutes at 65degC Next an equal volume of
oroformllsoamyl alcohol (24 1) was added vortexed gently and centrifuged for 5 minutes to
t the phases Clear supernatant was transferred into new Eppendorf tube and re-extracted
ng PhenolChlorofonnilsoamyl alcohol by 5 minutes centrifugation Clear supernatant was
ferred into new Eppendorf tube and 06 volume of isopropanol was added The mixture was
Iy mixed by vortexing it up and down until white DNA precipitate appeared Then DNA
pelleted by 30 seconds centrifugation Supernatant was removed and DNA pellet was
ith 200 fll 70 ethanol and centrifuged for 30 seconds at maximum speed 15000 rpm
8U1penllBtant was removed and DNA pellet was air dried Lastly air-dried DNA pellet was
dissol ed in 100 fll ofTE buffer and stored at -20degC for further analysis
13